Library Facilities and the Inherent Planning Problems Involved Are

Home , Keith Doms, Keyes Metcalf, Medical library, Periodicals librarian

My,

.., - --

DOCVMENT RE.51.-HE ED 032 719 EF 003 119 . -- .By-Katz. Wi/lim A-. Ed.; Swartz. Roderick C..Ed- - - - :--- -. -. . ,- Problems in Planning Library Facilities.Consultants. Architects. Plans 'arid Critiques:Proceedings of the . - LibraryBuildings Institute. (Chicago. July 12-13.1963)- American Library Association. Chicago. Ill. - _ ... Spons Agency-American Library Association.Chicago. Ill- Library Administration Div. Pub Date 64 Note 208p- Available from-American Library Association.50 E- Huron Street. Chicago. Illinois60611 EDRS Price ME -$1-00 HC Not Availablefrom EDRS. Descriptors- =Building Plans, College Libraries.*Library Facilities, *Library Planning. Medical Libraries. School Libraries Libraries. Public Library facilities and the inherentplanning problems involvedare discussed in terms of--(1) the library building consultant.(2) college and university libraries. (3) public libraries. (4) school libraries.and (5) hospital and institutionlibraries. Floor plans. architectural renderings_and photographs ofvarious facilities are included along with critique discussions. (RK) 'le

Problems in Planning Library Facilities Consultants, Architects, Plans, and Critiques

Proceedings of the LIBRARY BUILDINGS INSTITUTE Conducted at Chicago, July 12-13, 1963 cn Sponsored by the 0 LIBRARY ADMINLSTRATION DIVISION U.S. DEPARTMENT Of HEALTH. EDUCATION E WELFARE AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION 0 OFFICE OF EDUCATION Edited by THIS DOCUMENT HAS BIEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR ORBAIII/A1108 ORIGINATING A. POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS WILLIAM A. KATZ and RODERICK G. SWARTZ

STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OTFICE OF EDUCATION *vs POSITION OR POLICY.

AMERICAN LIBRARY ASSOCIATION Chicago, 1964 "PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE THIS COPYRIGHTED 1.%ItttIAL BY MI CROF I HE ONLY HAS J GRANTED. BY 11 br .4 bOit TO ERIC AND ORGANIZATIONS OP ATING UNDER AGREEMENTS WITH THE U. S. OFFICE OF EDUCATION. FURTHER REPRODUCTION OUTSIDE THE ERIC SYSTEM REQUIRES PERMISSION OF THE COPYRIGHT OWNER."

LHElevt. 1:_lin.riCc, R.Z.51tS a.vus Per nA.Z.9->lotts,Rug

Manufactured in the United States of America

Library of Congress Catalog Card Number 64-19851

Cover: University of California Library, Riverside Architect's rendering of ultimate library facilities George Vernon Russell & Associates Foreword

The Library Buildings Institute,sponsored by the Library Administration Division and meetingprior to the general conference of the AmericanLibrary Association, has proved to be a well-receitred endeavor. Although ten building or equipment institutes have been held in the last twelve years,interest still seems to be high. This year'sattendance was the highest on recordwith a total number of 528. Another first for the 1963 Institute wasthe fact that for the first time the Hospital andInstitution Librar- ies had a major program. The audience for these Institutes iscomposed of three groups. First, there are thearchitects and librarians who are presently engaged inthe advanced planning or construction of a newlibrary. Secondly, librarians and architects who have has., agreat amount of experience in planning librarybuildings attend as a service to their profession.Finally, there is that group which is desirous ofincreasing its knowledge with the hope ofplanning a building in the near future. Besides those individuals mentioned inthe text, acknowledgment should be given toRaymond G. Erbes, Frank Gibson, MorrisonHaviland, Edward Heintz, Virginia McJenkin, RubyMartz, Miriam Peterson, and Howard Rovelstad, whochaired various sessions of theInstitute. Alphonse F. Trezza Executive Secretary Library Administration Division American Library Association Equipment Committee Library Administration Division William S. Geller, Chairman Librarian Los Angeles County Public Library Los Angeles, California

Buildings and Equipment Section Planning School Library Quarters Committee Thelma Reid, Chairman Chief Librarian Richard L. Darling, Chairman City Schools Library School Library Specialist San Diego, California Library Services Branch Edward C. Heintz, Secretary U.S. Office of Education Librarian Washington, D.C. Kenyon College Library Gambier, Ohio Alphonse F. Trezza, Executive Secretary Roderick G. Swartz, Assistant to the Executive Secretary Committees Architecture Committee for Public Libraries Robert H. Rohlf, Chairman Librarian Dakota-Scott Regional Library West St. Paul. Minnesota Buildings Committee for College and University Libraries William H. Jesse, Chairman Director University of Tennessee Libraries Knoxville, Tennessee Buildings Committee for Hospital and Institution Libraries Mrs. Elsa Freeman, Chairman Librarian U.S. Housing and Home Finance Agency Washington, D.C. Contents

INTRODUCTION, 7

THE LIBRARY BUILDING CONSULTANT Five Questions, Keyes Metcalf, 9 The ConsultantA Panel Discussion,12

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY LIBRARIES Francis A. Countway Library of Medicine,Harvard Medical School, Boston, Massachusetts,16 San Diego State College Library, SanDiego, Cali- fornia, 28 University of Waterloo Arts Library,Waterloo, Ontario, Canada, 36 University of Illinois, Chicago Campus,Library, Chicago, Illinois, 46 State College of Iowa Library, CedarFalls, Iowa, 57 Musselman Library, Bluffton College, Bluffton, Ohio, 65 Western Kentucky State College Library, Bowling Green, Kentucky, 75 Asbury Theological Seminary Library,Wilmore, Kentucky, 84 Memorial Library, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Indiana, 92 University of California Library, Riverside, California, 103

PUBLIC LIBRARIES The Program, 111 Programming before Planning, HurstJohn, 111 Federal Aid Programs for Public Library Planning and Construction, H. A. Fagerstronz, 114 Role of the Architect, Engineer, andLibrar- ian in Library PlanningA Panel Discus- sion, 117 The Libraries, 122 Manitowoc Public Library, Manitowoc, Wis- consin, 122 Lake County Public Library District, Lake Space Planning Criteria for Hospital. Libraries, County, Indiana, 129 Clayton S. Childs, 203 Ogden Public Library, Ogden, Utah, 146 Planning a Library in a Correctional Institution, Carl Hertensteiner, 205 SCHOOL LIBRARIES Architectural Barriers and the Handicapped, the The School Library and the Architect, 153 Infirm, the Elderly, and the Physically Lim- The Architect, Charles J. Benda, Jr., 153 ited, Donald E. Fearn, 207 The School Library Program: What the Architect Needs To Know, John L. Cameron, 155 A New School Library Planned for a Program, Blanche Janecek, 158 Remodeling To Fit a Program, Mildred L. Krohn, 161 The Departmentalized School Library, 164 Departmentalizing the School Library, Mrs. Georgia Rankin Cole, 164 A Departmentalized School Library: Two- Floor Plan, Myrtle Ellis, 169 A Departmentalized School Library: One- Floor Plan, H. F. Alwin, 173 The Elementary School Library, 177 The Elementary School Library Planned as an Instructional Materials Center, Alice Lohrer, 177 An Elementary School Library: Lauderdale Manors School, Mrs. Jo E. Dewar, 183 An Elementary School Library: Chantilly School Library, Gloria Brown, 186

HOSPITAL AND INSTITUTION LIBRARIES Planning a Special Library in a Federal Office Building, Mrs. Elaine Woodruff, 189 The Pursuit of Flexibility, Helen Crawford, 192 Mobilizing for a Reasonable Future, Edna Voigt, 195 Some Random Thoughts While Thinking about Li- brary Planning, Alderson Fry, 195 A Pharmaceutical LibraryThe Planning Stages and Six Years of Use, Alberta W. Brown, 199 This document contains many plans anddrawings which may not be completely legible in reproduction. We feel the total document to be of sufficient importance to reproduce,taking this fact into consideration.

Introduction

Five hundred and twenty-eightregistrants were present for the LibraryBuildings Institute, sponsored by the LibraryAdministration Division, American LibraryAssociation, in Chicago, Illinois, on Yu ly 12-13,1963. Not only were there474 librarians, including 170from colleges and univer- sitils, 217 from publiclibraries, 67 from schools, and 20 from hospitalsand institutions; there were also 41 architects anddesigners and 13 suppliers. Of this number, 75 wereinvolved as program par- ticipants. The Waldorf Room of theConrad Hilton Hotel was the settingfor the first meeting onFriday morning, which was a generalsession chaired by Thelma Reid, San DiegoCity Schools Library,chairman of the LADBuildings and EquipmentSection. Speaker for the morning wasKeyes Metcalf, Librarian Emeritus, HarvardUniversity, who discussed the library consultant.While he placed special emphasis upon theduties of the consultant,he also mentioned the reasonsfor hiring a library consultant, the way to selecthim, when he shouldbe brought into the planning,and how much he should be reimbursed for hisefforts. The consultant,said Metcalf, can be of value atthe time of the preliminary investigationsand can continue to adviseuntil the final details ofequipment selection. The place of the consultantin the building team was discussedfurther by a panel moderatedby Ralph Ulveling, DetroitPublic Library. Thepanel- istsCharles Mohrhardt,Detroit Public Library; Robert Muller, Universityof Michigan Library; Robert H. Rohif, IllinoisPublic Library Develop- ment Project, now at theDakota-Scott Regional Li- brary, West St. Poal,Minnesota; and Donald Thomp- son, WabashCollege Libraryfelt that theconsultant should know the languageof both the librarianand the architect so thathe could act as arbitratorand adviser for the othermembers of the buildingteam. He should be amiable,yet willing to expressand hold his opinion on mattershe felt were pertinent. 7 Beginning with the Friday afternoon session, the planned and developed according to a program. Mil- partik.ipants split into four groups. These groups dred L. Krohn, Shaker Heights City School District, college and university, public, school, and hospital Ohio, completed the afternoon's meeting with a talk and institutionaleach followed a different pattern, on "Remodeling To Fit a Program." In the Friday but emphasized the building team and its develop- evening period, following a talk by Mrs. Georgia ment of the building program. Rankin Cole, School of Library Science, University The college and university session devoted its of Kentucky, on the pros and cons of departmentaliz- time to the presentation and critique of individual ing the school library, two examples of departmen- libraries. In two sessions, plans and critiques of talizationYork Community High School, Elmhurst, libraries at various stages of planning were pre- Illinois, and Homewood-Flossmoor High School, sented. These included the Francis A. Countway Li- Flossmoor, Illinoiswere presented. brary of Medicine at Harvard; San Diego State Col- Saturday morning's program evolved around the lege Library; University of Waterloo Arts Library centralized elementary school library and its place at Waterloo, Ontario; Musselman Library at Bluffton as an instructional materials center, the main talk College, Bluffton, Ohio; Western Kentucky State Col- being given by Alice Lohrer, Graduate School of Li- lege Library; and the Asbury Theological Seminary brary Science, University of Illinois. The Lauder- Library at Wilmore, Kentucky. In addition, presen- dale Manors School at Fort Lauderdale, Florida, tations we4.e made of libraries at the Chicago cam- and the Chantilly Elemer.:.ary School at Charlotte, pus of the University of Illinois, the State College of North Carolina, were the elementary schools pre- Iowa, the University of Notre Dame, and the Univer- sented. sity of California at Riverside, where buildings are The hospital and institution librarians, which for either under construction or completed. the first time had a complete section devoted to their The public library section led off its individual interests, outlined through a series of talks many of meetings with a talk by Hurst Sohn, architect, of the building problems relevant to their libraries. Columbia, Missouri, on "Programming before Plan- Helen Crawford, of the University of Wisconsin Med- ning," and a discussion by H. A. Fagerstrom, of the ical Library, and Edna Voigt, of the Remington Rand Housing and Home Finance Agency, Chicago, on the Library Bureau, New York, expressed the need for possibility of federal aid for public library construc- preliminary planning and the use of a consultant in tion. Mr. Sohn emphasized the importance of pro- developing libraries in buildings constructed for non- gramming before building so that the mistakes and library purposes. Mrs. Elaine Woodruff, U.S. Civil disagreements could be made on paper before they Service Commission; Alderson Fry, West Virginia were immortalized in brick and mortar. Mr. Fager- University Medical Center Library; Alberta W. strom outlined the various government grants open Brown, formerly with the Upjohn Company; Clayton to qualified public libraries for construction. S. Childs, Hospital Division, Bureau of the Budget, On Friday evening, after dinner with the other Washington, D.C.; and Carl Hertensteiner, State three groups,, the public library group came back to Training School, Redwing, Minnesota, discussed hear a panel discussion on the "Role of the Architect, also the problems of plannir.g, building, and re- Engineer, and Librarian in Library Planning." Li- modeling libraries within federal office buildings, brarians A. Chapman Parsons, of the Public Library, correctional institutions, business firms, or federal Alliance, Ohio, and Lester Stoffel, cf. the Oak Park hospitals. The group closed its session with a talk (Illinois) Public Library, and architects William by Donald E. Fearn, of the National Society for Crip- Fyfe, of Perkins & Will. Chicago, and James Ham- pled Children and Adults, on the architectural bar- mond, of Hammond & Roesch, Chicago, moderated riers which face the elderly and the handicapped. by Frederick Wezeman, Associate Professor of the Program coordination, registration, and general. Library School, University of Minnesota, outlined arrangements were handled by the headquarters and developed the role of the various members of staff of the Library Administration Division. the building team. The rest of the session was spent in presentation and critiques of individual libraries. These included the Manitowoc. (Wisconsin) Public Library, the Lake County (Indiana) Public Library at Crown Point, and the Ogden (Utah) Public Library. Programming for effective buildings was the topic at the first meeting of the school libraries section. Sohn L. Cameron, U.S. Office of Education, Washington, D.C., told what the architect needs to know in regard to the school library program, while Blanche Sanecek showed how the High School Lab- oratory School at the University of Chicago had been I l'

II-

The Library Building Consultant

Five Questions building is very greatsometimes double the investment in the librarymistakes would be extremely KEYES METCALF serious. Before the use of a library consultant, Library Consultant which is a development of the last twenty years, libraries were generally planned with the librarian having little to say about the details. Since the architect was primarily interested in the aesthetic This discussion on library building consultants side and knew little of library problems, results will center upon five questions: (1) Why have a con- were not satisfaccnry functionally. sultant?(2) How do you select him? (3) At what The chief reasons for a library building consul- stage in the planning should he be selected?(4) tant, then, are to make available special knowledge What do you pay him? (5) What should he do? of the functional needs and requirements in a library building, and to have an effective voice on its Why have a consultant? planning problems. In spite of the large number of libraries that have been planned and constructed since the war, How do you select a consultant? the average librarian rarely has an opportunity to Experience is a most important consideration. participate in the planning of more than one building Ralph Ellsworth says never to take a man who has during his career. Until very recent years, com- not already had least three assignments of this paratively few architects had specialized in library kind.' This sound: ft %ittle like trade unions that do planning. An institution may well appoint a consul- not want to admit young workers. It is easier to de- tant in order to place at the disposal of its planning mand higher wage rates when there is n^ competi- team knowledge and experience that would not otherwise be available. tion. Experience is desirable, but how .1s a new The institution may have special planning prob- man get his apprenticeship and training? It is important for those of us who are now doing consulta- lems which make a consultant particularly desirable. tion work to bring in younger men to help us so that There may be a trustee who wants what his grand- a new crop will be available in the years ahead. The father wanted, and only a monumental or a Gothic same rule applies to administrative work of any kind. building will satisfy him. There may be a professor One of the most important things that a head librar- with a German background who believes in seminar ian can do is to train others to take his own or an- rooms for his advanced classes, in which the basic other administrative position. collections in his special field are shelved. There may be a science professor who is convinced that Yet, it is desirable to select a consultant with no library is going to be needed in the future because experience. Investigate the results of work that he of technological developments. The institution that has clone elsewhere. Keep in mind his knowledge of has the over-all responsibility for the building, or building planning, and his ability to influence the its representative, will find that an outsider can provide the needed ballast. In most cases, however, a consultant is wanted 1. Ralph Ellsworth, Planning the College and University Li- because of the realization that special knowledge is brary Building: A Book for Campus Planners and Architects not locally available. Since the cost of a library (Boulder, Colo.: Pruett Pr., 1960), p.24. 9 10 Problems in Planning Library Facilities people with whom he deals and to make themunder- latter are almost always employed on a percentage stand the basic problems involved. basis, the percentage varying with the type of build- He should have the ability to explain the reasons ing and its location. Library building consultants Ic.r his point of view, and to persuade those with are not in an organized andaccepted profession as iteaoni he works of the importanceof carrying out his yet and may never be. Yet, they may properly con- ggestions. He must be a good salesman who is sider themselves to be like physicians, who adapt fearless in expressing his views. He must avoid un- their charges to the patient with whom they deal. dta aggressiveness and not be overly dogmatic. There are three fairly definite methods used in While you cannot expect the consultant to be an charging. One is a percentage basis, the percentage It t..hitect and an engineer, he mustunderstand their varying according to what is expected of the consul- p. ablems well enough toavoid unsuitable and im- tant. Is he to follow the procedures through from p:;actical suggestions. He must also keep in mind beginning to end, as the architect does, supervising t1 present situation and prospective futurelibrary the com=tzuction as well as making the preliminary deielopments as well. plans, the working drawings, and the specifications? The right consultant should be picked forthe Or will his assignment be completed when working particular job at hand. A man wider consideration drawings are authorized? The answer makes a dif- for the position may be very suitable for one insti- ference in the percentage. tution and not for another. The proper qualifications The second method is an agreement by which the f-,7:r a good librarian do not necessarily make a good work will be done for a definite sum. Ralph Ells- .:ibrary building consultant.ou should not pick a worth very modestly suggests that for a$1,500,000 zmilding consultant because he is the successfulad- college library one tenth of 1 percent, or $1,500, ministrator of a large library. Neither should you might be budgeted for the consultant. do so just because he is in the same city or state. The third method is for the consultant simply to The fact that he may have worked successfully on a say that his charges will be so much aday plus ex- public library building does not necessarily mean penses. The per diem rate may varyfrom $50 up, that ne can do the same on a collegelibrary, or vice according to the experience of the consultant and the versa. Pick a man who you thinkhas the knowledge, job at hand. As an illustration, a small college li- experience, and broad-gauge mind that will enable brary or a branch library costing $200,000 might him to understand your particular problem and to need a consultant. A tenth of 1 percent r.t: ..he total, help in the places where you need help. If you need or $200, would not be adequate, but$150-$200 a day someone to influence the governingboard, the li- would be too much if too many days were involved. brary committee, or your administrative officers, On the other hand, a man with a great deal of experi- rather than a person to help with the details of the ence might feel that in a situationwhere there could building planning, pick someone who you believe can be complications, $200 or more a day would not be do this job. unreasonable. Also, a team of consultants, working together and contributing between them expertkhowl- At what stage should edge in various fields, might require altogether a the consultant be selected? larger percentage of the total cost but perhaps less per day per person. If you are going to have a consultant, select him Consultant work is not sufficiently well organized just as soon as possible. He can be of use indecid- or established at present for us to saythat a definite ing whether you should erect a new building or add scale for any of th, se methods can or should be pro- to an old one. He can help select the site. He can posed. Some consultants do a great deal without any properly give advice in connection with the selection charge except for expenses, particularly with insti- of an architect. While he will not be in a position tutions in which they are interested. specifically to recommend the firm to be selected, There are two definite suggestions in connection he can offer suggestions for the qualifications ofthe with charges. The institution should not base its se- man to be chosen. He may beable to prevent vari- lection primarily on the cost, but on the person that ous mistakes if he isappointed before important de- it wants. The consultant should not try to bargain cisions have been made which it will be impossible, and charge as much as traffic will bear, but should embarrassing, or expensive to change. This does set his rate for the particular job and let the institu- not mean that it is unwise to have a consultant un- tion accept or decline. less he is chosen at the beginning. A situation may often develop which makes the appointment impera- What should the consultant do? tive and better late than never. The consultant should do everything that he can to bring about a better building. He should make What do you pay the consultant? available his knowledge and experience to those con- There is no accepted schedule of payments for cerned, moving ahead when necessary and holding library consultants as there is for architects. The back temporarily or permanently, if he believes that The Library Building Consultant 11

someone else's voice on a particular point ata par- placed on the plot selected. Also, if the longview is ticular time can be more valuable. Heshould defer to be taken, thought must be given to the next stage to the specialist in the field for whichhe is not qual- when the new bpilding will outgrow itsspace. ified, although if he hasa definite opinion based on The next step is to return to the program and good authority, he should state hiscase as quietly complete it for the architect. It should provide, if and persuasively as hecan. not the exact size of each area, an indication of the To be more specific, if the consultant is hired required size in terms of readers, staff, and collec- at the very beginning, as his firsttask he should go tions to be housed and the desired spatial relation- over the whole situation in general terms. This ships between the different areas. means that he must learn enough about the institu- The program should be written locally by the li- tion, its history and background, and itsobjectives brarian or his building committee. It is almost im- so that the framework of the library's requirements possible for an outsider to obtain the required in- becomes reasonably clear. Then these require- formation in a short time. The consultantcan, ments should be translated intc approximatesquare howeverand generally shouldtake footage. a leading part in the program writing, primarily by askingques- A consultant may have basic formulas foruse in tions that should be answered and by seeing that this way. Different formulasare required for dif- important points are not omitted. In other words, ferent types of institutions. Ina small academic. li- he should be the guide and critic rather than the brary ten to twelve volumescan be shelved in 1 author. If the program is written by those who have square foot of gross floor space. In a larger library to live with the results, it should bemore satisfac- up to fifteen may be a safe figure. Fiftysquare feet tory. The building committee and the librarian will or a little more will accommodate a reader. This understand the program better if they have written 50 square feet will provide not onlyspace for the it, and will then be able to explain itmore success- reading room but alsospace for the staff to serve fully to the faculty, students, the governing boards, the readers, the processing workspace, and the ar- and the public in general. chitectural space as well. The two added together the space for books and readers, and Help in selecting the architect afteror before the that for ser- program has been completed can, in vices to readerswill give thegross square feet if many cases, be provides' by the consultant. Theconsultant generally no unusual special facilities are required. Features confines himself to suggestions such as an auditorium, audio-visualareas, an ex- on the type and the characteristics of the architect to be selected,rather hibition room beyond normal lobbyspace, class- than to the recommendation of rooms, more than a limited number of seminarsor a particular architect. faculty studies, and special loungesare extras and The consultant or the institution shouldordinarily must be added to the previous figure. not prepare schematic drawingscm preliminary sketches for the architect beyondthose which indi- Other important factors to be kept in mindare cate desired spatial relationships. It the special features that the institutionwants to inis important, corporate, such as all-night study however, for the consultant tosee and discl..s with areas, open or those concerned the drawings that the closed stack access, seminars and studies,smoking architect rooms, lounges, exit controls, auditoriums, exhibi- makes, particularly those that haveto do with spa- tion areas, and the like. tial relationships and function. Commentshould be made by the consultanton the adequacy of the space With an approximate total ofspace requirements assignments proposed and whether they available, the present building should becarefully fulfill the investigated, the consultant asking himself program requirements. He certainly should be in- whether, volved with equipment layouts and trafficpatterns, with rearrangements, thespace required could be floor loads, floor coverings, lighting, provided for a few yearsmore within that building, acoustic prob- or a wing could be added without leaving the build- lems, ventilatiya, and related problems.All of the ing in an undesirable position aesthetically architect's proposals should be studied.Furniture or func- design, particularly sizes,are within h5s province, tionally. The possibility and advisability ofan addi- and, to a limited extent, color tion should always be consideredso that no interested and finish. person can say that such a plan has been left out of During the planning stage, if the architects and consideration. It is necessary at this stageto decide other members of the planning team visit various for how many years in the future the plansare to be libraries to learn how and how not to solve planning made, since it is not only the present butthe future problems, this can often be done under thesponsor- requirements which are of interest. ship and cirection of the consultant, whocan suggest libraries to be visited and points to be kept in mind After the decision has been reachedas to the during the visits. Finally, the consultant shouldbe total space reouirements, the siteproblem should available by telephone and by letter as questions and be settled. Do not permit this decisionto become problems arise throughout the working drawing definite until you know what is needed,and can be stage and during construction as well, even if he assured that a building of the sizerequired can be does not appear on the scene himself. 12 Problems in Planning Library Facilities The Consultant A consultant has a double obligation of protection. First, he has to protect the community A Panel Discussion or the library from an overdesigned and non- ..10derato7Ralph Ulveling, Director, Detroit Public functional building. Since public libraries usually Library, Detroit, Michigan are built only once in any architect's lifetime in a city, the architect has a tendency to leek tsp,.., Panel Members: Robert H. Rohlf, Director, Illinois his commission as a prestige assignment. Also, Library Association, Public Library Develop- it is the consultant's job to protect the architect ment Project, Aurora, Illinois and the library board from a one-man library, Charles Mohrhardt, Associate Director, Detroit from a library which can function only under the Public Library, Detroit, Michigan administration of one librarian in the future. The real goal of the consultant is to produce a func- Robert Muller, Associate Director, University tional building, which is not only aesthetically of Michigan Library, Ann Arbor, Michigan attractive but also one which the community can Donald Thompson, Librarian, Wabash College afford to maintain in the future. Library, Crawfordsville, Indiana MR. ULVELING: There is often a situation where the librarian says, "I want my office here so that I can do so and so." You then say to him or her that this is not a good practice, that it should be MR. ROHLF: The consultant not only represents the next to something else where she can do certain library but he has to represent a particular side other things. Yet, she still wants her office of the architect. Too often librarians have ab- here. She is the owner and, therefore, it is hard solutely no comprehension of the problems which for any outside person to come in and dictate. confront an architect. Sometimes a consultant You can attempt to persuade, but if you do not ends up in the same situation as the architect persuade, you are going to have to take it and does. Once construction begins, he is an arbi- like it. trator between the architect and the librarian, Question: When the library board looks to the li- whereas the architect is more or less the ar- brarian, who is really the specialist, it feels bitrator between the owner and the contractor. that over these many years she ought to be able When you are seeking a consultant, in addi- Zo project into that building program the char- tion to his qualifications for his specialty, se- acter and the needs of the community. It has lect t,ne with whom you can get along. If you been emphasized here that there are particular cannot establish a rapport with your consultant problems in a particular community of which in the sense that you disagree easily, then you only those people in that community are most will have a building project which becomes aware. What about this problem as to the pro- rather strained toward its conclusion. Pick a jection of the librarian into the contest with the consultant whose time schedule will fit yours. consultant? All of them are busy, but it is best not to fit your MR. MOHRHARDT: When we talk to our clients, we schedule to his; rather let his schedule fit yours. point out that they should be thinking about or- Many times the term "consultant" is used to ganizing on a completely different basis in the mean both "critic" and "consultant.' The consul- larger building than the one they were operating tant is the one who works on the project from be- on in the smaller building. One of the most dif- ginning to end. The term "critic" designates ficult things to realize is that the new building somebody called in for just one part of that proj- is going to be very much larger, the space is ect. Often the consultant is presented with an going to be greater, and the distances for truck- established fact and he is supposed to do some- ing books and so on are going to be greater. thing about it. He is presented with something The time to make any organizational changes that is ill-advised, but there is nothing he can do is long before you get into the new building. For about it except to say that it is ill-advised. example, on the loan services, changing to a A consultant offers one great advantage in transaction system automatically reduces re- that he speaks, or at least understands, the lan- quirements for large control. If, however, this guage of both the librarian and the architect. The change is not made prior to moving into the new problem of communication is really the greatest building, then you have a tremendous desk, but problem in any building project. All of us use what are you going to do with it? the same words, but cften with completely dif- Placement of the librarian's office should ferent meanings. This is not realized until what also be considered well in advance. In our own was said to the architect orally or in writing is experience there was a case where the librarian translated into a plan in a completely different wished to have her office adjoining the reference way. area, with a glass wall so that she could be li- The Library Building Consultant 13

brarian and reference librarian. This was pos- person to discuss a hospital plan. As an archi- sible in the old building, where the space was tect, I feel that the people whorun back and forth elbow to elbow and there was not a great dis- all day long in a building are theones who know tance to travel. But in the new building, we had about that building. The janitor also knows about to face the fact that there was going to bea a building and its problems. Therefore, a good larger staff. Much more service was to be given architect should visit buildings, research and to the public, and there would be manymore study them, and listen. It should not take him problems and patrons. long, because he does this all the time, to spot Each member of the library staff should at- the negative qualities or negative points of view tempt to project himself into the new situation of the transferal of working operations toa and solve the problems before he moves into it. larger scale. He should question every routine that he is fol- There should not be any conflict, but when lowing as to whether or not he could do it ina there is, the consultant is eminently the best better way. He should question whether it is man to resolve it, because the moment a con- economically sound to do it this way, or whether flict occurs between the librarian and the board, it would be better to do it some other way. then the architect's motivesare questioned. MR. MULLER: If the librarian intends to transpose Further, the consultant speaks with authority, the old pattern into the new building but then and the consultant and the architect become firm finds it does not turn out right, what is there- allies, both being assumed competent, ofcourse. sponsibility of the consultant? Should he at this Qu_stion: Where dces this fourth person fit inwhom point introduce some disturbing ideas? Maybe none of you have named? You have mentioned we ought to think in terms of a different pattern. the librarian, you have mentioned the consultant, Maybe some other libraries have tried new1. at- you have mentioned the architect. What about terns, which seem to work well. How can vie get the business manager? How does the librarian this element of novelty into a detailed scheme? deal with the business manager who ison the MR. ROHLF: Recently I asked a librarian LI write spot? After all, the consultant and architect down very roughly her ideas as to how thepro- may be two thousand miles away and very busy cessing should work in a new building. Shecame men. up with an absolute carbon copy of what was MR. MOHRHARDT: We have much thesame prob- being done in the old building. As a result, she lem, not only with the businessmanager but with had a vast array of materials going back and the city manager, the mayor,or whoever else is forth and around because, after all, this is what involved in planning. Our solution is toget the staff were used to doing in the old building. everyone together, and then place the facts on MR. ESTERQUEST: Planning a building, to the li- the table and fight for the things whichwe be- brarian who knows what he or she is doing, lieve are right. Sometimes an architectwho is should provide the necessary stimulus toa very out of town attempts to settle many of these careful analysis of what the functions of the li- questions by telephone. This simply cannot be brary are and what systems are going to be done. used. We have often listened to talks by librar- MR. ULVELING: In the last analysis it isa matter ians in which the librarians had all theanswers. of persuasion. A strong businessmanager, Yet, is it possible that the architect could bring strong librarian, or strong architectare strong in fresh ideas and stimulate us tosome new because they are persuasive. thinking about our functions? MR. COLBURN: No librarian can proceed with For example, there is the individual who in- planning unless he or she deliberately travels dicates she does not need a workroom because throughout the countrythe United States and she sits down at the reference desk. In thiscase Canadaand studies new buildings that have a consultant ought to put his finger on the prob- been constructed in the past ten years. Ask the lem and say, "Look here, that may be theway directors what they like and dislike about their you do it now; you may have been living with this present quarters. This is a valuable learning process for the last five years. However, your lesson. successor will condemn you for the next twenty- In addition, take your architect to these five years for freezing into thisnew structure buildings when possible, or tell him what has something which is simply a working habit of been done, where a given building is fulfilling its your own? The consultant and the architect function, or where it falls down, and then ask could play a very important role in pointingout him how he would resolve the problem incon- to the librarian that he should think not only of nection with your new building. It is helpful to himself but of his successor. gather a great many drawings from the Ameri- MR. CERNY: A doctor generally sitson a hospital can Library Association headquarters as well board and he, likewise, is the worst possible as from the library literature and go over these 14 Problems in Plam2imr Library Facilities

dra.vings with him, pointing out how a previous MR. MULLER: Isn't this a question largely of architect attempted to resolve a function which available funds? Our building is forty years the librarian wanted the building to achieve. old. To build a new library would cost about Comment: For perhaps a decade or more there will $15,000,000. Yet the most we can ask for would be a shortage of professional people, and in de- be $4,000,000. In the university situation there signing the building this factor should be taken very often seems to be a sort of traditional limit into consideration. Thus, it is better to build a placed on the amount a single building project rectangular building, where the librarian has can cost, and, as a result, many times there is a control of the entire floor, than an L-shaped great misuse of lands resulting from this unfor- building, where he can see only one lane. tunate conception. MR. STANFORD: I. wanted to raise a question about Comment: The present library may very easily be the open arrangements of buildings as opposed adapted to another building for which there are to the traditional stacks. We have all been mov- funds available, and this would be one of the ing, in recent years, toward more access to means of solving the problem. I have seen one books, more materials in the open, both in col- library adapted to a very fine administration leges and universities and also in public librar- building, another one to an art institute. ies. Therefore, the question I want to pose is MR. STANFORD: It seems oversimplified to an- this: Whether there is a size factor beyond swer the previous question in terms of dollars. which this kind of design becomes economically Is the present building still usable and func- unfeasible? tional? Does it lend itself to the addition? Do Inasmuch as we are in the process of build- you have space around it that can properly be ing a major structure, I did a little calculation used for an addition? Is its location in the and figured that if we interspersed books and proper traffic flow in relation to the other build- readers in the way the planners have done at ings and other services that need to use it? Purdue, we probably would come sp with a four- These are some compelling questions which teen- or fifteen-story building, which, of course, need to be considered in addition to the obvious would be economically prohibitive. Isn't there one of dollars. some point in size where you arrive at what is MR. ULVELING: In other words, regardless of the economically unfeasible? inclination about spending money, you are throw- MR. METCALF: There is no definite answer to ing good money after bad if you try to add some- that question. Princeton University has felt that thing to an already bad conception which has it could turn its whole student body of several been getting worse. thousand students loose instack with 2,000,000 MR. THOMPSON: We have heard a great deal in volumes. At Harvard we found that after we recent years about the college library being per- passed 2,300,000 volumes, to turn a large under- haps big enough when it has 100,000, 200,000, or graduate student body loose in the bookstack was 250,000 volumes. In other words, it can throw hard on the undergraduate. He could not find away books it does not need, whereas, in a uni- what he wanted. Therefore, we started an under- versity, you must keep most books you get. If graduate library. this is the case, and if the old building is small On the other hand, I think it is perfectly pos- in terms of total capacity, then perhaps the ad- sible to mix your books and readers up together dition to it might, in a sense, take nearly as without taking any more space. Of course, you much money as the building of a whole new lose control of them and you do not supervise structure. If a new building will cost only half them. However, if you can check the patrons as again as much or thereabouts, then perhaps it is they leave, then you are just as well off as you a better solution than putting an addition onto were before. an older building. We must get away from the very large read- Question: In connection with the consultant, there ing areas, such as the New York Public Library have been three major people mentioned: the li- reading room with 768 seats. Our students to- brarian, the architect, and the business manager. day want at least a sen.iprivate accommodation, I can conceive of the consultant doing a major and the way to give it to them is to mix the books job of improving relations between the librarian and the readers. We found that this was a good and his own staff. What experience is there in method of doing so without, at the same time, that connection? being extravagant with regard to the space and MR. MOHRHARDT: Insofar as I am concerned, its utilization. when we speak of the librarian, we likewise MR. ULVELING: Is there any way you can tell mean his staff. It is true that many hours of the whether to build an addition or to scrap what you consultant's time go into the resolving of prob- have and begin again? This is a very serious lems between the staff and the administration. question in many libraries, and certainly many A practical example of this is the controversy business directors raise it. as to whether children's books are so much dif- The Library Building Consultant 15

ferent that they cannot be charged out and re- to determine. This is because many of the fac- turned at the same desk as the adult books. You tors involved are philosophical in relation to will find there are many children's librarians how a library is to operate, where it is going to who feel very strongly that this has to be done, go, and so on. and others who feel just as strongly that it MR. ULVELING: In connection with fees nobody should not be done. has mentioned whether there should be a differ- We think that all these routine processing ence between a fee for a new building and that types of work should be done by the lowest-paid fcr an addition. You work just about ten times members of the staffthe clerical staff. There as hard on an additionin attempting to remake is nothing unusual, in our opinion, about chil- an old plan into something functionalthan if you dren's books which makes it necessary for pro- started with a clean piece of land. Therefore, I fessional librarians to charge them out or to think the fee schedule, just as in architecture, supervise their charging out. We feel strong:4y should be different. that the children's librarian should be on the Question: What suggestions does the panel make as floor visiting the child who is selecting a book, to the building committee and the relationship of and not standing at a desk saying that this book the consultant to the members of the building is too old for him and this is not suitable for committee? him. We want a staff and a building that will op- MR. THOMPSON: The building committee should erate with professional people doing the profes- generally include a good cross section of the sional task they are trained to do and not clerical whole campus. It ought to include faculty mem- work 80 percent of the time. bers, perhaps the business manager, the super- Question: The fact has been mentioned that one intendent of buildings and groundsat least on should bring the consultant in as early as pos- some basisas well as perhaps the dean of the sible. What time can we figure in our budgets college and certainly the librarian-, who will in building up to a building program? What do speak for the staff. In some cases even the you mean when you say as soon as possible? board of trustees is represented. MR. ULVELING: You should hire a consultant early enough to help you frame your program. Obviously, to do this, your consultant should be the first person selected, long before you call in the architect. This can be done a year or two years before. You can do this whenever you become serious about a building. Certainly, you should not bring in the architect first, have him draw something up, set up a group of blueprints, and then send them to somebody to review. At that time it is too late. MR. MOHRHARDT: Earlier Mr. Metcar. quoted Ellsworth and gave a figure, on a $1,500,000 building, of one tenth of 1 percent. Frankly, in the nublic library field, it would be about ten times that amount. One should not be misled into feeling that a good consultant, who is capable of making scale schematic drawings and follows through on the program completely, can ever be obtained for that amount of money. We feel, in connection with our own work, that we have saved the library more than our fee in the first years of the building's operations with regard to staff and operational costs. In many cases we have been retained by the library board itself, and in other cases we have been retained and paid by the architect. The latter usually has felt that we have saved him two to six months' time in the development of the project because we, as a liaison person between the architect, the board, the librarian, the staff, and others concerned can resolve many of the problems which it would be difficult for him, notwithstanding all his research, even to be able College and University Libraries

Francis A. Countway School of Dental Medicine. In point of size it will be Library of Medicine the largest medical library in the world associated with a medical school. It will be second in size only Harvard Medical School to the National Library of Medicine in Bethesda, Boston, Massachusetts Maryland, which occupied its new building within the past two years. The Harvard Medical School Library has not always been large. Although the records indicate it STATISTICAL DATA was founded in 1764, for nearly a century it was simply a handful of books serving teachers who lectured Architect: Hugh Stubbins & Associates in medicine at Harvard College. About the time of Cambridge, Massachusetts the Civil War a separate medical faculty was created, Type of library: Medical library and, somewhat after that, the medical faculty sepa- Population to be served: 750 rated itself geographically and moved from Cam- Area: 153,600 square feet bridge into Boston. Book capacity: '750,000 volumes Seating capacity: 720 Over the years, the Medical School occupied a Cost: $5,310,000 number of locations in Boston. In 1905 the present Building: $4,750,000 quadrangle of five buildings was erectedimposing, Equipment: $560,000 monumental buildings of white marble. This marble, incidentally, was the rejected stone of the New York Cost per square foot: $30.92 (construction cost) Public Library, bought up at a bargain price. The five buildings had separate departmental libraries, PRESENTATION OF PLANS and this was the pattern for many years. There was no general library for the Medical School until 1923, Librarian: Ralph T. Esterquest when some of the departmental libraries were Architect: Peter Woytuk, of Hugh Stubbins & Asso- brought together and formed what is now the consol- ciates idated Harvard Medical Library. As time went on, Critic: Alderson Fry, Medical Librarian, West the improvised space proved to be less and less Virginia University, Morgantown, West adequate. Virginia One reason the library did not become large in Rebuttal to Critic: Robert Cerny, Cerny and Asso- sizeas, for instance, did the Law Library at Har- ciates, Minneapolis, Minnesota vardwas because about a mile away in Bostonwas located the Boston Medical Library, a proprietary subscription library, established in 1875 by a group RALPH T. ESTERQUEST of local physicians. This library enjoyed prosper- The Francis A. Countway Library of Medicine, ity for two generations, with support from the gen- when completed two years from now, will house the eral medical profession in the community. However, combined collections of the Boston Medical Library during the last generation, research around the and the library which now serves the Harvard Medi- country has become concentrated more and more in cal School, the School of Public Health, and the the medical schools, and the opportunity for support 16 lllWli

Al. "

Francis A. Countway Library of Medicine Hugh StubbinsAssociates, Architects Architect's model reorganization has taken place, books will be inter- shelved, and the catalog and other records will be has been diminishing for medical society libraries interfiled. It is intended that it will function as a generally as well as for private medical libraries. single library. Some features will emphasize ser- During recent years there has arisen some uncer- vice to students; others, the needs of the practicing tainty as to the future of the Boston Medical Library, physician. even though it possesses a rich collection of re- After the agreement to merge, the building pro- search materials, both modern and historical. gram was largely rewritten. Significant help was Ten years ago the Medical School at Harvard de- achieved through another broad distribution of the termined to improve substantially the quality of its program in the community. A final version was library and to construct a new building to house it. ready in September of 1961, when an architect was Five years ago a gift of $3,500,000 was used to es- selected. tablish a building fund, and it was determined to proceed with building plans. Selecting an architect

Building- program One word about the selection of our architect, because I think this is very important. Ours was the A rather detailed building program was written. rare opportunity in the university-college field when It ran to seventy pages and was widely distributed, the librarian was given every encouragement to look .not only in the Harvard medical community but else- the field over and to sel.ect the architect who seemed where in Boston. Upon studying it, the officers of to him to be best suited for the purpose. I had the the Boston Medical Library decided that the time pleasure, therefore, of meeting and talking with was right to consider the merger of the two librar- many of the first-rate architects in the country. We ies, a possibility which had been discussed from developed a list of basic criteria on which the se- time to time in the past. Now the historic moment lection of an architect was based. was at hand. Negotiations were carried out success- One important qualification was that the archi- fully, and three years ago an agreement to combine tect should never have planned a library. Our feel- the two libraries was signed. ing was that this kind of an architect could bring to The plan contemplates bringing together in a new the design fresh ideas. We were immodest enough building, at the Medical School, the collections, the to think that we had among ourselves, and among services, and the staffs of the two libraries. When those who consulted with us, enough competence 18 Problems in Planning Library Facilities properly to educate the architect and keep on instance, the building has an interior central court. the track. This confidence has been borne out. This was rather a shocking idea for me at first We ultimately selected Hugh Stubbins and Asso- waste space and all that. But as I have come to study ciates, near at hand in Cambridge. We are fortunate it, I have seen its virtues. I see advantages that far in having an architect with whom we can consult at a outweigh any disadvantages. moment's notice. Another of the criteria was the Because the site was not large, we could not con- ability to communicate. Is the architect a person template a horizontal building. At first, I felt that a who can and will listen and understand what you are vertical building was not desirable, and that a prop- trying to say, and translate what you request into erly planned library should display for the user, at function and then into design? The twenty-two the ground floor, the major materials and services: months that we have been working with Mr. Stubbins books, periodicals, and staff. My dream, I suppose, and his staff have served to demonstrate that we before we had these designs, was based on the Cor- chose wisely. It has been an effective partnership. nell Library at Ithacato have all of the most-used Among other considerations we felt we had an functions on the ground floor. However, as we began obligation to turn out a building that was more than to look at the number of square feet that these ac- just functional. We assumed it would function, but tivities and operations would consume, it became we believed that it should be a distinguishedbuilding obvious that such a scheme would be unrealistic. as wellone of which we could be proud.The ar- Therefore, we took these materials and functions tistry of Stubbins and Associates has thus far indi- and put them one above the other in a vertical plan. cated we will be getting a building that is not just a The actual distance for readers to travel, getting to working library, but one that will be most pleasant the materials, turns out to be a great deal less than to view. if they were traveling on the horizontal in an area The site presented a number of small problems. that might become as large as a football field. It is in a crowded urban area. Alternative sites There are two floors below grade and five above were examined, but none were ideal. Finally, it was the ground. Being a medical library, the building decided that the library should be built at a point makes a sharp dichotomy between books and jour- previously occupied by the nurses' residence of one nals. The reader who wants to consult journals goes of the teaching hospitals. Unfortunately this build- down; to get books, he goes up. On the floor directly ing had to come down. The site turns out to be a below grade are the most-used journalsthose of good one in being quite close to the majority of po- the last ten years. The floor on the bottom houses tential readers. journals eleven years old and older. The ten-year In connection with the user community, we are split is easy to remember, and in medicine it repre- concerned with a group which is homogeneous, in sents a reasonable point at which one can distinguish that it comprises mature people working in medi- between the mere-used and the much-less-used cine and related fields, and heterogeneous, in that it journals. The same arrangement applies to the ranges from students, beginning medical school,to books. The last ten years ?.re on the second floor, a large number of research people.In round num- and the books that are eleven years or older are on bers, our clientele consists of about 750 students in the third and fourth floors. On the fifth is the his- medicine, dentistry, and public health, and 500 full- tory of medicine suite, with related functions, and time and 1,200 part-time faculty. This is a case on the top floor rented space is providedfor the ed- where the faculty outnumbers the students by about itorial offices of two important medical journals two to one. There are also the practicing physicians published in Boston. in the community, who will use the library largely The entrance floor is primarily a floor which by virtue of the commitment of the Boston Medical people enter in order to go elsewhere. However, on Library, which is continuing its service to that that floor we do have the card catalog, the circula- group. tion service, reserve books, reference service, and related reader services. Although there are two Building data floors below the entrance level, thanks to an attractive sunken plaza, the first one down has the benefit I would now like to present data on the building of natural light. The lowest level is entirely under- itself. In gross size it is 153,000 square feet. The ground. It is primarily devoted to the housing of the price tag at the moment for construction (and this is older periodical files, the photocopy and extramural an estimate plus or minus 5 percent)is $4,750,000. services, and the shipping room. The cost runs to about $31 a square foot for construction. There is a 750,000-volume working ca- First floor pacity for books. Readers are figured at 720. It is an air-conditioned building. On the first floor the reserve book service is de- The general design stresses function, and itis signed for flexibility; by the locking of one door, the not unlike many recent library buildings.But in unlocking of another, and the putting up of a different some respects we have madebold departures. For sign, the area can be quickly changed from a closed sockamo .of alit Immo=411111111111111111nWININIMAIIIII I larammosaammr. I101. .10441104a 1.-1, 10- r 14.41 1145 Iota ,. ' r - " r Orel W.( 41Il al to .,.1 a 14 taa.elo . ti4 t, 4: 0 14 *I 444 4 04.40 110.m NI 0 11 I I, 4 141 .410 4 111011 III 111414 M. - . 111 ,I L 14 ;44 11.4. I. I. f 111 . 14 hl 1 LL.. 11. .4 *1 L. 4.4 I t ,i 11 4- NA . L pass ',plum A ' I, II 4, , 1.0....,. A. 1.01111 I 0.1 IA* y. 11.4.4111101011111110. . 1, WI 1 ...1.." FloorFrancis two A. levelsCountway down Library of Medicine on'LESS 1: USED SERIALS Mei Stubbins & Associates, Architects 1 CD

I 1. 20 Problenzs in Planning LibraryFacilities students reserve system to an open reservesystem, or vice off. They are acoustically treated so that can carry on a conversation,discuss their studies, versa. There is a smallreading room for reserve professors, and books are comment acrimoniously about their book users. However, users of reserve otherwise contribute in a loud voice to theeduca- free to sit anywhere in the building. In thecentral floor, down tional process. court there is a stairway from the first The third and fourth floors areidentical. Here one floor. in the central spacethere are no further elevators cen- are stacks around thecentral core, with readers on stairways, but there are four speedy the outside. On the fifth floor we areattempting to trally located. impending upsurge books, create a facility to encourage the In addition to the card catalog, the reserve of interest in historic approaches tomedicine. There and the reference service on the firstfloor, there is stairway to catalog and will be a rare book reading room, with a also a service desk to interpret the card floor will provide to give on-the-spot reference service.At this desk the rare book stacks above. This there is to be no telephone service. Telephoneand a physician'sreading room for the practicing physi- mail reference service is done in a nearbyrefer- cian. Here also will be amultipurpose auditorium and a clubrooma large-sizedlounge for the use of ence office. The rest of thefloor consists primarily books and of work space for the staff: catalog rooms,acquisi- those groups that have an interest in rare tions, administrative offices, and so on. the history of medicine. Thefloor will be done with Down one level, to the floor which is below a touch ofmagnificence, perhaps with paneling and a ground but still has outside light, are, as I havesaid, fireplace. The On the top floor is the office spacefor th.? two the most-used journals of the past ten years. hav- most recent issues are on displayrackssome 2,700 medical journals. You may wonder why we are titles. Immediately at hand are the indexingand ab- ing this nonlibrary function. It is verysimple. The stracting tools, together with the staff activityfor journals, as part of their rent agreement,will pro- interpreting their use. vide the library with the reviewbooks they receive, Readers are seated in alcoves around the out- practinally all the important currentmonographs side wall of this floor, and this is thegeneral plan and textbooks in English, and alsowith a "generous" for exchange on all floors.Wherever there are books and read- number of copies of their publications ers, the arrangement is tohave a wide ring of books purposes. These particularjournals are much around the central, traffic-concentrated corewith wanted abroad; we look forward to theexchange equipped copies as an important part of thelibrary's acquisi- readers out on the peripheryin alcoves journals will with a variety of accommodations.Carrels are pro- tions program. In addition to this the vided, as well as tables for two and for four.There pay rent. In return,they will have ready access to and other edi- are two basic principlesone concerns traffic. the collection for checking citations Around the central core, there is always this area torial purposes. We think it is anadvantage to the located in the of shelves, or materials on display racks,providing library to have these two journals an acoustical buffer. Onthe outside, the reader is building. isolatedaway from the movement of peoplecoming and going. Readers pass in various placesand di- PETER WOYTUK rections, so there will be no major trafficlanes near The plaza that is built around thelibrary will be where readers are sitting. The secondprinciple paved with earth-colored,nonreflecting brick pavers concerns the reader.After he has found his book, over a waterproof slab.This waterproof surface he will have a comfortable place to sitimmediately will be pitched outward so that stormdrainage and at hand. A chair will never be morethan 23 feet rain water will always drain out intothe open area. from the shelf on which he finds his book. The drain is thus outside of anyusable basement A rectangular underground floor spreads out space and, as a result, wehave eliminated the prob- over a greater area thanthe square which defines lem of leaking roofs. the building above ground. It will be usedprimarily The landscape of the library sitewill be kept as storage for the journalcollection, eleven years quite simple and somewhatformal. A combination old and older, for a photocopying service,extra- of ground cover, ornamental trees,and tall groves mural services, shipping and receiving, astaff will be used, which will serve also as abuffer along lounge, and a public waiting area, withexhibit space. the main artery to downtown Boston. The use of masonry with alimited amount of Second to fifth floors glass will pick up many of the characteristicsof the kept to There will be shelves on the secondfloor for the surrounding buildings. The glass areas are most-used monographs and a leisure readingcollec- a minimum. As hasbeen stated, the building is air- tion. This floor also will contain exhibit spaceand, conditioned. This was a very importantconsidera- again, readers on the periphery in a choiceof action, especially to keep the solarheat gain down. commodations. Certain reader alcoves can beclosed The transparent glass is in the publicfloors: the READER ACCOMODATION TYPES .. I a , ' . ' .. A . I ! ; 1 cutattil issii ". '',1 - . : A; ;?1,4::f 7. -I t : !:" : ' ..`-, ..t-:."' 't t.'...,.' f :i. : -4.., , a_ I :r ''''' --*---11 " . v...... 7:I- -- 1 . 1 1 ' V0 .., r,..--7:,,f,4..-:!...I! 4 I., .4'1;14 ' 1 1 . ::, :;:, I .4 . .. . 4 } 1. M.o. I . - 1 A OKI WIIII OditAV .,, 7..4... ..111/1.0 4 ! 1 h-1111 I 11111 I I r i 1 _ in,,,,.....4 1 t4 , -1 t Si ' I f.-.-V-..44.:/ .. ' 3.*:." . Z...z-;.-f::::ivriN, 4 f t: t i .1 _t '1 Yr.' \ qt rI -- -I. rl - !,t,31 10 TIAlt',Ns or StRIALS 0.0.4.10 relr.0sa i441:0- 4. :. ,.., 4.1 I. f.::... 5 O' - olsIr OASIS imoKwoo, PS ohr . .-,..4/ 1 r,. # , / ,. ,At - . 4 1.4 .1 I : "c. 1 I ..... P:td11 , . r*,27",IfI: Z '1(11:0''S ..... I. ....J . _.: 47-1-r7r. , r'r, :. -ri ttttt MC( itY0Ct OISL --0.11 , 00". 041, ;:;;"0-40..1;.?17V ;i4 ://. """ ,. _:_..:_f it L.:41: I ".:, 1 I. 7.1 I t.1-1. J--1-1, I 1 I 1111KIISMOSI..1.0110 4.. '../41('01.3)1 , . LAT! L:. 1 .L-1 MOM/1111+114lb & /AMAPA!' ; InAZAi 41.0. ifI I 001- a WILLI{ SW/ MIA FloorFrancisif one A. levelCountway down Library of *.10.dicine MOST-USED SERIALS Hugh Stubbins & Associates, Architects 2 22 Problems in Planning Library Facilities Both of could not avoid further comment. main entrance and the history of medicine. strange, and un- these floors will have a good view. "Here was murder, most foul, naturair' Here was an overgrownchimney that con- The building will be clad with limestone in vary- stantly would burn space. It is mostdifficult to ing textures. The section between the floor panels imagine how it got there. It seems itwould have will have a rough finish, producing a vertical mark- been expressly forbidden by the program,which ing which will be quite rich after a time. The metal said: parts of the building will be bronze-coloredaluminum. "The Harvard Medical Library must not bethe The rooftop view is important; neighboring class- victim of anyone's wish to create atourist attrac- high-rise towers room buildings are planned to be tion or a monument. It must bethe kind of place surrounding the courtway and looking down on the where the regular users are efficientlyserved in rod. We made an effort to integrate and simplify pleasant surroundings. Accordingly, we mustde- the roof projections and eliminated all exposed me- sign a building which will facilitate,to an optimum chanical equipment above the roof. degree, maximum individual access toknowledge, The building is 140 feet square. It is laid out on that we do not efficient one and it is perhaps unnecessary to say a 24-foot module, which seems to be an want any reading area to be monumentalfor reason for bookstacks. There are no interior columns. The building a ii'-vary, structure extends from the interior split core to the of its lefty ceiling. Again, we are not a monument. If webuild a library that truly exterior. This allows for column-free space which servrs the great ends oflibrarianship, it will be a is very flexible and efficient. mommient because of what gees oninside it rather The lighting in the typical stack space is ar- than by reason of a high ceiling in areading area or ranged in concentric rings, with the bookstacks in a front lobby." going perpendicular to it, so that book space can be "Monumental" does not mean just Doric, false varied and made flexible without loss of lighting flying buttresses, or bastard collegiateGothic. Those quality. The alcoves, on the other hand, arehandled buildings we now criticize for beingmonumental with a luminous ceiling, which againallows complete were once thought to bebeautiful, and the architect flexibility in subdividing the space nowand in the was not wasting money;he was, as he considered it, future. lifting up the spirit of man, giving a soul to thebuild- The periodicals floor is 4 1/2 feet below the ing, adding dignified beauty to an otherwisedull plaza surface outside, and we wanted toprovide an structure. We see it now for what it was,Veblenism, airy, fresh feeling for the readers.Therefore, we an ostentatious waste of space ormaterial, or both. increased the ceiling height with coveredbeam I fear that others, seeing this conspicuous consump- structures and combined luminousceiling panels. tion, also may be tempted toinvidious comparisons. The leisure reading roam is an extensionof the The general size of each floor, exceptthe bottom central open well. It is defined byfurniture and one, is 138 feet by 138feet. The library has 153,600 walls at each end. The parallel beamsof lighting square feet. The "big hole" is42 feet by 49 feet, or continue over the space uninterruptedly.This will 13,706 square feet. Because of the largebottom allow the room to be relocated, changed insize, or floor, that amounts to about 8 percentof the entire whatever it is desirable to do to it in thefuture. building and about 10 percent of the floors itoccupies. About one third of the medical schoollibraries in the ALDERSON FRY country serve their institutions with lessthan 13,706 When I read the preliminary edition of the pro- square feet. gram for the new library to servethe Harvard Medi- The hole, with adjacent area unused, is 70 feet cal Center, dated October, 1958, I wasimpressed by 76 feet, or 5,320 square feet, which is35 percent with the many sensible points made,the breadth of of the main floor. In other words, one thirdof that the description, and the close attentionto detail. The large floor is entrance. To look at it another way, revised edition (March, 1961), calledthe working ed- at $20 a square foot, it costs$275,000. At the cost ition, gave me the same impression.I thought, how- that Harvard paid for this building,$30 per square ever, that ninety pages wastoo long and that there foot, it cost $410,000. My library,foi comparison was a fair amount ofrepetition. However, it was (a new one), serves medicine, dentistry,pharmacy, good. When I first saw the plan, Iwondered, in some nursing, and the allied sciences and costabout cases, if the planners had readtheir own program. $450,000; it holds about 350 people and 150,000 The most obvious case is thattremendous vault- volumes. 75 feet high, it would seem, from bottom to top.I I am sorry to make such a point of this, but Har- thought we stopped doing structures such asthat vard has long been an example to otherschools and forty or fifty years ago. My first reaction wasto there might be, God forbid, an imitation.The Na- dismiss it with a very emphatic statement,"Oh, no, tional Library of Medicine also has a newlibrary not that." However, after seeingwhat it did to the and clerestory but nothing the size of this one.Let whole library and the main floor inparticular, I us try not to start atrend backward. 144.114414.4 5451 Al Al NI J1111141 6666 6 FH-1 # 14..1.111111141.111 4 , 1.114 (414511415 ,! L. twor .1 Ili. LEP # 1.4 "iso !-- ± `06.0..4$1 11141.04111041 '14 44, 4 A 1111111 bitt1111 , 4/444,44- VI - .4 - .444 It 4.14 v. A IVA. . IMO 4411.44.444A *AA 0. Oft i 141,,r4.446..,,;444,,,:44 ofria OM Y AV W. AS I 141. .A AA I #.0 41414 1111 11.4 ttala AI. 11.1 .1110HMI 11110110 111.1151.0111044 01.1.44 1141 111111041 1,1111L M t 1111101 I I*1114 1004 I n. , ALIA.* 41141 -.4144141 111411.41 I (liil 4. 44 4 4, 44 44.4 100. 44 14.P I1141 111 1 IMII1140011111 11 11001 41111 /1.M Moon wW (41.104111 00441 .!1111114 41110I, S 4441 :411. 1Arir ---A:votinatwom 1111/ 111.1 W141 IA MN 115004 1004 4.145.1.044 1" :.41 .44.7; :4? I 10 11, 1414110 111041 4111 41 s4.4"1. V .- 0.1.1x - 41. A. 1! 0.1t `' At I IP VP ,t - W Y r. ...MA'', .11144: lomeLA KN. .1 ', I .11 Ave10` ha 44A, k 4 I% ,4ryon.40 > A 4. cm% i ij .i A- 4-rot toy t 1... 4.4I A041.11 144.41 1114 14.4' I 14-11 IIIII't..vOA,. I., 44,11 A 031V , I IA 14114 v111 iiiii NA 1041141 A 1114 AIN : 3. VD, MAIN ENTRANCE & STAFF FirstFrancis floor A. Countway Library of Medicine J I Ar Mgh MMus & ASSOCiaieS, Architects 24 Problem.; in Planning Library Facilities

Ifain floor left side, past reserve books, the head cataloger, the catalog workroom, and the circulation librar- Now, let us stay on the main floor a bit longer. ian's office. Libraries tend to fall into two classes: those which The program recognized this as a problem be- confront the new reader upon entering with corri- fore planning. The needs of the reader are served dors or confusion and with the baffling question, when optimum operation efficiency is realized. To 'Where do I go to find the books?" and those which effectuate this idea, priorities were set up based present such a reader with a reasonably clear pic- primarily upon two considerations: frequency of ture of where to go. Ideally the reader, upon step- reader use and high service value. The priorities ping through the front door, should see at once the several important servicesreserve books, new were: periodicals, indexes, public catalog, and the like 1. Central core area; highest frequency activities and know where he wants to go. 2. High frequency areas The entrance here is one of the most blind I have 3. Low frequency areas ever seen. To the left is the reserve room, to the 4. Lowest frequency and lowest service value areas right is the charging desk, and across 120 feet of Under priority No. 3 were given, with less-used pe- space, the public catalog. Those are the services riodicaLs and monographs, the administrative offices the reader gets out of a floor of 15,000 square feet. and book selection office. Under priority No. 4 were To get to the public catalog he can go down the given the acquisition staff and the cataloging staff. right side for 120 feet, past circulation, past coats Personally, I have never thought of the main en- and parcels, past the associate librarian's office, trance as that law in priority. the head librarian's office, his secretary, and the On this floor there is no reader space beside the acquisition librarian's office; or he can go down the reserves. Also, if there is retrieval for the individual patron by call system, chutes, or delivery ser- Francis A. Countway Library of Medicine vice, there are few places to wait. Second floor

READER ACCOMODATION TYPES ItASUItt COiAtCSiGN - ....

. v

.011.911S, meN8GeAINS 11.4-4s1 I Il - -al -.1 a la yr, lowl

:Vi

.- OAP

v 11-vvI vv. - kft,- A L. f a.S Ndk " 041

"..,1.. Y. I ...A ". ...law _, - - _ .E 1.,. uf - ....eV .iaa Ma+. Mi.% IL VS .4011. - Ivo -

MOST- USED MONOGRAPHS Hugh Slubbins & Associates, Architects College and University Libraries 25

There seems to be a partial corrective, at least, criticism and a utilitarian tendency which could mis- and not a difficult one, for cutting the 120 feet to the lead many of you in the future. catalog. Take either the left or the right offices, This medics: library has a student or use capac- shift them to the back of the library, and put the pub- ity of 700 students offairly sophisticated group lic catalog in that space. It would save 50-60 feet certainly a group yo... would think would be more per patron and put these low priority functions in a skilled than any us.ial group. I am not suggesting, more appropriate place. This should be done any- of course, that c.ze should design a library poorly or way in order to follow the program, which says: inefficiently, but only that there is a difference be- The circulation desk should be as close as possible tween the kind of students who use the library at to the public catalog, and it should be a part of the Harvard and the 5,600 students who flow into the San reserve books service area.' The arrangement will Diego Library on a kind of mass education basis. put the catalog much closer to the indexes-abstracts, I noted also in this program the fact that the as the program suggests. Incidentally, the indexes - larger percentage of the books were owned origi- abstracts do not fit the program, Par they "should be nally by the Medical Society of Boston and that the set down in a central area not too far from the single society continues its interest in the building. It is entrance door." They are downstairsa minimum therefore a joint venture with Harvard. Now, to the of 60 feet and a flight of stairs from the entrance extent that this becomes a building partly dedicated, and even farther from the elevator. let us say, to the medical profession in Boston, I One further item on the main floor. There should think it has a perfect right to a little higher level of be a flight of stairs at the front door serving the quality. The danger I see here is that one plight be- down floor, where the new periodicals and indexes - gin to apply the same set of standards to two differ- abstracts are, and the up floor, where the new books ent buildings. are. Now, I would hold out for efficiency in any building, library or otherwise. However, I think that Other floors many of you may still be suffering from the reaction After you ge. off the main floor, you are in a to the Carnegie type of library, which really did not good library. The lowest, or storage, floor is good function. You might continue this pursuit of function and, if I read the plan correctly, has a transformer to a point where you will achieve a kind of super- room to hold the fluorescent light transformers market efficiency, but I think this would destroy an which have a bad habit of degrading to an annoying important purpose of a library. hum. You are, after all, it seems to me, not only deal- The floor above this one is good, except that ing with books but proposing to foster an interest in there seems to be a division of the new periodicals cultural subjects and good literature, and in those into two sections, separated by that hole. The re- things which in the final analysis may not be quite maining floors are also good. I did not concern my- practical. I am not sure how practical it is to read self with the history of medicine floor and the offices a volume of Shakespeare. I am not sure how prac- for the two journals. tical it is to walk forty feet more to a card catalog. There are some small general items I should However, I do think that if an aesthetic effect is in- like to mention. There should be a janitor's closet volved, this has some validity. I think also that if on every floor. The air movement for a building of the Medical Society has the funds to put a $10,000 this vertical size is achieved with a remarkably statue in the middle of a lobby, this is not totally small space. For some reason there are doors to wasteful. Therefore, I believe that the discussion these conduits on two floors. The tape and record- ought to be answered and this utilitarian tendency ings library does not seem large enough for what ought to be challenged. the program requires, and there seems to be no Now, one practical matter. It was suggested that place to show slides or films. There might be a by having this open court, there were many thousands need for rooms larger than the usual ones, for sem- of square feet lost as well as thousands of dollars inars or conferences. well, this is not true. This plan does not cost any- There are two very fine points to this library. thing. You pay for the floor and the roof. I can tell First of all, it has done away completely with the you from my exTerience in building that courts are main reading room concept, thus truly achieving a not expensive. position of student and book. Secondly, it has most My family has often come here to Chicago during wisely separated the old periodicals from the new the Christmas season to do some shopping, and we and highly used ones, and does the same with the old inevitably go ever to Marshall Field's where there and the new books. This is most commendable. is such a court. At that time of year it is decorated and, as a result, is a joy for all to behold. I don't ROBERT CERNY think it would harm anything if a person going to a I think that the record should contain some re- library found it contained a feature that would bring buttal, because I can see certain weaknesses in the some joy, some aesthetic quality. Further, if I hae 26 Problems in Planning Library Facilities spent two or three hours in an autopsy ruom orin to be paged, picks up an instrument which he puts some other typical medicalactivitymedicine does in his shirt pocket. It has a number on it. For have some sordid aspectsit seems to me it would instance, if his instrument number is 21, and a be highly desirable to come into an area which has telephone call comes in for him, then all that is contrasting quality. Magnificence, if you will. necessary is that the desk attendant press master control button No. 21, whereupon the doctor's instrument will beep. He then goes to the "green DISCUSSION telephone" on the floor where he happens to be, makes his presence known, and receives his call. Question: In the light of all these new electronic de- Question: Do you have any provision to divide space vices, particularly with regard to medical infor- in your building to make possible extended or mation, do you provide any room for the future even all-night use of certain areas and locking where these can be handled? the rest of the building? MR. ESTERQUEST: Those of us who have been MR. ESTERQUEST: We have not We were influ- thinking about this building in terms of the dawn enced by the medical librarian at the University of the new machine day have been groping with of Minnesota to consider this, and we listened the implications of your question. We have stud- carefully to an explanation of the virtues of an ied it.I have read the literature and I go to the all-night room. However, our final decision was conferences. The best answer that we can give that this possibility of use was not needed in our is that, when we occupy this building, we will situation. I cannot remember all of the rationale still be in a world of books and journals and card involved. What we have attempted to do is to de- catalogs. Our plan has had to be in these terms. sign a building which can be operated with a min- However, the building is flexible in respect to imum staff during the late evening hours. Our partitions, power lines, floor loads, and so on, present plans contemplate our closing all of the so that in almost any area we canconvert to building at midnight. housing for machines in locations which will be appropriate for their uses. MR. WOYTUK: I would like to clear up something on Question: Did I understand correctly that there is level No. 3. The open court in the floor does not no stairway down to your basement or up to your have the dimensions that Mr. Fry cited. In fact, second floor, which are your heavily used floors, it is quite a bit less. On this particular level it is only about 20 feet by 26 feet for the entire and therefore you are dependent on elevators? MR. ESTERQUEST: The most frequently used area stair opening. As the reader moves in, he moves in this library will be that housing the last ten directly and smoothly to both sides, to the eleva- years of journals. We assume that this is going tors. On the other floors, the circulation area to account for 60 percent of the total use. If you and galleries are on the inside of the towers as well. If my figures are correct, about 10 per- remember the floor plan, immediately inside the front door there 'Is a sweeping circular stair cent of the floor area is used for circuation, that drops down something like 12 feet into this and I would say that this is very good. Usually it is from 25 to 30 percent in buildings of this frequently used area. That is one place where kind. Those who read the proceedings of this there is a central court stairway. Serving all meeting would be well advised to check the arith- other floors are two sets of enclosed stairways, metic on these dimensions with great care. but not part of the central court. We assume There is also a history to the split-core ar- that people want to ride when they go up. There rangement, as we like to call it, and also the are four elevators at convenient locations, serv- central well. We proposed three specific alter- ing all floors. When you press one button and native possibilities to the library staff, and after the elevator is busy, then the one next to it auto- a great deal of deliberation and analysis it was matically comes to you. easily seen that a solid core in the center, which MR. FRY: Of course, the explanation with regard to was very tempting because it seemed very effi- the elevator system is not that simple, especially cientand, of course, had no distinctionused because of the core. You have available only two up approximately the same amount of space as elevators on the one side and two on the other we now give to the open central well. The rea- side. son for this is that the mechanical equipment re- Question: Do you have provision or need for any quires more return air ductwork here. The cen- kind of call system for the medics? Will it tap tral well is now used as a return air duct, and into the house call system or are you planning some other device? I have in mind the pagingof thus, to answer Mr. Fry's question, there is indeed surprisingly little ductwork. doctors. MR. ESTERQUEST: The scheme that we have evolved Question: Do you propose to expand this building, uses the Stromberg-Carlson Pagemaster, or a and if so, how? similar device. A doctor coming in, if he wishes MR. ESTERQUEST: A great deal of analysis was College and University Libraries 27 given to this matter. This plan does notprovide of the whole. Efficiency and traffic flow are not for an addition or any expansion other thanthe reduced more than the typical central utility core possibility of more burrowing underground in would reduce them, and this is literally true. By order to create additional space at thelowest the open court we are gaining truly important level. Three considerations argue againstplan- aesthetic values and, in addition, the opportunity ning for expansion space as such: for the entering reader to gain a direct view of First, the New England Deposit Library is the library's servicesa feature Mr. Fry has only a mile away, and we can put our least-used emphasized. This overview is had by looking up materials into that library for storage when we and down as well as to the left and right. reach the capacity of this building. This is quite In this matter of the central court, we have a way in the future as we haveprojected growth not departed in any significant way from the patterns. stated objectives of our building program,which, Second, our analysis of the medical and sci- as has been quoted, calledfor "pleasant sur- entific literature shows that obsolescence sets roundings." This element was not lightly rein fairly rapidly. Even if this building werefull, quested. The floor areas around the open court about 90 percent of the collection would below- are not "waste space"; they areheavily used, use materials. Therefore, itseemed auite inad- horizontal traffic lanes. visable to me and to my colleagues to present It is true that the card catalog is not right at users of this library with anincreasingly high the entrance door, but in a medical library the percentage of obsolete materials whichwould catalog is not the all-important tool it is in some just get in the way. It seemed much better to other libraries. Furthermore, we expect soon to weed out the collection and keep it reasonably convert to a book format catalog, with copies fresh, especially when the older material could widely distributed. At the same time, our pres- be close at hand. ent catalog will not be so remote as Mr. Fry has The third consideration is the big unanswered suggested. The reader's walk to it will consume question cf the nature of the information re- a few seconds, and he will passthrough, not a trieval process twenty to twenty-five yearsfrom factory, not a supermarket, but a pleasant, in- now. The assumption is thatmechanization and deed a lovely, environment. miniaturization will eventually ease the ever expanding growth problem. Taking these three factors together, we felt there was no need to build a capacity larger than for 750,000volumes. Before we adjourn, I believe it would be useful for me to comment on two or three points raised by Mr. Fry's admirably forthright criti- isms. I am partly inclined to agree that our ninety-page building program was perhaps too long. But I believe it is better to err on theside of being too long than to leave importantthings unsaid. In our case, we felt it desirable to convey to the architect a greatdeal about the climate of our medical community, thequality cf our educational program,the subtleties of our library objectives, and many of theintangibles. We devoted space in the program tosuch matters as "the nature of repose" and"the proper environment for thinking and contemplation." Harvard's educational philosophy and"how current journals are used" came into it, aswell as definitions of "generous space." I am a great believer in a full and adequate program, that really communicates to the architect thegoals and purposes of the library. As to the central court being "wastespace," I will simply report that several of us inthe Harvard libraries gave this matter very serious thought. I could write a book on the ramifica- tions of this discussion. Suffice it tosay" that there is very little "waste space" actually. Even considered pragmatically, it is a tiny percentage 28 Problems in Plamzing Library Facilities San Diego State cussion stage, where ideas are fermenting and people are communicating, sometimes in decibels that College Library approach those of a high school corridor when San Diego, California classes changt .It gets loud but it is, nevertheless, a lot of fun. We are in the master plan phase of our planning. In other words, we are not going to present any de- STATISTICAL DATA tails. We are not in the schematic drawings as yet. They have not been officially approved. Architect: Division of Architecture, State of Cali- What we really need today is to take a look at fornia, Los Angeles Branch the various items. In other words, we want to take Frank L. Hope and Associates, Consulting a look at the million dollar items and worry about Architects' and Engineers the thousand and hundred dollar items later on. We Type of library: University are interested in reactions to our proposals for the Population to be served: 28,000 location of the library on campus and for expanda- Area: 300,000 square feet bility. We are also interested in any way we can Book capacity: 1,000,000 volumes introduce flexibilityinternal flexibilityinto the Seating capacity: 5,000 campus library and in the use of equipment in ar- Cost: $9,295,000 ranging space. Building: $7,445,000 Equipment: $1,200,000 Site: $650,000 L. A. KENNEY Cost per square foot: $23 (construction cost) I should like first to summarize briefly from our building program as it is stated now. San Diego State College was founded in 1897 as a normal PRESENTATION OF PLANS school. It became a liberal arts college in 1935. Executive Dean: Darrell Holmes After World War II, it began to grow very rapidly Librarian: L. A. Kenney and at the present time adds 1,200 students annually. Architect: Frank Hope The 1963-64 enrollment of 14,000 students will Critic: H. Dean Stallings, Librarian, North Dakota double by 1972 and will remain stable at about Agricultural College, Fargo, North Dakota 28,000. Present graduate enrollment of 3,000 will also double. It will probably continue to be about 12 percent of total enrollment. DARRELL HOLMES The present function of the college is to provide I am here to state the obvious. However, it does instruction for undergraduate and graduate students need to be said that our faculty, our administration, in the liberal arts and sciences, in applied fields, and our California State College board of trustees and in the professions except medicine, law, phar- place the number one priority on the proposed li- macy, architecture, and a few others. Teacher ed- brary. We have been working on our library for ucation is still important. The doctorate may be some two years. It is now in the planningand dis- given in about fourteen fields during the next ten years; graduate work, through the master degree level only, in about thirty-two fields is offered now. San Diego State College Library Architect's rendering

- !!! .11411,--C-A0

ord rP-1 San Diego Stale College Audio-Visual Services College and University Libraries 29

Research is not a major function but is part of the unbound, are kept with adequate adjoining reading college program insofar as it pertains to instruction space; (4) a documents collection shelved in a single and maintaining faculty competence. In publicly location, with a documents librarian in charge. supported higher education in California, the major The policy says there shall be a "forms and research function is still reserved to the University processes" librarybooks, periodicals, and docu- of California. A total of 237 master's degrees was ments rather than a subject divisional library. A granted in June of this year, along with about 1,750 redeeming factor is the ambiguity of the provision bachelor's degrees. calling for a central reference desk, because it does not specify that there shall be no other reference Old building to go desk. We are assuming we will have the four divisions in addition to a general reference room. The present much-added-to, old library building, San Diego State is planning one of the largest with 120,000 square feet of floor space, is to be university-type library buildings in America. No abandoned. The new library will be organized es- decentralization of library services or collections sentially along subject divisional lines, like the is projected. The college will be a multipurpose present old library which contains these four divi- university-type institution. sions: (1) humanities, (2) social sciences and busi- One complicating factor in planning is the tem- ness administration, (3) education, and (4) sciences porary inclusion of humanities classrooms and fac- and engineering. Added to the four subject divisional ulty offices in the building. Another has been the libraries in the new library will be: Faculty Senate demand that the present subject divi- A general reference desk on the main entrance sional library be discontinued and the old forms and floor, whose staff will also man the information processes library be restored with its one central desk at the card catalog bookstack, one periodicals collection, and one docu- A central periodicals department for all periodicals, ments collection. The library staff, however, pre- both bound and unbound; initially, it will contain fers a true subject divisional library, but has com- 55,000 bound volumes and 4,000 current titles promised with the faculty by agreeing to having four A documents department subject divisional libraries and, in addition, a general reference desk and a central periodicals room, The building is to be inviting to both undergrad- as well as a documents department. A provision of uates and graduate and faculty readers. The philos- a closed research stack for faculty and graduate ophy of library service expressed in the building is students is being postponed until the humanities that a library is more a service to students than a classrooms and faculty offices are moved out about storehouse for books. Undergraduate library ser- five years after the building has been built. vice will be separated from the graduate and research function about five years after the new building opens, when the classrooms and faculty office FRANK HOPE areas will move out. Otherwise, neither the under- We have been working on the master plan for graduate nor the research function will be ade- two years. It has been accepted by the board of quately served. trustees and is an official document. San Diego The building will be as flexible as possible. State College is located along the bluffs overlook- This is extremely important, not only because we ing Mission Valle;, approximately ten miles in cannot predict future developments, but because hu- from the coast line. In this location it is the ap- manities classrooms and faculty offices will at first proximate center of its service area. It draws share the building. When they move out, the library equally from north, south, east, and west. The cli- will take over the space. Eventual capacity of the mate is delightful. The sun shines most of the time. building after the classrooms go will be 5,000 read- It is out of the fog belt. Outdoor activities are pos- ersone quarter of the full-time equivalent enroll- sible and desirable in this area. mentand 1,000,000 volumesnearly four times The topography is another story. The campus is present holdings. at the end of a mesa area. Splitting the campus A major influence on the planning of San Diego property is a canyon that has been partially filled State College Library is the requirement that the and developed. There is very little development in building conform to a pattern set forth by the Fac- the south and southwesterly portion of the campus; ulty Senate in its "Policy Statement on Library De- most of the development to date has taken place in velopment." The college president has confirmed the north end. The concentration of this development that the policy shall govern the organization of the on such a small portion of the campus property has new library. The policy calls for:(1) a compre- led to several serious problems. Physically getting hensive central collection, in one location and in students, in ever increasing numbers, back and forth one unified stack area, of more than 1,000,000 vol- between the various buildings and particularly to the umes; (2) a central reference desk; (3) a central pe- library building, situated on the north edge, pre- riodicals room in which all periodicals, bound and sents circulation problems. 30 Problems in Planning Library Facilifies North of the amphitheater is the proposed loca- brary fraction. Still to be decided is whether the tion for the new library building. The existing li- humanides classrooms and offices should be located brary building, now in the life sciences area, will in a group at the lower level, or whether they should be completely occupied by tue life sciences division. be scattered on various floors of the library. There The core of the campus is seven and a half minutes' are both good and bad points to this arrangement. walk from edge to edge. This provides that the li- Flexibility is of key interest. The initial concept brary can be reached from virtually every building has been that this library should be designed with on the campus in about three to four minutes of the same type of thinking that goes into the design- average walking time. ing of a new office building. There should be mov- In the upper campus sector there will be ap- able partitions, flexible lighting, air conditioning, proximately 12,000 full-time equivalent students, and access to power and telephone. and in the lower sector approximately 8,000-9,000 MR. KENNEY: There will be an access to the hu- full-time equivalent students. In the master plan manities classrooms and faculty offices outside we have achieved a split of this load of students, the building. That is, there will be a pedestrian and, of course, the library then becomes the focal way, and it will be possible for students to enter point of the campus. these classroom areas from the outside, using I would like to say a few things about the concept seoarate entrances. This will be on the lowest of the plan. It proposes to relocate from the central ground floor. academic core area those items not necessary to A difficult problem in planning the main floor students and faculty during their normal daily oper- was the traffic and access for a building that is ations. We are in the process of purchasing prop- eventually to handle 5,000 readers. It was soon erty to the south; relocating the administration realized that one entrance, one control pointat building, the health services building, and the wom- least to the main floorwould not be enough. At en's gymnasium facilities; and developing parking at present, therefore, there will be access from a large parking area in order to balance parking on the east, west, and north to this main floor. all sides of the campus. The central periodicals room will be on this floor, as well as the reserve book room. Since there will be control in the reserve book room Key features and the periodicals room, we have an open ac- One of the key features of the master plan is the cess to the floor. Technical services also will development of a pedestrian mall that will start at be here as well as the circulation areas. They the south edge of the campus and extend in a direct include a central circulation desk area, public line to some of the oldest existing buildings on the card catalog, and bibliography room. The con- campus. Another key feature is that automobiles trol point will be where patrons go to the upper are eliminated completely from the academic core floors. That will be the only control access to area. We have service roads on the perimeter of and exit from the upper floors. the academic core area and, of course, service On the fourth floor will be the humanities roads also serving the buildings as required. How- division, which will serve some 1,400 readers ever, no automobiles will be allowed on the campus. and hold a collection of about 78,000 volumes. This rule is partially in effect now and is working One feature will be a music listening area for quite well. 82 listeners, either in large rooms, where ear- A forecourt area is designed as a student gath- phones would be used, or in small listening ering placean important adjunct to the library; it booths. also recognizes that the library will be the central We are going to request escalators for mov- or focal point of the campus. Quads or courts are ing the large number of students inside the build- created wherever possible. The library, together ing, as otherwise there will have to be a sizable with the speech and drama classroom building and number of elevators. We do not know now many other buildings being undertaken, will tend to frame escalators as yet. the image buildings of the old campus. The mall is The social sciences floor will be similar to now under development and will be completed prob- the others. The central circulation vertical ably this year or next. cores will be the same, but a future and special As master plan architects, we cautioned, urged, area on this floor will be the documents collec- and advised that this must be the ultimate building tion. There also will be a considerably larger there was no chance or possibility to make any ad- book collection, around 140,000 volumes, and ditions to it of any major consequence. This had a seating for about 900 readers. great effect on the design of the building. The top floor will contain two divisional read- The main levels of the library, the one starting ing rooms. There will be the education division at the main level of the campus and the four upper which, at our institution, features a very large levels, will be occupied initially and finally by a li- curriculum materials center of more than College and University Libraries 31

40,000 items. It has laboratory-type conference rooms, where students who intend to become teachers come and study curriculum materials of other schools and institutions throughout the country. The sciences division will be in the other reading room. The periodicals will have to be separated from the science books and put into the central periodicals room on the main floor. MR. HOPE: The mall that we have been talking about runs past the library on the west side. The library will be to the right, and the speech and drama classroom building to the left, fram- ing the existing Spanish buildings and the tower for the campus. We want to see here a building with the inherent dignity that we feel a library building should have. It is an important building and is going to be the most important building on the campus for many years to come. Further, a building of this size, some 300,000 square feet, is a rather imposing structure to place right in the middle of the campus. At the present time it will be the front door to the campus, the first building you see. We feel that the library, as well as being dignified, should be friendly. We want people to come inside and to see out. We also want people outside to be able to see in. We have designed a building that uses a great deal of glass. In fact, other than the columns and the areas at the spandrels, it will be all glass. We will use opaque glass. The materials other than glass have not been determined, but I am sure some form of concrete will more than likely be used. The use of glass creates other problems in connection with air conditioning. However, we have had experience with them before in a recently completed large office building in San Diego, and we found that we could handle them even in an officebuilding. We are hoping that the design philosophy of this building will restrict the number of small offices or rooms close to the outside walls. If wedo not have these small offices or rooms, then we can handle the air conditioning satisfactorily, particularly through the use of Thermopane and probably glare-reducing glass.

H. DEAN STALLINGS I would like to start out by commenting on the library program that the San Diego people followed. While the librarian quoted some of it, I would like to reiterate what it includes. There is a descriptionof the San Diego College Institutional Program; itsfac- ulty, graduate, and undergraduate students; and projected growth. Also it includes the unique factors concerning San Diego's institutional and research functions; a statement of generally accepted current functions and regulations of library science; and architectural characteristicsspaces, functions, 32 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

E X ISTING CLASSROOM BUILDING

EXISTING ADMINISTRAT se, FUTURE CLASSROOMS

tiPts., it.V'

FORECOURT

EXISTING -" Ntur..'-'.Ari Qf BOOK 1,4 STORE

GROVE 0311-PV

FUTURE SPEECH -DRAMA BUILDUP

FUTURE CLASSROOM BUILDING

er; "Allikts NO RTH EXISTING AMPHITHEATER SITE PLAN SCALE: 1" SO'

FUTURE MUSIC BUILDING tk..;ivs Ott "elitt .;2`. San Diego Slate College Audio-Visual Services San Diego State College Library Site location ments. It has been my experience that magazines are used a lot more if they are classified and put and relationshipsdescribed in some detail. 1 think with the books. However, I do know there are defi- that the architects have done a very good job in nitely two schools of thought on that matter. these four phases of the library building program. Another thing we might question is that most I do not know how much criticizing I can do on schools, as they approach 1,000,000 volumes, have this building because it is still primarily in the started thinking about a separate library for the early stages. I believe, however, that we might undergraduates, consisting of about only 100,000 question one or two items. First, I think the college volumes. Here there is going to be a student body is very fortunate in being able to locate the building of approximately 20,000, about 18,000 of whom will square in the middle of the campus. Very few li- be undergraduates, and this large a book collection braries being built at this stage of development have will still be furnished. I suppose that this is the that lucky choice. Secondly, the terrain is such that trend and something that we will have to look for- the main entry can be put on the third floor. This ward to. Last year, for example, the college gave puts the majority of the books nearest to the patrons out some 250 master's degrees and, therefore, it a very good arrangement. must certainly be considered as a graduate school. I would question whether or not the trend is to- I believe the college is very fortunate, since I ward separate departments or periodicals depart- happen to be a nondepartmental library man, in that College and University Libraries 33 a rule in the state administrative system states would not disrupt the quiet and dignity of the li- there can be no departmental libraries. Therefore, brary facility? it is not blessed with that little problem. MR. HOLMES: We have a real sacred cow with that One thing I do not see is this dimension of 18 amphitheater. It is used only for graduation and feet between floor and ceiling. I happen to be a low- holds 3,500 people. This year we had 25,000 or ceiling modular supporter and, therefore, I cannot 30,000 who attended graduation, and so it is not help but think there is going to be between 5 feet and even good for that. There was a movement afoot 6 feet of waste space up there somewhere and that to abolish it. However, since it is reminiscent this space is going to cost a lot of money. The archi- of the old Work Projects Administration, as well tect indicates there is nothing sacred about the 18 as has historical significance, I suppose it will feet, and that about 4 feet of that figure will be used remain. for ductwork and ventilation. So it is not all quite MR. STALLINGS: The only other comment I have, wasted. and this is one for which there is no immediate A last thing I would comment on, since I built the solution, is the parking. I suppose that, with only library in the country without windows, is the 20,000 students, some 19,700 will own cars, and heavy use of glass. This reminds me of the experi- parking, therefore, is going to be a rough item. ence that the planners had down at Georgia Tech. However, I am told that shelves are now being They put in windows like that in the front of the built in those cliffs, and parking will be made building. It cost a young fortune to do so, and then available down in the canyons. they later found that they likewise had to spend Question: If this institution is going to remain another young fortune for draperies to cover primarily a place for preparation of teachers, them up. why put the collection in education on the top floor? DISCUSSION MR. HOLMES: This is a historical heritage. Eight percent of our students are enrolled in teacher Question: Will somebody allay my fears as to the proximity of the amphitheater to the library? I wonder if, when functioning, the amphitheater San Diego State College Library Third (Main) floor

CENTRAL TECHNICAL RESERVE ROOM CIRCULATION SERVICES & OFFICES

4 I CONTROL corona. I

. . 4

. . . r 4 1 , -...

I A 1

CONTROL

PERIODICALS ROOM

San Diego Slate College Audio-Visual Services 34 Problems in Flaming Library Facilities courses. However, we are much stronger in the I do not believe there is a precise answer to the sciences in terms of numbers, much stronger in pro Aem that could be given. business administration in terms of numbers, I think there is an answer to almost any op- and so on. Therefore, San Diego State is really eration in a library. If you think there are bene- a multifunction college, and we will probablybe fits in staff specializationthat is to say, if you offering a Ph.D. degree within the next year. have a specialist on the staff who is allowed to Question: If the sciences are going to play such an concentrate his energies on the social sciences important role, why punish them by taking the or on the humanitiesthen in that case he will science books away from everything and putting not need the periodicals to do his work. Further, them on the top floor? I think that if the sci- if you insist on the policy that the faculty has ences cannot have a library in thelaboratory laid down here, then you must have a general building, then they should have their material reference service. In that case you can prob- easily accessible in the main library and, if ably still develop some kind of specialization possible, on the first floor. within that general reference service. However, MR. HOLMES: Then your position would lie that the I still think that the staff is going to be greatly Faculty Senate action which established a period- handicapped in working in this kind of operation. icals room really works against the interest of I believe that the really important develop- the sciences. Of course, we will take that under ment on this campus is going to be on the grad- advisement because we really do not want to uate level, and your sciences seem to be very build a library that is incorrect. well concentrated. Therefore, why not think in Comment from the floor: I think it is an open ques- terms of a science library that will put the li- tion as to whether you can develop research brary books near the laboratory? faculties in the sciences unless they can have I can see how, in connection with a campus their scientific periodicals and literature and ?r like thisone which is going to developyou the same roof with their laboratories. Here, of might be much better served by having three course, where you have a very concentrated cam- somewhat smaller libraries scattered over the pus, you can do it, but then I would seriously campus in strategic locations, bringing them question as to whether the literature should not closer to the classrooms and to the laboratory. be on the first floor merely to make it as easy At the same time you will still have a feasible for the users to get to as possible. and fairly economical operation. I don't think, We are faced with the similar problem of a however, that this possibility has ever been science building. We are groping with it. The tested. question is whether it may not be worthwhile I think I am correct in stating that the Cali- for you to have seminar rooms for the sciences fornia State College system has established 25 next to the stacks with your major science col- square feet as the standard for a reader, rather lections. Otherwise you will have a good deal of than the 30-plus square feet which has been set trafficprofessors drawing books and students by most of the authorities today. I am wondering dragging books to the classrooms. I am sure whether you feel this is an inconvenience and if you will have this problem unless you intend to you are cramped under this restriction? isolate some of the collection in a small depart- MR. KENNEY: I would say that the reader space mental auxiliary library, especially in connec- on our campus is not quite so small asindicated. tion with areas such as physics. There the fac- There are 25 percent of the total buildings which ulty are very fussy and sometimes threaten to have a 25-foot standard, and they do provide quit unless they have their collections right adequate facilities. under their no :es. Question: I am a bit curious when I look at this plan I would like to know how you are going to and see the central communications through use separate these reference files, such as in chem- of escalators, elevators, or whatever it may be, istry and physics, from the known authorities. in the central core. How did you get by without Are those going to be considered journals with having a stairway on every corner of the your periodicals? After all, some of these ma- building? terials are not periodicals, but they are used in connection with periodicals. Therefore, it MR. HOPE: Circulation has not been gone into in seems to me that at least in the sciences you detail. We do hope to restrict vertical circula- are going to create a great many problems sepa- tion to the middle of the building. Of course, we rating the books and defining the books from can provide for as many as four exits or what- your periodicals. If there is alogical way of ever fire regulations will require. dividing the periodicals in this particular li- MR. METCALF: I would suggest that before you brary, then you would follow this plan. In es- get too far along with your plans you have other sence, I think you have to abide by the plan. studies made. One you shot.ld have made is College and University Libraries 35

whether you can get 5,000 students and 1,000,000 Question: How do you arrive at this division of volumes into that 300,000 square feet. I am not floors equally and exactly for sciences and ed- sure you will be able to make it without too much ucation and all the rest of the divisions? I did pinching. Secondly, there should be an analysis not know they came out that way. made, in connection with an all-glass building, MR. KENNEY: Those areas have not been definitely as to the costs in connection with heating and assigned, and we will solve that problem as we cooling and protecting it from the outside come to it. weather. Thirdly, you should have a study of the expense of the 18 feet from floor to floor I presume this will add something to your cost. I think those are three basic provisions that you need to study very carefully before you complete your plan. Question: I would like to r,now why the architect chose this type of plan, where practically the entire building is made of glass. MR. HOPE: The style of architecturethe arch formis important to the campus. If you had the opportunity to walk around this state college, you would see arches of every type and description: natural arches and other types, also arches of every kind of material. This is more or less a consistent style which should be somewhat followed through in connection with any other building. Therefore, as consulting architects, we adopted this form of architecture so that all of the buildings would harmonize. As to the glass, I agreefrom a cost basis that it is going to be more expensivethat it is going to cost more to build and operate a glass building than it would to build and operate a concrete building. However, we just cannot afford any more big square boxes on the San Diego State College campus. We have several of them now. We need a building that will be distin- guished and add something to the campus. A building this large, a building of 300,000 square feet, in a solid material, would be unacceptable to us in this location and probably in any location on the campus as well. Question: I would like to ask the audience if glass is functionally undesirable for a library? Comment: I understand there is a lot of sunshine in California. I have never been there, but then there is also plenty of it in New York. The amount of sunshine usually varies, as anybody knows, during certain times of the day. I have discussed this problem completely with our architect, and we agreed that the northern and eastern exposures can have more glass. Likewise, it would be very bad for the books, for the readers, and for the air conditioning to have a lot of glass on the western and southern exposures. During at least five months of the year, at least in our area, the sun shines rather merci- lessly, and this presents a problem with regard to glare on the books and readers. Of course, if you are interested in bringing in a decorator, then you might put up some drapes. 36 Problems in Planning Library Facilities University of Waterloo Librarian: Mrs. Doris E. Lewis Critic: Archie McNeal, Director, University of Arts Library Miami Libraries, Coral Gables, Florida Waterloo, Ontario, Canada

MICHAEL BROOKS This presentation should not be restricted to the STATISTICAL DATA library building. It must be related to the manner in Toronto, which the project is being carried out, the academic Architect: Shore & Moffat and Partners, function of the library, and its physical surround- Ontario, Canada University library for the human- ings. I shall sketch for you the manner in which we Type of library: organize and administer a project such as the con- ities and social sciences struction of a building on a university campus. Mr. Population to be served: 3,000 Greer, a partner in a firm of architects in Toronto Area: 67,785 square feet and the representative of that firm to the University, Book capacity: 240,000 volumes will tell you about our campus master plan and Seating capacity: 926 some of the details pertaining to our library building. Cost: $1,650,000 He is a master planner for the new Canadian Asso- Building: $1,500,000 (estimated) ciation of Architects and Engineers, known as Uni- Equipment: $150,000 versity Planning Architects and Consulting Engi- Cost per square foot: $21 (estimated) neers. His firm also is indirectly involved as advisers in the design of furniture for the new library. Mr. Greer will discuss the campus plan- PRESENTATION OF PLANS ning insofar as it affects the library and the archi- Director of Planning: Michael Brooks tecture of the building. Architect: William Greer Then, Mrs. Lewis, our highly competent librarian, will tell you about the function and operation of the library. She will relate it to the academic pro- University of Waterloo Arts Library Architect's rendering

Shore & Moffat, Architects Cu !lege and University Libraries 37

details of layout of pleted.) This is not an unusual state of affairs.The gram and will enlarge on the allowed to furniture within the building. administration's requirements were not First, I should give you a bit of background on prejudice the library design to anydegree whatso- the University. The construction of thephysical ever. In fact, our architects werenot informed of campus started in 1958, though ourfirst classes the administration's requirements untilafter the were held in temporaryaccommodations in 1957. sketch plans were completed and approved. We expect to have a total undergraduateenrollment in the coming fall of 2,400, of whom1,400 will be WILLIAM GREER engineering students, 600 art students, and 400 sci- I think that after what you haveheard, you can architect is to ence students. The 1,400 engineeringstudents are realize that the main function of the cooperating students and so, as a result, only half be flexible, somewhat like a librarian.We have of them are on the campus at any one time. We are found that our role regarding the library hasbeen planning to meet an undergraduate enrollmentof one of searching and listening over anumber of 6,000 by 1970, plus 850 graduate students. This years. 6,000 will comprise 3,000 art students, 2,000 engi- We started some two years ago, when we went neering students (cooperative), and 1,000 science to the Library Institute at Kent State. We feel that students. Therefore, you see the explosion is near, in searching and listening we can recognize the and we expect it mainly in the arts. forces which come to bear on a problem. These in- We possess a trifle under 1,000 acres of campus clude not only the program requirements, but also 973 acres to be exact. The campus plan relatesto the academic and economic atmosphere of the Uni- the 250-acre segment which willaccommodate the versity. I should underline the word "economic." 1970 enrollment. We do not know as yet what we In long-range planning it has been a particular ad- are going to do with the other750 acres. We are, vantage for us to have been the master planners as therefore, very flexible. We have spent todate well as architects. about $15,000,000 capital, and we anticipatethat by As has been stated, the University is now just 1970 we will have spent $45,000,000-$50,000,000. under 1,000 acres. When we did the master plan, it was just about 250 acres. We hadalways said it should have more space than 250 acres. Therefore, we now have a master plan and have ourlibrary lo- Development of program cated in relation to that master plan. Some very The actual organization and administration of the brief thinking since then seems to indicate that the development to our present early-working-drawing library is still in the right place on the campus. stage are as follows: First, for some two years I am sure you will agree that the student is the prior to the preparation of the brief, a rapport was most important person in the planning of a campus built up between Mrs. Lewis and Mr. Greer. All and of a library. In the case of the library, it is the three of us, as well as our vice-president offinance, student and the research person who uses the li- attended the American Library Association Confer- brary. The librarians, administrators, and archi- ence in Ohio two years ago. When the program was tects should not forget this when they are planning, prepared by the University, there was already some since the University and the library or any other mutual understanding between the University and building does exist because of them. the architects as to what was what. The library is a focal point today for the student. Then the program was prepared on the basis of The student can, and should, approach it from all di- function only. This was written by Mrs. Lewis on rections if it is centrally located. In the case of the basis of her knowledge and ex-periene.e.It also Waterloo's campus, the library site happened to be incorporated the thinking of a committee which rep- one of the highest points of land on the campus.It resented the broad cross section of the facultyof also serves as the focal point to the community. the University. Some sections were writtenby my- Likewise, it is an outward expression of the Univer- selfthose relating to matters not directly influenc- sity community to the population. ing library functioning. The library is centered between various clusters A copy of the program and sketch plans wassent or cells of buildings representingengineering, the to Dr. Maurice Tauber for his comments.He of- arts, and the sciences. The requirement has been fered his constructive criticisms and suggestions, that a library should have one entrance for control. which were acted upon, and the final sketchplans Ideally one would like to enter the grounds and the incorporating these changes were prepared.While library from any direction, particularly on a pedes- this was going on, Mrs. Lewis was conferringwith trian campus where there are no cars. Based on her library staff, and I conferred with thepresident such a premise, the building does not have one fa- and vice-president of finance. çade but four façades. The repetition of architec- A final point is that the administration is tobe tural design is precast concrete, and the windows housed in the library until 1967.(It will not be until are almost identical. inis has been thefactor in then that the administration building willbe corn- the design of the building. 38 Problems in Pla nning Library Facilities

Landscaping this first stage, the only elevator to be provided will be that for service. This will be a book elevator The scale of a building must be closely related running at about 200 feet a minute. to the individual who moves around the building. Therefore, the particular spatial relationship be- Top floors tween the library and its surrounuing buildings is of muffle importance. This space must be useful and The top three floors are virtually unknown pro- pleasant in feeling. It is for this reason that our portions. In other words, what we are doing is pre- firm has strongly felt that landscaping plays a par- senting a study to find out whether the proportions ticularly important part in a campus. We consider are right or wrong. We feel, in studying the pro- the landscape configuration and planting material posed height in scale with the campus and the town, to be of prime importance. This building was defi- that it is a correct height for the building. There- nitely designed to be noticed. fore, we are now merely planning structurally and The previous campus buildings have been simple mechanically for those three upper floors. They and repetitive in architectural form. As there was may not go on, but with the flexibility we have in not an endless amount of funds coming in from connection with the construction it would be unwise grants and fund drives, they have been particularly not to make this provision. economical. We have tried to maintain this same The arcades are the same on all four sides and pattern with the new library. As a focal point, it can be approached by students from the main en- can share in some of the savings, even though some- trance as well as from other directions. However, what more expensive. the only doors which open into the library are at The campus was planned for 6,000-7,000 under- the front location. graduate students. It is quite likely that in the de- The richness of the visual effect has been velopment of university expansion in Canada now, achieved through the modulation of space outside and in Ontario, particularly, universities should the library. The library is a break from the mate- plan for 50,000 students. Some of them,of course, rials of other campus buildings where buff and gray are planning for more thanthat. As in many cam- and brown brick are used. The library will be a pus plans, the parking isisolated from the buildings gleaming whitea dull-white type of precast con- and pedestrian area. crete.It will have a copper roof maintained in The first stage of the library cuts into thehill- browntone at both levels and, further, some local side. One side provides access for servicevehicles stone which is gray in color. Inside the library at the lower level and, if necessary,for students in there will be warm colors: whites, grays, and wheel chairs, who may then use elevators to the browns. Low maintenance materials have been se- upper floor. The arcaded sectionis undercut about lected. The program has allowed 1 percent for art 13 feet below the upper floor, providing for some in the building, and this will be intimate art rather control to the larger lower windows. than a monumental piece of sculpture in any one The upper floor has small strip windows.These location. surround the stack and reading areas and provide The buildings will have acoustical ceilings, with for reading spaces at the perimeter of thefloor. 9 feet from floor to floor on all but the main en- The glass used in the windows will beglare- trance floor, where the distance will be approxi- reducing, even though there are some windows mately 10 feet 6 inches. There is space above this which are but 16 inches wide. They are, however, for ductwork, and we have provided for six changes centered on a 4 feet x 6 feet basis and aremodular of air per hour. There is a relative humidity ^on- for the stack development. The materialbetween trol, and the heating and cooling rooms for this the windows will be precast concretebearing panels. building are remote from it, in another sectional The windows are small and recessed enoughto give or regional heating plant. a certain amount of sunscreening. The electrical fixtures will provide 70 foot- There are no columns at the outer wall. The candles at table level and an average of about 50 columns are at the inner section, on the upperfloor- foot-candles in the stacks. The lighting will be ing. The arcaded floor will all be pouredconcrete. lower in connection with the lower shelving. This The lower floor will be the same, with facingof will, of course, be achieved by using the same fix- local stone. The purpose of the arcade is toisolate ture but reducing it to one tube where necessary. the readers on that floor from those who maybe Also, we will have telephone and intercom systems passing nearby. It provides some control.It affords in the building. a place where a student maysit on a bench and study We have selected a 27-foot square bay. The in the shade, movingaround the building as the sun building, as I have mentioned, is square, partially moves. It also bears somerelationship to the sum- from the location on the campus as a four-faced mer months, to the studentwho is not necessarily building, equal on all sides. The 27-foot square studying inside but may be waiting betweenlectures module allows 3 feet for the stack lengths and 4 feet and who will go to the focal point of the library. At 6 inches, center to center, for the stack spacing. UniversityFirst floor of Waterloo Arts Library C.4 40 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

1Mk // Ws. mi Imo

University of Waterloo Arts Library Second floor

mise since each had a small departmental library. Both of these involve factors of 27. We are propos- Thus far, this compromise has worked quite well. ing to use a poured concrete flat slab construction, All faculties of science and engineering work closely because this dimension has proved to be an econom- together, and in the case where we have a number of ical one for such construction. The selection of the faculty people engaged in research, they seem to 27-foot module has been based on that, and also on share materials required by both. We also havea the fact that one of the requirements of the librarian very strong department of mathematics which ser- was that the study desk be 4 feet x 16 feet, and any vices both those faculties, as well as the faculty other size than 27 would not provide economical use of arts. Therefore, mathematics, science, and en- of the bay or adequate aisles. gineering materials are located in one wing of the present engineering building, which is close to the MRS. DORIS E. LEWIS science building as well. I would like to emphasize that this is the arts li- The arts building will contain all the materials brary for the University. Two years ago a major in the social sciences and the humanities. It will decision was made at the University. We persuaded also contain the library administration and the tech- the science and engineering faculties to share a sci- nical processes for the whole University library ence and engineering library. This was a compro- structure. College and University Libraries 41 II -I I

8 411

.?In T1 MEMFACULTY Firi:GTUR STUDY 1.8 iZ ii

111 11 1 :1t :I 0043 MI NI Co RI! EUIXAR TYPISTS a MR I 11 1:11 MCCRAW ICAL .2. me .1 .a MN

OATS =lulu I I5 4/1 'V 'e SMAL4:-. a I t asan 811 VP an

El 0 0 r

3=2=i=1=1 1======1II El I======tEl El Iti I 1 Ezci 1===== L1-1

3==1=3=1 :1: II 112 1 t 4 111:07 a n a if'51 I:t IVa n 11111111$1111111111 ; IX :111 University of Waterloo Arts Library Third floor

We feel that as the University grows, the library may tend more and more to become a research li- desk on each floor. This, we think, might very well brary. If the enrollment of the present University be a reference center for those floors. The divi- goes beyond the 6,000 anticipated for 1970 (and there sional materials would be arranged according to is no doubt that it will do this), we think the under- floors and also according to the Library of Con- graduate colleges may be established on additional gress classification. land that we have gained and they will have their own This first plan also allows for a concentration undergraduate library. This present library would of all periodical materials in one area. Our faculty then tend to serve undergraduate honor students, asked for this specifically. They desired current plus graduate students and faculty. I think this pos- periodicals and bound periodicals to be together. sibility has somewhat influenced the design. We feel we may eventually change this. Our bound It is an open stack library, and I believe will articles are classified, and so we can put them in continue to be so. It has not been planned for even- the general stack arrangements, if we want to, tual closed stack. It is not at present divisional, later on. We may also put current periodicals in and will not be divisional in the beginning. We feel divisional arrangements and then create simply a that we are too small to set up additional divisions general periodicals section with a reading area as- with the science and engineering divisions already sociated with it. We know there are many areas in operating separately. However, in our plans we which we cannot make a final decision, but we think have considered that eventually we might need a di- our planning is flexible enough to make future visional arrangement. We have provided a service changes. 42 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

University of Waterloo Arts Library Fourth floor The elevators are close enough to the circulation desk to do away with the need for a book conveyer at the desk. We prefer to transport our books to the Main entrance stack by book truck. There is a service desk for The main entrance of the library allows for a the catalog and reference service quite close to the turnstile in traffic so that "out" traffic must pass catalog area. the circulation desk. This circulation desk also The reference office is more isolated. Here we serves as a reserve books desk. We feel there is will handle interlibrary loans. There also is room not much point in having reserve books unless they for the use of borrowed microfilms and microcards. are controlled. We do not have tremendous num- Major accommodations for film and card readers bers of these, but there is shelving accommodation are made elsewhere. for up to 10,000 volumes if necessary. There are The office of the librarian can be moved. The also some reading accommodations nearby, and walls are not permanent, although we hope they will students can, of course, taKe their reserve books be relatively soundproof. We may move the admin- anywhere in the library. istrative offi.zes up to that small fourth floor. I do The display materials in the general lobby area not feel it is absolutely necessary that the officeof we expect to be removable. We hope to get these the librarian be on the main floor, but I think that materials on casters, so that if this area should be- when we begin in this building, it is a good place come congested, displays can then be removed. The for it to be. card catalog is in a central position. We hope that There is a very large technical services area it will not be too far from the circulation desk and of 7,500 square feet. I have never talked to a head the main entrance. librarian who was satisfied with the size of his tech- College and University Libraries 43 nical services area as his library grew. We have We also feel that it might be veryhelpful for library attempted to think far ahead. Perhaps we may have users as well as for librarystaff people occasion- erred, but we do feel that this area, as our technical ally. A faculty member might just pass cutfrom the services are set up, will handle our volume, which excitement of finding some rare gem in thelibrary! could well be 40,000-50,000 volumes a year. At present we are handling 20,000 volumes with quite a small staff. We cherish our catalogers and our Stack areas head technical or acquisitional people. We supply We have attempted to concentrate in one part of them with private offices. I often wonder why more the floor plan all the areas where there have to be libraries do not do this. I feel it very important, soundproof or permanent walls; we thus relieve the because I have found that we get extremely good remainder of the floor for flexibility as to use. We production by giving these professional people their have tried to keep our stack areas toward the center own offices. For yourinformation, we have cata- that people will sift through the stack areas to logers handling 5,000 titles a year-8,000 volumes. the reading areas around the outside. We think this Of course, we think this is quite good and that the arrangement creates less confusion and noise. Our offices help in giving us this kind of production. that faculty desired a closed study with cubicles, and so The technical services area is designed so we have provided one on every stack floor. the material flows in a fairly even pattern from one We think that, insofar as floor materials are end through to the other end without anybacktrack- ing. We work the acquisition and catalogservices concerned, broadloom is o:r best bet. We have very closely together so that no process orsearch- tried it in our smaller library, and we are im- ing or anything of the sort is repeated. pressed with its durability and tremendously quiet effect. People seem to be quiet az soon as they step on it. We plan to put broadloom on our first floor First floor and probably to have rubber tile on the rest of the floors; we feel we will have more quiet with rubber The first-floor level contains the receiving area, than with any other form of tile. a storage area for gifts, and anunprocessed materi- We plan to put our rare books and special col- als area. I am glad to say we do not have a great lections on the fourth floor. We think that this will backlog at the present time. It also contains a bind- be about the right size, and we will provide a little ing preparation area. We do not do our own binding. more luxury here in the way of furnishings and I am sure that we will also have a multilith machine here. At the present time, our cards are reproduced by the University Press. It has three multi- University of Waterloo Arts Library lith machines, and our material all goes through Typical floor plan, Floors 5, 6, 7 them. We might very well have our own machine in inn the library. 1 We attempted to arrange the audio-visual area TYPISTS so that the service desk could serveboth the audio- SEMINAR StAIIMAIt visual area and the periodicals area. We think this II 1i:A I a will work out. ECUANICAL We likewise havelecture room which will hold I 65 people. We did not desire a large lecture room I but did want one where films could be shown to off si classes up to that size. Also, it will be used with EEI-E7-1=111e1 groups coming in for instruction in useof the library, and as a projection room so that a faculty member can preview a film. We havelistening and browsing accommodations and microcard and microfilm FACULTY readers. STUDY We have provided a browsing and smoking area. Perhaps we would be doing the medical profession a good turn by eliminating thesmoking area. How- =" ever, I am sure these patrons would then goelse- F: 1=T=LJ1. SEfEiF=EY=UEF8ia where. I like to keep people in the library. Wefeel }==t=ft====1=1 the smoking area is a concession on our partbut 1111a=--===l1 will make everyone happy. IMO There are likewise on this floor a staff lounge, =ESE3 Ea labeled "Cots? Our "1 T ME a small kitchen, and two rooms II I list R labor laws require that we have this accommodation. I 44 Problems in Planning Library Facilities I do not mean the fourthfloor, because I do not ap- decor. The other floors are all much the same. the rare books section is There are a few arrangements a bitdifferent on one prove of that. After all, conference, seminar, going to be there, and, as a 1-esult, youwill be in of the floors where we have not find you. and faculty study space. too rare an atmosphere and people may The third floor would be appropriateat this time current periodicals ARCHIE McNEAL to consider. Periodicals and declare my amateur are planned for thebasement, and yet you are pro- First of all, I would like to indexes on the second status. I have enjoyed the opportunityof looking at posing to place the periodical floor. I would move theperiodical indexes, current the plans for the University ofWaterloo Arts Li- floor. This brary. The statement of program forthe library periodicals, and back files to the third would then clear up a little more spacefor the ref- has been thoughtfully and carefullyprepared. Clear provided with regard to erence reading area. and concise information is Your statement of program lists acertain the functions and interrelationshipsdesired. Pro- library growth amount of space and a certainnumber of people you jections of student population and not available the way support a proposed timetable foradditions. want to put there, but space is (or basement) must it is planned. I counted theseats and the shelf space The fact that the first floor and found that you do not have the spacein the ref- be given over to space foradministrative offices statement of program. for a few years is unfortunate but mustbe accepted. erence area called for in your Planning such space in terms of itsultimate library use lessens thediscouragement, and it should al- Offices ways be kept in mind thatthis is library space. The first floor is 156 feet 6 inches x156 feet 6 In the matter of the location of thecirculation inches. The second floor is 138 feet x138 feet. The librarian's office, she is hidden and cannot see any- third floor is 164 feet x 164 feet:The fourth floor is thing. I would think her office andworkroom ought 83 feet 6 inches x 83 feet 6 inches,while floors five, to be just reversed, and her officehave glass around six, and seven are to be 110 feet x110 feet. The it; then she can see the operationof the circulation role of a critic is not to find fault butto be construc- and control desks. tive and helpful. It is, therefore,in that framework Tht. other point with regard to office space you that these following points are raised. have already covered in what you havesaid about valuing your catalog librarians andcataloging staff. I think they are being overevaluatedwhen you put Book elevator each one of them into a separate officeand thus make it difficult for their typists andclerical work- The book elevator located adjacent to shipping ers to get to them everytime a problem arises. and receiving on the first floor may notbe intended However, this is merely a matter ofpersonal is too far for service to this department. If it is, it philosophy. removed from the circulation desk at its second- The location of the public toilets is anonexis- floor outlet, and its location on the third,fifth, sixth, tence on the second floor. They arecalled for in and seventh floors is poor for serviceof the book your statement of program,but are not in the archi- collection. There may also be a need for a pneu- tect's plan. They are provided in the basement;how- matic tube system when the second stageof the ever, you have already statedthat you are not going building is undertaken. to have a basementthat is, it isgoing to be admin- The binding and repair area calls for a wash istrative offices. I am sure that they areplanned basin. This does not show on the plans. Thebrows- for and will be appropriately located.But you do ing and smoking lounge is so located thatit does not not have any provision forthem on the second floor. allow observation and supervision fromthe desk ad- On the third floor they would not beadequate, con- jacent to the records workroom unlessadded staff sidering the traffic load and the numberof people are planned. Therefore, thislocation may need to you will have in thebuilding. Drinking fountains, be reconsidered. while mentioned in the brief, do not showanywhere On the second floor there is a tendencyto put on the plan or drawings thatI have. everything on the one floor, and this isadmitted in the statement of program. This is goingto be a crowded floor. Having just lived through abuilding DISCUSSION plan, I recognize the desire to want tohave everything there. It looks to me as if every area onit Question: What is the floor height? will be crowded, particularly since you arenot going MR. GREER: It is 9 feet on all floorsexcept the to have the facilities that youhave proposed for the second floor, which will be 10 feet 6 inches basement or first floor. It might bedesirable to cleared. consider the relocation of certain areasto the third MR. FOWLER: As an architect, Ihave a number of floor, one of them being the administrativeoffices. observations I would like to make. One ofthem College and University Libraries 45

is a feeling that the building is going to appear Question: I understand that this building, when con- too massive. It is an overwhelming structure, structed, will be completely air-conditioned at a and it is in very strong, dramatic form. I ques- cost of roughly $20 per square foot. Is that tion its sympathetic qualities with your other right? buildings. MR. GREER: Yes. The central cooling equipment I feel that perhaps to lower the building and is not included in that price, nor is the central even depress it into the ground a couple of heating equipment. floors, having the entrance in the middle of the MR. TAUBER: I want to make one observation in building, would ease the circulation. At the connection with what Dr. McNeal said with re- same time, it would diminish this overpowering, spect to the separate offices for the catalogers. dominant force that will be created in the center This is an innovation I raised questions about, of the campus. myself.. Mrs. Lewis convinced me, from her Secondly, and in relation to the first floor, I experience, that separate quarters for the cata- find no stimulating interior spaces within this loging personnel would pay off and has paid off building. There will be no fun, no excitement in production. Anytime anybody indicates this in the building. I think you saw that the new to me, then I am for it. Harvard medical library was really a magnifi- cent, stimulating, very fine architectural entity. There is no question there are certain problems in the Harvard buildingminor circulation problems. But contemporary architects are giving mucn attention to this aesthetic qualitythis feeling of space and wonderful charm. It may be criticized on a cost basis. By the same token, there are both rich and poor, and the rich, who can afford these things, should give them to us. They should allow us to go in and experience these spaces. They certainly are not going to send the money that they might have saved to other institutions. Simply because you have to cross over this area to get to the catalogs, you are also going through a wonderful environment. Therefore, it becomes a stimulating experience. It seems to me that a person is well justified by taking this devious route. My only other point of criticism regarding the plan is that the mash entities within the building itselfthe physical spaces that have been created within the buildinghave a tendency to be nonintegrated and articulated solely from the fact that you can move in any direction. They are not cohesively held together. I feel this, especially, on the first floor. The same thing is true on some of the other floors. I believe that these spaces can be brought within the core itself and create a much finer articulation and over-all space throughout the library itself. Question: In relation to the 70 foot-candles lighting in the reading areas, is this a standard figure, or is it lower or higher? It seems quite high to me. MR. GREER: It is a standard figure. The American Lighting Institute, I think, is the body which passes upon this. Question: Is this standard the one established in the study made at the Firestone Library at Prince- ton? MR. GREER: This is a basic standard on any building for reading at table level at the present time. Of course, each year it goes up and up. It used to be 50 foot-candles. 46 Problems in Planning Library Facilities University of Illinois, The Chicago Undergraduate Division was organ- Chicago Campus, Library ized just after the Second World War to take care of the veterans. There were about 4,500 in the first Chicago, Illinois enrollment in 1946, and the enrollment has stayed at that figure, more or less, ever since. The only change in character in the enrollment through the years has been a tendency to add more and more STATISTICAL DATA upper division courses, although the division is still Architect: Skidmore, Owings & Merrill, Chicago, largely a lower division operation. Degrees are not Minis granted, but the students go to Urbana to finish up T...be of library: Undergraduate library and office their work; others of them likewise go to other uni- of the Instructional Resources Service versities. copulation to be served: 9,00C; ultimate, 20,000 Since the University was founded about a century Area: 142,000 square feet; ultimate, 500,000 square ago, there has been talk of establishing a full- feet fledged state university in Chicago. However, it Book capacity: Ultimate, 1,000,000 volumes was not until this branch was established at Navy Seating capacity: 1,430; ultimate, 8,000 Pier that talk became really serious. Five years Cost: Building$3,993,616 ago a bond issue was passed which provided money Cost per square foot: $26 (estimated) for a new building, and $50,000,000 of the bond issue was set aside to establish the new campus. The library staff felt strongly that it should have some- PRESENTATION OF PLANS thing new and different in the way of university libraries. Chairman: Frazer Poole Librarian: Edward Heiliger Data processing Architect: Walter A. Netsch, Jr. One new approach was the use of data processing. Therefore, for the past five years under Ford FRAZER POOLE Foundation grants we have spent a great deal of The next two library buildingsat the University time and money computing, on a computer basis of Illinois, Chicago Campus, and the State College of system, information for a new library. This is Iowaare quite different in concept. Both repre- going into effect on the new campus. Our research sent individual solutions to two different sets of re- is now at the stage where we feel that we can have quirements and conditions. Both, however, follow it ready for the new campus. the same general plan of organization. The plan Policy has been set for completely centralized completely mixes books and readers. It has been library services. We had to go all the way to the variously called the infitsion plan, the. interspersed president of the University to get this decision. It plan, and possibly several other names. was quite a fight. The arrangement now is that The infusion plan developed after World War II. there will be no more than any one faculty depart- However, the basic concept goes back to 1913, when ment which will have bookshelving. I do not know N. L. Rainey developed the library at Johns Hopkins. how well this will work out, but at least we are get- The difficulty there was that he had to work in the ting started. The buildings will all be close to- context of a fixed building. You cannot develop the gether, and se will have computer-produced cata- plan in a fi.ied function building; you can develop it logs in each faculty department. We plan to have, only in a modular building with great flexibility. in effect, delivery service from the central library, so that a professor can look into a nearby catalog EDWARD HEILIGER and call for certain materials to be sent to him. There are two campuses at the University of They will be sent promptly. We feel that this ar- Illinois in Chicago. There is the Chicago Profes- rangement may help in keeping a trend toward the sional College campus the medical school, nursing departmentalized library from developing too school, and school of pharmacyand the Chicago rapidly. Undergraduate Division at Navy Pier. We will be Another interesting feature of the building is the concerned Lnight with the plans for the change from Office of Instructional Resources. The library has Navy Pier to the new Congress Circle campus. been involved for years in closed-circuit television Each campus has its own vice-president and its own work and in audio-visual work for language teaching, senate, but is closely tied to the Urbana campus. listening to music, and so on in connection with pro- Foth libraries in Chicago are under the general di- gram learning. When the decision had to be made rection of the Director of Libraries of the University as to where to put these facilities on the new cam- of Illinois at Urbana. pus, it was decided that they should go into the li- College and University Libraries 47 brary building. Non.! of us liked it, but the more we control. However, we think we ilave that solved thought about the library as being part of a commu- likewise. nications center, the more we favored the idea. We could see possibilities of using the facilities, planned Building features for closed-circuit television broadcasts from the Ur- bana and the Chicago campuses, for transmission of One of the features of the library building is the computer data and perhaps of photographic materi- size of the building bays. They are 30 feet x 45 feet. als brought in for microstorage from a distant cen- I wanted to call them modules, but I was corrected ter. We decided we could make considerable useof and told to identify them as building bays. some of the facilities. Books will be arranged in classification order in Therefore, we have provided for an Office of In- the first phase of the building. The first phase is structional Resources in the library. This has created some special problems, particularly an exit University of Illinois, Chicago Campus Model of campus

,.. illargeseal""

a. :P-- 4 thr_

, t 1

-AL

(Skulm,,Te,xuzgsakrr://. A rchib .c1s) 48 Problems in Planning Library Facilities not going to last long, perhaps only two years. Mr. campus, and the use of structural materials in the Netsch will be pointing out to you how this schedule total visual concept of the University. affected some of the decisions the architect had to The University of Illinois, Chicago Campus,at make. The building will be air- conditioned. Congress Circle will contain, when it is complete, We failed to get acoustical floor covering, but I 20,000 undergradulte students and 3,000 graduate am still hopeful we may have it sometime. I have students on an urban site of 106 acres, with parking seen the building that Siidmore did out at Colorado for 6,000 automobiles. The library originally will College and I liked the carpet. There carpeting has be 150,000 square feet; later it will expandmore been used effectively. The maintenance has proved than 200 percent to 450,000 square feet. Weare so inexpensive that the cost of the carpeting is more talking in terms of planning foran immediate and a than taken care of. However, our taxpayers did not future situation. We are at the confluence of all the like carpeting; they considered it a luxury, and it major expressways in the Chicagoarea. Further, was decided that we would not have it. we will have mass rapid transit to the city as well There are two main facts which I want to men- as automotive transportation. tion. One of them has to do with the importance of With this complex of buildings, together with the the library staff participating in library planning. provision for 20,000 students, the campus will be Everybody came in on the act, and if the building one of the most intensely populated in America. It has shortcomings, no one is going to be able to say is going to be urban in character and completely that he did not want it that way. All had an oppor- pedestrian within the academic area. It will include tunity to say what they wanted and what they did not high-rise and low-rise buildings which will relate want. Further, the architects were extremely help- to the needs for the campus. ful. Whenever we wanted to have a staff meeting in relation to a particular problem, we would call Center planning them, and they always sent someone from their staff over to work with us. We also received con- Everyone would like to be in the center of the siderable help from the University of Illinois staff campus, and everyone feels that the most important at Urbana and from the Library Technology Project facility is the academic training of his particular of the American Library Association. I would like environment. This is, in many respects, a justifia- to acknowledge our thanks to both of them. ble position. In order to resolve this problem, we attempted to see how many areas we could get into Walter Netsch, who will explain the work of the the center. architect, was in charge of the planning for the Air We had, to begin with, a very complex urban Force Academy. The Grinnell College building was the work of his team. Also, they did the John situation and a site of 106 acres interspersed with Crerar Library, Skokie Public Library, and Colorado streets. Not all streets could be removed. Those College Library, and now they are working on the that could be removed could not have the utilities new Northwestern University Library and the Yale beneath removed. Therefore, there was a network Rare Book Library. of streets that would be retained, and streets that would be closed but not made completely unusable. The large parking lot will contain 3,000 automo- WALTER A. NETSCH, JR. biles. It is located immediately off the expressway Navy Pier, which had been in operationsince in order to keep the cars out of the community. An- World War II, involveda decision to build a new li- other large parking area also will contain provisions brary and new campus. This meanta complex situa- for 2,000 cars. Both cross streets. Therefore, a tion in terms of site selection and finaldevelopment system was devised for raised walkways, or ramps, of a site in the total master plan. to get people to the second level over the streets. The key points I wish to discussare the relation- Mast of our buildings can be entered from the first ship of the building to the master plan;the problem or second floors and will have an automatic, natural of expansion flexibility ofa campus of 9,000 saidents flow of traffic. This leads to special problems in which is to increase to 20,000 students withinpossi- the library, but pro rides a unique opportunity to bly eight years; and the introduction of theOffice of make use of the areas about the center of the Institutional Resources into the libraryas a program. campus. I also wish to consider the relationship ofautomation There are five circular areas and a large public to the future of the library; the problem ofentrance cross street connected to the two raised walkways. flexibility on a large campus; the book-readerrela- The walkways come from the parking lot below and tionship within the library proper; and the concert from the mass transit facilities above. In the center of a library in terms of three-dimensionalshape of the area is the lecture center. This contains fa- rather than in planned sections. I likewisewant to cilities for 5,000 students. It also contains 26 differ- comment on the transition of this library froma ent kinds of lecture rooms. Immediately surround- commuter, undergraduate campus to a graduate ing these are the classrooms. 444 Mold 44 4644 .45 fn. r* 7t.i r*AI 471 ..IMO II I Iltt X ...d stow A i i? ,(1 :mil. ,,i 114ii UM V) .1 . ' SIMII 1,4 4 If. 1.101 ..i.ill ... 1 I 1. i,1 '44 1 km , . I 4 131 ... II ... y.., !v.. let?" ; ..::1? 1 'jilts. Ibi5..."': '" ." LI J .4..9:" : LIV 41 , ...;.,rts r... Y' INN ...... i t . "4 1 Vw t .... NI fi4.2 1) i.4 . i iy4 t.ii;,,,It 1.'14001'' 1 a 0.114 .. ..i ...... , ' ,... 14(A40101 IN M. 1,.....111 ...... 4. ....:j AfiTri , . ,...WI 0 V.1144ta4 66.1 ow.. ' M I.I.1144 IAA. VI Sa .4 AV A /ot I .' ) : 1.11PC 1 11. i I V tIV:ffee S' 1 mow.- 5) I KtI = 0101 l',.r. 711 ; 4 11 Oa I !. 4 4.4440, I . 0 . i i l' 0 " ',41044141411411444411141411 4 0 711:1 4... V natli V I Ii BasementUniversity of Illinois, Chimp Campus, Library 01

4.4 0%4. yIM er ...... r.meme**,611/**1****141400malaosue./0.11 *SY, v Olk r r111 04-477=3 110 01 dr.th.... PM .el twat I 1..16 MO.) IA Afttfroti 1-4:° . 11A. 0.1 A. I . d.r al, 11.01,1411 r411,114:11 ,k.i.7.a4141 1fnelli51 VOW a aa /1/.47..4' al a k;.4a17 .1 V MI WA w. r,;,111, 1 f,4 t.0 16A4-art :.NIA O. I ''t ("i 01111101.11.7t=11111.114 A tr D 0AMA O MR 11114CA 0 J I., ri-li ru- " " f1.li oont " v oL,,,,it Nil i 1 114 (,,,,i if#1 /7.. 4o Irmo t,_,. CI L.: ' I 1 I .""'tic:. 0 .:13it Q C C!' mole* Li El 110 j a i.f -.1-177. ' In 0 1 i F: El (3 D: 1 0 IL' r..... 1 D r 17; , . V.; E:i El , , I ; r $ '1.: . 4J .11 :LI ,11 li 13.!..., " 4 ti ti '111 ti t ill ArarlaaaVraararraar Ilk A ai UniversityFirst floor of Illinois, Chicago Campus, Library I 00 a Li a ® 4N. t45"Itie Cr) Mia 0 41410 r 114144F 1 I .C.."1.71" .7j S rwr it I 11.1, I (P) 0 .01tio,t)tHIALV" I t r-r F, 3=1 1 "r 1 rI.= .1 I-7a I 1114L.L.rn tItt_L-,. I I F ; tl , a*.Can -a-4a INT -t-::"En71.--;movies rentoollacs tr-.' f I' i ! I f. _I F I I 1101116 1. I j ly 1 ' I 4 h, 014 7' 11, - 111 "."(M; 7AMA ?NI CAR SATA 1.011 MO L''l cr..) c:71 (4) n r 1 I ; .1"1-11 1010111111 n CI AI 11.1. in," HIS t'"? 1/51"(4 At IMUlitfg, ISIS IN Cm eh Pio IA 11.II wN II 1 / I r I _I tar *minor , Nt /t ttttt F I I 7.2 ' . ; N 4.1.155 i; -%«41 4,4 - N,MANCII 11,...... * 11.01...14.4*.*114.11.4,1, It rt SecondUniversity floor of Illinois, Chicago Campus, Library L11 r.:1 IF IOM I. I. A I A 1111.1.1.Alrirrrrr 1c,- Yr Ct .1E mo- 4/414,4 Arlo' .1)1 tttttt 77. for a - gam S72SIMtiwl .; ; ; YIU VA wr' I r (4449,4 941 I GOVIllniitNT 1.4041 ARM Downing csvesisiwyst s /111011&1f411 7417 sootviscws .1 .0 t ._. 4t: r.1 IAMB Odd. i 3 . ; mor U. L. 'A, 9" S111171 HMI6' 7114 I I , 0 4 . s s EI e smcovoguvelobstoolowy tmtsots OCUittlott a 4. LI..17,1 6-6 L P L 12.1 I zixatrai 9 111 1 111 II Ea' Di.-'^÷4....t-- -r ri re-.. 1"11:11) ThirdUniversity floor of Illinois, Chicago Campus,I rt", aaao Library a Luzsiro,ae,oan,E1

44 0 HA*" IWO414a0 OMR 0 Q an.. II F 4051Wei CrilliroCellnr t I I" ' 11.41...... 4...S.4.41.4.4-1-4- I f'` r--,i I ".r. , 000.4"0...." NNN A N %At r 1 WA% . -., 0 ...... H I 044;1 I T I...... -:-...... 1 . I.1 t I I r - r --I 4003 'I r .L4?. 1 i .,..0..;LW 1. .1 --,1 V_J13 . .o..Ws 1 I : i : _1.J III, IItr..N :1 ...,.,4 A rmsArt., AMA . °I t jr2....A1t,I ;I 0 4 1.1414 . "4 ...Armes 401 ...., I IIV . t ' I H I/ r 1 i eleoelg 14 V" C0441050 rru I Ort )13NC ANTI 4. Oft..*J. je, p c,.445A 100'1 LI TTTTT Yoe I I f Co r: 1003 Mt ANTS rill Yi a I, 1 1 te:r T . 1 100$ .M1 .4474 1043was t. ; I 2. cies, 4 .1.01 alAP 1 VI 1.1 ' """' "'" 1.4 44 e 0001 h111. At, rn r 1.011004 Mt Ailf.1 1_' . MAW.. 1 r1h,r. 141A ",:.{.I =- 11 100'. N41 I I Tokti.1 'Al A 41,4% r.; et I. I 00410031 LI ttttt VIII 1 toes - 0-1-4 414 4-/. 1.4-4-411 of ..."--4,-4*4- 4.4.- 4..4. J ' 1, r4". ,' I I E=4-1 FourthUniversity floor of Illinois, Chicago Campus, II Library t44-4-4 .4,1,- I I Ili V. .1 r. 54 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

The center focus includes the campus access to Rather than to create a structural area that was the library, the student center, the lecture rooms, based on the 3 feet x 4 feet 6 inches or 3 feetx 4 feet and the classrooms. Farther out are the laborato- 2 inches, we tried to achievea bay large enough to ries, which have a longer use time for the student. create a more flexible system. The bays now are The high-rise building has a seminar classroom ar- 30 feet x 45 feet. The double columns have provi- rangement with faculty offices and will eventually sions for expansion joints for future construction be primarily the humanities and the college admin- of the ultimate 500,000 square feet. istration building. Let us look at the 20,000-student campus from The concept of the campus and the position of the raised walkway level. If one does not enter the library are very much like a drop of water, with from the lower area around the lecturerooms, one the greatest amount of energy invested in the center. would come in over a large plaza. This allows It contains the lecture center and movement of peo- 10,000 students to circulate back and forth between ple to and fro. This has expanded the principle classes and permits them to enter the library di- which was first really started in commercial struc- rectly off the raised plaza. tures, such as shopping centersinto a campus plan. From the lower level, where 5,000 students can be Use of glass housed in various-size lecture rooms, it is possible to enter the library directly in the middle of the In the lower level there is glass from the floor center bottom bay. to the ceiling. In the upper levels there is consider- If the library usage at any time is not extremely ably less glass. The glass in the lower level hasan heavy, the students can take the stairways to the left 11 percent transmission, and so it is not glass in the normal sense of the word, which hasa 90 percent and right to the main entrance of the campus at the light transmission. Low-transmission glass raised plaza level. However, if the student load for per- the University is heavy, the control area immediately mits greater control, obviates the need for Venetian on the inside can be opened. This is one way of al- blinds, and permits light to come into the building, thus allowing small expanses of open space to count lowing for the expansion and contraction of student in the environment. use in relation to library functions. While we are starting off with seating for ap- The catalog area is about 20 feet from the imme- proximately 1,500 students, we could expand to diate front entrance. With the development of the serve as many as 8,000. If we had 8,000, that would use of automation, this area will have to be re- be 40 percent of the 20,000 student population. With planned in order to allow for the telephone-book type this much usage of the library, it is quite obvious of catalog. Therefore, we will eventually have here that both entrances would be required. a relocation and reforming of space and equipment. On the left-hand side of the entrance is the circulation desk. Immediately adjacent to the vesti- Internal planning bule, and on the right-hand side, is the reference The lower ground level of the library is the ini- desk. Adjacent to the circulation desk are new ma- tial. phase for the undergraduate campus and is pri- terials and also current and bound periodicals, bib- marily an area of reserve books for the students. liographies, and references. There is an immediate The reserve books are immedh 'ely on the inside of feed to the vertical elevators that I mentioned ear- the vestibule. They control the moving in and about lier. The technical services connect with the card the campus. From the reserve books area, you can catalog. Obviously, then, we do have a drop of water move to the left or to the right; you then have an situation immediately in the center of the plan, in area of browsing on the far left bay and also on which technical services feed to bibliography, cata- the far right bay. loging, and periodicals. The important thing is that immediately behind On the outside of the building are windows at a the reserve books control are the offices of the In- 90° angle to the outside wall, which form small structional Resources Servicethe teaching-machine spaces. One of the major problems here was the research study area. It is there that access by the attempt to reestablish more intimate scales within students can be handled by the reserve reading desk. the large environment of the building. We have a control situation that allows this particu- The distribution of books and readers relates to lar area to be involved in the total library activity. current number of volumes at hand and estimated Two cores represent the vertical services for future arrivals at the new campus. Carrels are in- the building. There are future specialized elevators fused at one end of each of the book sections. for servicing the technical areas. There are four major stair wells for servicing all of the areas in- Floor plans side the library. Centrally located between them From the center we go up the stairs and see the are laboratories. rare book room in the middle, with a glass display College and University Libraries 55 inside. Nearby is a desk control for government or a double entrance, depending on the demands documents. This area extends to two inside working of the campus. I think that if we attempted to spaces or typing rooms adjacent to the vertical cir- get 8,000 students out of one entrance, it would culation. On the right, we start with the social sci- be a disaster. ences and continue into fiction, history, travel, and Question: What are your story heights from floor to geography. Interspersed are carrels and reading floor? areas adjacent to windows for informal readers. MR. NETSCH: The story heights are 12 feet for the This plan permits expansion capability doubling the entire structure plus 10 inchesabout 13 feet. size of the building by 200 nercent in three directions. Question: Are there any cost data available? The fourth floor is merely a continuation of read- MR. NETSCH: The library is costing about $26 a ers, books, and the general collection. Here are en- square foot, including the basic core area which gineering, science, and the fine arts. The fine arts has been planned for the larger library. We had are serviced by a control desk which not only con- the interesting problem of planning a small li- trols the fine arts program but is closely related to brary that we knew would get large. We had to the recordings area. Again, there are group study integrate into some of the first phase the ulti- rooms and typing rooms to the left and the right of mate technical services of the latter. Therefore, the vertical cores, and an infusion of readers and it is really hard to evaluate, in terms of a build- books in the literary category. ing like this, just what the actual foot cost is as The six large wells are two-story spaces sur- of the moment. rounded by individual carrels. We found out that Question: Do you know the percentage of assigned one of the most exciting places to study was one of area to total gross area? three-dimensional space and, further, that readers MR. NETSCH: I could not give you that number like to be private. Outside the third and fourth broken down specifically. Do you mean technical floors, we have reader balconies which can be used services opposed to research space, and so on? by the students in good weather. They likewise act Question: The total assigned area as compared to as a 10-foot overhead, protecting the glass in all the total usable area. cases. MR. NETSCH: It is about 27 percent. The basement contains the television studios and Question: How many people will the building sit at workshops for the Instructional Resources Service. any one time? It also contains rooms for automatic equipment and MR. NETSCH: At this phase, about 1,500. the library staff. Question: I did not get a clear picture as to how you The materials in the building are brick, textured plan to expand. Would you comment on that again, concreteboth sandblast and poured formand alu- please? minum window:3 which contain a ground glass with a MR. NETSCH: We can expand the building in three low light-transmission factor. The windows are not directions by simply extending the bays. It can at the edge of the building but are perpendicular to it. extend 90 feet south, 90 feet north, and 90 feet The large column and double girders expand the west. ceiling to 12 feet. There are really waves of ceil- Question: Not vertically? ings, some 9 feet and some 12 feet. This is to pre- MR. NETSCH: Not at the top. In the future most vent a feeling of oppression from a constantly low of the reader-book arrangements will be in the ceiling. Fluorescent lighting is installed in the larger, unencumbered area, back of the core and ceiling. extending farther left, right, and to the top. Question: Did you consider vertical expansion? MR. NETSCH: Yes, we did. In fact, the whole campus was designed that way, and we went through DISCUSSION a study on building the whole campus into one Question: Have you considered the elimination of building. It had skip-floor escalators, would oc- two entrances? cupy about 15 acres, and be 25 stories high. MR. NETSCH: We have essentially one entrance. Later on, after further discussion, we went to We have an optional entrance for the time when the present plan. we have 8,000 students; it is adjacent to reserve Question: Did you design the mechanical services reading, which is essentiallyin the long-range for the ultimate building or just the present one? planthe undergraduate library. The upper MR. NETSCH: The plans are rectangles that subdi- three floors are to be primarily the upper divi- vide. In other words, the typical core is net all sion and graduate area. This connection in the in the middle of the building. It is distributed vestibule permits, if the lower entrances are throughout and helps define the bays. Thus the closed, a walking-up to the second floor. There- cores serve only the lineal systems, and there fore, essentially, we have the option of a single will have to be additional vertical risers. 56 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

Question: What type of heating system does this The approximate figure for the total con building contain? struction cost is about $4,000,000, and if I were MR. NETSCH: The campus has a chilled-Water to hazard a guess on equipment, it would be system from a central area. There are no pent- maybe $500,000 or somewhat less than that. houses on the building, and we have fan units only. We do not have air conditioning. Qutstion: Is the entire building lighted with luminous ceilings? MR. NETSCH: There are some special areas, but essentially the illumination is 75 foot-candles throughout. The University of Illinois gave us three criteria: it wanted to develop a ceiling in which the lights could be replaced without removing the horizontal cover; it wanted to developa building that would eliminate Venetian blinds because of the cleaning problem; and it was attempting to develop as many techniques for low upkeep as possible. That is really why we lost out on our carpet. We could not prove that you could carpet a floor more economically than you could do it the other way. In connection with the lighting techniques, we have a special light fixture which has a hung effect. The serviceman can reach up and in and change the light fixture without removing the cover. Question: What was the thinking on the creation of wells? MR. NETSCH: These wells are there for two reasons. One of them is to give added perimeter for the double exposure on the two floors. Also, they are a gamble on the fact that the librarians will make up their minds to need more space and one or two will be roofed in before you are finished. Question: The costs that you gave were based on the general contract and did not include furniture and equipmentis that right? MR. NETSCH: That is right. I do not have a figure on the furnishings and equipment. For example, since the carrels in a single row were too long, we are going to break them up. There are also certain other items we want to do some research ondifferent kinds of carrels and different kinds of seating for the commuter student. These are in the process of discussion and development with Remington Rand, who has the primary responsibility for the equipment for the building. I believe that Mr. Heiliger would like to add some points that I undoubtedly overlooked. MR. HEILIGER: There are conduits ".lilt in around the whole building for a teletracer service or system, so that when someone comes into the library and expects a call, he can take with him a little instrument which will buzz if he is wanted at any time. We do not have the cost of the equipment approved as yet, but we do have the conduits built in, and we can install the equipment if we receive the money for it. College and University Libraries 57

State College of Iowa Library than 200,000, and we are growing at the rate of about 10,000 volumes annually. We receive 1,300 periodi- Cedar Falls, Iowa cals and have around 5,500-6,000 reels of microfilm. Our building planning began about 1959, although when I went to the institution in 1953, one of my first jobs was to preempt a part of the campus for a future STATISTICAL DATA library building. The building was to be built in units. In 1961, $1,500,000 was appropriated by the legisla- Architect: Thorson, Brom, Broshar, Waterloo, Iowa ture for unit number one of the new building. Of Type of library: College course, $1,500,000 is a lot of money to us. Construc- Population to be served: 4,950 tion was begun on the first unit in October, 1962, and Area: 92,500 will be completed between April and June of 1964. Book capacity: 300,000 volumes When we began planning, we set up several com- Seating capacity: 1,100 (estimated) mittees. There was a faculty committee which oper- Cost: ated early in an advisory capacity.I likewise had a Building: $1,355,147 student committee formed simply to answer a few Equipment: $175,000-$200,000 (estimated) specific questions. However, the administration Cost per square foot: $14.68 (construction cost) turned the whole responsibility for planning the building over to me, and I had a free hand. We had numerous meetings before we developed PRESENTATION OF PLANS our program, and throughout the planning and the Librarian: Donald 0. Rod consulting with the architects I had two young men Architect: Oswald H. Thorson on the staffMr. Howell, the coordinator of public services, and Mr. Alford, coordinator for the technical servicesworking with me. They were a good DONALD 0. ROD sounding board and made real contributions to the We are a college with an enrollment of about planning. 5,000 students. This is more than double what it Mr. Thorson and I, as well as the director of the was nine years ago. We are expecting upwards of physical plant, made trips to several libraries, and 8,000 students by 1970 and perhaps 10,000 by the then another member of this architectural firm at- middle seventies. We offer an undergraduate pro- tended the Kent Institute with me. The firm had gram, both teaching and nonteaching, a master's de- never planned a library, but it was a marvelous gree, and the degree of a six-year specialist in edu- firm to work with. The architects were open- cation. minded. Further, they were located only six min- Our library has increased in the last ten years utes away from my office. I suppose I had at least from just under 70,000 volumes to 312,000 volumes fifty interviews with them. They did not cram any- for the current year. The collections number more State College of Iowa Library Architect's rendering

NFU 6 ..,7L 11Pr's 1 .

--"77;,.1111111110" .- Thorson, Brom, B rosluw, Architects 58 Prole ms in Planning library Facilities thing down our throats. If the building is a well - Library location designed one, it is to their credit. To the east and to the south of the library are The library building is oriented toward the east. classroom and administration buildings. To the It is a three-story building with a total of 92,500 west and to the north are the residence halls. The square feet. The contractsgeneral, mechanical, library is in a very strategic, central location. We electrical, and elevator, exclusive of furniture and have plenty of room to expand to the west. We also architect's feescame to $1,355,000; and in turn re- have a multibuilding with footings and columns to sulted in a square foot cost of $14.68. Mr. Thorson support a fourth level; in fact, the roof of this unit will point out some of these costs and also empha- is a poured concrete floor. size that they should not be charged against the The building is approximately 234 feet wide and building for various reasons. This being the case, 127 feet deep. In other words, that is 9 bays wide the square foot cost would then be somewhat under and 5 bays deep, 45 bays on each level. Besides the $14. ample space for extension to the west, there is a nice park around the entire area. What we wanted was a good place to study and an Building plans attractive building. Also, we wanted to orie-xeo- We will have seating for 1,100 students; this will ple, after they entered the building, and disperse include at least 400 (and we Ie 500) individual car- them immediately to the various floors. Almost all rels. We are planning a total of 275,000-300,000 of the staff are on the main level. volumes in this unit. There are three levels, one When you reach the lobby, you have a number of being below ground but with windows on two sides Possibilities. If you turn to the right, you will find because of the creation of a partial moat. The mid- a browsing room which will have a colle-lion of dle level is the main level and is reached by a 2,000-3,000 v.-Ilumes. Farther on down, you will bridge which crosses the moat. The upper level find the rest rooms and the lounge back of the stair overhangs 4 feet, thus giving protection from direct well. The same will be true of each floor. sunlight to the main level. The stair well is an example of how the archi- There are no windows on the west side since tects and the library staff resolved a major problem. this is a temporary wall. There has been a very The architects wanted to put in a circular staircase, judicious use of windows, not in any sense for light but we did not. They exercised their ingenuity with but mainly for psychological reasons. On the top an elliptical staircase. On the landing will be hung a level, there is only one narrow window in the mid- piece of metal sculpLure which one of our artists on dle of the wall of each bay. the campus has been commissioned to create. The The building is modular. The distance between sum of $7,500, or one half of 1 percent of the budg- columns is 252 feet in both directions, with more eted amount, has been set aside for origiaal art than a 24-foot clearance between tho columns. The works to be included in the building. building is constructed mainly of rec Roman brick, To return to the lobby, the student has the option with precast concrete panels below the windows on of going straight ahead into the readers service the main level. area, where the reference and periodicals collec- There are 12 individual studies, approximately tions will be housed. This readers service complex 3 feet x 9 feet. There are 11 group study rooms, is simply an extension of the reference service. It approximately 8; feet x 14 feet, separate rooms for will be staffed with four professional librarians, who micromaterials and newspapers, a browsing room, will be generalists but also will hare some special- and 14 individual and 4 double typing rooms. ization in the social sciences, fine arts, and the hu- The building is completely air-conditioned with manities. Each will have a private office. The ser- a double duct system, the air coming out through the vice desk will be outside. The staff here are not light fixtures. There is Thermopane glass through- going to be simply reference librarians; they will be outa darkened glass, eliminating some of the glare responsible for analyzing and building the book col- of sunlight. The light fixtures are of the recess lections. The reference collection will be shelved type, and we are using polarized fluorescent lighting on standara, freestanding shelving. which will maintain an intensity of about 60 foot- The micromaterials room will contain cabinets candles. The ceilings will be fiber glass acoustical for upward of 10,000 reels of film and a number of tile. readers. Two typing rooms there each will contain There will be an extensive use of walnut paneling a reading machine plus a typewriter. The current on the columns and in the walls of the various rooms, newspaper room, to the north, will have floor-to- along with vinyl fabrics of various sorts. The floor- ceiling glass walls on two sides and be informally ing will include some carpeting and rubber tile on furnished. the main level, and on the other two levels, vinyl Near the readers service complex will be an asbestos tile. area for recordings. We expect to have about 2,000- Ermide.w...... 4 U Ss 4.111111136T71 STAIFIF IN waworniwo AMY I S a STACXS I E S MOUND PERIODICALS 1...... i.T ' SCIENCEt,ISRARY w b DEPT . a/ I . A a Y 8.541...... 111 Ct.*. us nI YOUTH COLLECTION 11141..1 m...... S STUDIES HOUP LowerState College floor of Iowa Library 60 Problems172Planning Library Facilities

3,000 recordings when we open the building. The carrels. You will remember that this floor projects listening facilities will coasist only of earphones: 4 feet from the lower level, and so we have space When we build the first unit to the west, we will then for carrels all around the outside.. We hope to seat expand the facilities. Also on this floor are three upward of 500 or so students on this floor. groups of study rooms and a number of typing rooms. There are 6 group study rooms and a complex of special rooms and facilities. The rest room and the lounge are behind and near the stair well. We Circuiction desk have a room for graduate students, more typing rooms, and a bank of it) faculty studies. The one at To return again to the lobby, after the student the front of the stair well is designed with a glass enters the building, to the left will be the main cir- front for any professional person we may need on culation desk. Here also will be the check-out point this floor. We are hoping that we do not need any for the exit. We will have this set up so that there supervision or service on this floor, but we are can be three lanes of traffic at the heaviest times. hedging and planning for this possibility, never- We have, at the present, about 3,000 students a day theless. coming into our library. We expect that when we open this building, we will have about 5,000. We are not talking about a great flood of students, and for Lower level quite some time these three traffic lanes will take care of any exit problems. On the lower-level floor we will have mainly our Back of the circulation desk we have reserve bound periodicals, probably the 0-100's. We want books in a temporary location for the next few the first sections of the 0-100's here because we years. However, we are expecting to ask the legis- want the volumes adjacent to the undergraduate li- lature for another $1,000,000 two years from now to brary science program in this building. On this add unit number two. The card catalog is opposite floor we also have 2 faculty studies, some more the reserve books and the circulation desk, and to typing rooms, and 2 group study rooms. the left of that will be the bibliography center, serv- We have a special complex of books called ing both the public and technical services. "youth selection," which is a model school library. We have one elevator which will be used prima- The model collection of about 12,000 volumes serves rily as a staff elevator. We feel that if students the library science department, the education depart- have to gc up one floor or down one floor they can ment, and the methods courses in all of the subject walk, but for the older faculty members and students areas. who may not be able to use the stairs, the elevator Between the classroom and the youth complex will be available. It is located between the technical we have a room which will have a triple purpose. It services area and the circulation desk area. We will serve as a second library science classroom, a have a very small rare books complex, and this will room where the youth collection librarian can meet double as a room for committee meetings and so on. with groups of students to explain the collection, or We are initiating a central serials record room as an open room for individual study. We also have which projects into the technical services area. It a small room for the archives and an area for ar- has been planned to keep the doors in the technical chive material. This is a facility that is just begin- services area locked. However, there will be a door ning; we hope it will grow as the years go on and, as open to the public areas so that research patrons or it donc, it will be moved elsewhere. We have a staff students can still come in. We have a bank of 28- lounge which is approximately 16 feet x 24 feet, with tray cardex units. We are going to have a micro- a full kitchenette unit. We have an excellent telephone telephone in the room so that when a request phone intercom system developed, and we expect to comes in from the readers service desk or some get it installed as soon as practical. other part of the building, the person on duty can We have auxiliary staircases, which do not lead walk over to the end of the room, get the answer to to the outside. We have emergency exit locks on the question, and carry on a conversation through them and a system for the opening of these locks the amplifier telephone. The ceiling heights of the that is zontrolled through the main circulation desk. building are roughly about 9 feet 5 inches, or 91 feet. We have had very little trouble with our students in our present building. Of course, at the beginning of the summer sessions we do have students who, once in a while, simply and ignorantly walk through these Upper level doors. However, thus far they have caused rela- The bulk of our book collectic,n will be on the tively little trouble, and we think that this system upper level. We are planning an arrangement will work out. In the final analysis, these doors are whereby we will intersperse books and readers. provided in compliance with the regulations of the The periphery of the floor is lined with individual fire marshal. 17. ouP T mas I. SERVICE FUCCrivIwli 111INDINII SUPPLIES 7 I COLLECTIONREFERENCE CURRENTSl ACQUISITION p3ATRALlcnEE loAnt.: J 1 '1 1 1 1 1 1 PERIODICALS TECHNICALSERVICES . RECORDINGS' [7.7.71" " READERSERVICE MATERIALSMICRO r-I T NEWSPAPERS, CURRENT CENTERBIBLIOGRAPHIC C AND CATALOG D :4 I .14 CATALOGING 2;1 CIRCULATION DESK I x 10UPISE LIBRA I A N RARENOOKS Tir'm RESERVE 1 I I !BROWSING " ' ROOK. CONY 1 wooKs Ir - 111 DISCUS1016 A INFORMAL , L.4.. IL** II 4, TER.tiACE. L4406x.44 rti $. ENTRANCE,.BRIDGE 1 H I I FirstState floorCollege of Iowa Library tCC) TT M a a 0 a GENERAL STACKS X a it a FACULTY lo STUDIES a X a a D- II ...... II e OF INIMMININ a f4%*(1,...vill.:. w. ORST DIE, a CARRELS10 a inINFORMALREADING. a G OUP ...... 4*.-1 LOUNGE T STUDYGRADUATE SecondState College floor College of Iowa Library a id .1.....1----1, a S UDIES -r / College and University Libraries 63

OSWALD H. THORSON stated that 60 foot-candles of polarized light is If you become involved in the building process, fully equal to or perhaps better than 90 foot- you should realize that the program you present to candles of unpolarized light. The number of your architect is extremely important. If you de- watts is the same either way, and so your heat velop a good program, it is going to save the. archi- gain, which is always the problem in the library tect a tremendous amount of time. We urge that you in connection with air-conditioning and power first develop a well-written and well-verbalized pro- costs, is about the same. However, we do feel gram. In this situation we were fortunate to have we are getting consideraLly more eye comfort. one. Question: You leave m with the impression that On this campus we had a hodgepodge of build- you have endeavored to put too much on the first ings constructed all the way from 1860 to 1940 and, floor, thus giving it a cluttered appearance. as a result, we had to design something that would Have you thought about moving acquisitions on be in harmony. This was a question that we dis- the ground floor? cussed at great length with the administration, and MR. ROD: This was one of our real problems. We we finally decided that all materials we usedwould used a flannel board to start with in order to in- be harmonious. There are some architects who feel dicate the areas we wanted adjacent to each that their building should be the model of the year other. We wanted to get all we coup: on this and of the century, and they do not take into cogni- floor for obvious reasons. If I could have had zance any of the surrounding factors. one mare bay each way, the problem would have In the cost of $14.68 per square foot there were been a little easier. However, we think we a number of items involved which were really not achieved what we desired. We have adequate part of the library itself. We had, for instance, the space in the technical services for at lease half heavy roof construction, which would provide for a dozen years, and by moving the wall out and another floor. This amounted to $25,000, or about then extending it somewhat to the west, we think 29C a square foot for the over-all cost of the build- we have a good solution for the future. We may ing. We also had a heating duct problem, which have to move the reserve books section out. meant that we had to run the heat drop below the Question: With the modules at 251 feet, how would floor of the building. This, on the basis of bids re- you space your double ranges? Normally we ceived, amounted to 40C a square foot. These spe- think in terms of centering them at 61 feet and cial items ran the cost to over $14. There was also 4 feet. How would you center yours in order the service drive, which is actually not part of the to use up a 251-foot module? library. Putting all of the pertinent figures together, MR ROD: We are going to intersperse the reading we arrive) at the cost of $13.50 per squarefoot, with areas and we will pick up the excess space which we were very pleased. there. Let's say that we use 3-foot aisles (we certainly are not going to use anything else). We are convinced that we are going tocontinue with DISCUSSION the 36 inches, at least for a wane. Also, the ref- Question: What :3 your vertical story height? erence collection may require a little more space. MR. THORSON: About 12 feet. The finished ceiling Question: Are you conce-ned about the reader space is about 9 feet 4 inches; it is a luminous ceiling here? Would you say you had sufficient seating with fluorescent lights. The lighting costs for 1,100? $25,000 for the building, which amounts to about MR. ROD: We would like 4._,) have much more seat- 40C a square foot for the entire area. We were ing space. I might add that I had requested using polarized lighting in only 80 percent of the $2,000,000 to serve a student body of 4,500. area, and this broader use in effect raised the Well, the committee on the campus cut this down cost per square foot. We spent a great deal of to $1,700,000, and then the governor chopped out time investigates ng the matter of lighting and another $200,000. Actually, we were getting tried a number of different mockups and fix- about 96,000 square feet out of $2,000,000, and tures. We went to a number of different manu- through the ingenuity of the architects we real- facturers, and then our mechanical engineer and ized 92,500 square feet out of $1,500,000. Re- librarian themselves worked on this at quite member, we are planning immediate expansion. some length. We are never going to realize this fabulous 40 We started out with a series that ran all the percent seating, and I am not convinced it is ab- way from 50 to 70 foot-candles. We were very solutely essential. I would like to have our per- much concerned with the foot-candle illumination centage higher and, when we add the next unit, that we would receive on the bottom row of the a much higher percentage will gofor seating. stack. Thie we felt was a critical problem. We We have a rather large number of residents. are now up to about 60foot-candles of polarized I believe we had about 4,500 during the past light, and the experts to whom we talked have year, and there will be about5,000 next year. 64 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

There will be 4000-4200 full-time equivalent, MR. ROD: I would like to say that if the architect and we have from 60 to 70 percent of our stu- had pushed that ceiling down much lower, I would dents housed on the campus. have objected. I have visited probably forty or Question: Have you made any provisions fcr fifty libraries during the past three years, and smoking? whenever a ceiling gets down below 9 feet I feel MR. ROD: We are allowing smoking in the lounges. that " is pressing down on me, especially in This is ore of the questions we put to the student large areas. I have been in libraries with less committee. The students felt that if we provided than an 8-foot ceiling and I do not like it, and I adequate lounges on each fl Jar, they would much think that people in general do not like it. We prefer this. When unit number two is built, I have discussed this rather carefully and we indicated a feeling tha . we will probably createlarger areas that the height should generally be around the 9- for smoking. However, it was the .!ommittee's foot mark. There are a few places where there strong feeling (and most of the students on the is some ductwork and the ceiling does come committee were smokers) that it preferred down to 8 feetsmall areas, I believe. smoking segregated. Question: What are you going to do with the old li- Question: What percent of this seating is in carrels? brary building? MR. ROD: We would like to move eventually toward MR. ROD: That building is probably the most mag- about 80 percent. However, the reason we are nificent building on the campus. It is fifty-five not providing a higher percentage in this first years old. If the architect will forgive me, I unit is that we have a good deal of equipment that would like to say that I would not be surprised we have to take from our present building. Some if it will be standing after the new building drops. are tables seating six and four We are using It has tremendously high ceilings. It did not this equipment, expect to add to it, and will come seem advisable to add to it for a library, and out with probably 400-500 stations or carrels. so we sold the board of regents and the state Questicn: I was quite surprised at the number of legislature on the idea of using it for class- typing rooms you have. Are you providing the rooms. typewriters? Are you having metered typing? Question: Going back to the price per square foot, MR. ROD: About half of these rooms, or slightly I agree that yo'i received some excellent bids less than that, will have rental typewriters in in connection with your $14 per square foot them. The number of typing stations also sur- cost. I remember that the University of Illinois prised us a bit, but the way that typing is in- quoted $26 per square foot and Waterloo quoted creasing in libraries influenced our decision. $20 per square foot. Was your figure of $14 a square foot due to the brick you purchased or If we have overshot the mark, we will cut down building that much more in unit number two. I might some other economy in connection with also add that some of these typewriters will be materials? used from time to time for readers with blind MR. ROD: No. I think we came up with this figure simply because we had a lot to do and rather students. Question: Do you require any special acoustical limited funds to do it with. I might add that the architect assures me that the building is prop- equipment? MR. ROD: We are working on special arrangements erly designed. MR. THORSON: I can add something in relation to for the sake of the typist. the cost. We are in an area where we do not Question: I wonder why you put your newspapers have high union scales. The operator or general into a separate room? contractor is a so-called union operator, but he MR. ROD: Mainly because newspapers are a head- operates with nonunion local help. Only the ache. They are noisy, messy, and cluttery. We skilled trades are unionized. We had a big argu- have a separate newspaper room now which we ment because of the fact that the mechanical con- like, and we have continued it in the new building. tractor was not union, and for a while the job Question: You indicated a 91-foot ceiling. Why? was picketed. However, the situationfinally was MR. THORSON: To give us just enough clearance resolved. I think that in the more rural areas of above the stack height. If we had less, we were the United States we can get lower costs than you afraid it would be too small. We did have trouble getting our double duct system into the ring can in a place such as Chicago. space. The construction system is a typical 7- inch flat slab with drop panels, and there are taper caps on the columns. There.forefwe have a minimum construction thickness. With this size we are able to run our ducts through and, at the same time, hold to a good size and get by the mechanical engineering. College and University Libraries 65

Musselman Library housed the classrooms and administrative offices. The Musselman Library was erected and equipped Bluffton College during 1929-30 for $60,600. The money was a gift Bluffton, Ohio from Mr. and Mrs. C. H. Musselman, of Musselman apple-butter fame. dNIMIr IMELIM The library is a two-story building in the colonial style of architecture, constructed of brick with en- STATISTICAL DATA trance portals, keystones, and trimmings laid in Architect: T. P. AV.:Laughlin & J. J. Keil, Georgia marble. It was planned by Miss Edna Han- Lima, Ohio ley (now Mrs. N. E. Byers, librarian of Agnes Scott Type of library:Liberal arts college College), who was the librarian at the time. Mrs. Population to be served: 600 Byers did a marvelous job in planning the library. Area: 19,112 square feet Thomas McLaughlin and Associates of Lima, Ohio, Book capacity: 150,000 volumes were the architects. The reading room on the sec- Seating capacity: 216 ond floor has a seating capacity for 110 readers. Cost: The three-tier bookstack was built to house 30,000 Building: $275,000 volumes. More than 35,000 volumes now strain its Equipment: $21,023 capacity. Additional seating is needed since the Cost per square foot: $14.38 (construction cost) reading room is filled to capacity many evenings.

PRESENTATION OF PLANS Old building retained Librarian: Delbert Gratz The college decided to retain the old building be- Library Committee Chairman: Howard Rade cause of its good condition, excellent location, the Consultant: Donald Thompson expense and difficulty in transforming it into a class- Architect: William Wells room building, and the added expense of a new build- Critic: Donald Davidson, Librarian, Santa Barbara ing. The college also decided to retain the second College Library, University of California, Goleta, floor as the main floor, because of the location of California the library entrance and the additional expense in completely changing the first and second floors. We must work within these bounds of $275,000 and use DELBERT GRATZ the building that we now have. This decision was The building program that now will be presented made in an effort to secure one library, thus making is quite different from any presented previously. control and operation more centralized. Alterna- You had to shift gears from a large $5,000,000 proj- tives that could be given serious consideration were ect down to $1,250,000 yesterday, but now you must limited. really slow 'way down to a fraction of thisthe We process 1,800 books a year and repair many $275,000 we have to spend. books. I am the only trained librarian. We do have Bluffton College was established in 1900 to pro- some halftime nonprofessional persons and about vide for the education of ycung people in the Menno- 130 hours per week of student library help. A rocm nite Church. Today i, is supported by the churches 9 feet x 11 feet served, until a few years ago, as the of the central and eastern districts of the General librarian's office and the workroom. While this ar- Conference Mennonite Church. Although the college rangement .served to foster togethea:ness among the is a Mennonite institution, from the very beginr;ing staff, it did not add to the efficiency of the operation it has been open to all worthy students irrespective of the library. Some space was taken from the read- of sex, color, or church affiliation. For the first ing room level stack for work space. This proved years it was primarily an academy. By 1950 the much too small. first baccalaureate degrees were conferred. The growing independent study program has made Bluffton is a village of 2,500 persons located in it desirable to plan for a number of individual study northwestern Ohio. The enrollment has increased tables. Several seminar rooms are being planned by about 10 percent for each of the past five years. for the increasing number of discussion groups and During the past year the enrollment w as 500. Plan- seminar courses. We plan to retain open stacks and ning for the college development has bee:. based on open reserve shelves. Until now, the loss of library a maximum enrollment of 600 students. materials has been quite small, certainly not enough There are eight major buildings on the wooded to warrant the cost of more rigid control. campus of forty acres. It is a liberal arts college The Mennonite Historical Library is the only spe- accredited in 1953 by the North Central Association. cial collection in our library. It reflects the heritage For the first thirty years of the college's existence and ideology of the church body that sponsors the the library was located in College Hall, which also college. This is a research library that serves not 66 Problems in Planning LibraryFacilities only the students, faculty, and constituency,but grad- usable space as we can in as small an area as uate students from other institutionsand other per- possible. sons interested in somephase of research concern- tradition. ing the Anabaptist-Mennonite DONALD THOMPSON There were a good many factors whichmade !* Early planning necessary to consider rathercarefully what needed In planning we have tried totake into considera- to be done. For reasons previouslynoted, a new tion the major problems ofthe college. These inbuilding could not be considered, and as a result we clude teacher education and the planfor a curricu- have the addition. It seemed logical thatthe only lum library in thestacks. The stress on science place to put the addition was on the back of theold and the liberal arts, and the needfor the required building. This location, however, did presentprob- courses in Bible andphilosophy, we have tried to lems. reflect in our planning. The first problem is that if the mainentrance to Donald Thompson, librarian of theWabash Col- the old building is used, it comes into alobby. On lege Library, Crawfordsville, Indiana,has served the left of the lobby is the languagelaboratory and as our consultant, andhas given us valuable aid in a series of two seminar rooms.On the right is the attempting to analyze our needs andmake sugges- Musselman reception room, a room whichthe col- tions as to how they can best be met.The archi- lege uses for board meetings and generalreceptions tectural firm that served when the building was of different kinds. Th,ese are theonly public rooms erected worked on the addition. Mr.William Wells that can be used for library purposes.You must go represented them. Both the consultantand the archi- through the main lobby, up the stairway,and around tect have encountered a numberof problems which a 270° angle to get tothe second floor. Under the they will explain. The chairman of ourLibrary Com- front of the main floor are the piping space, acrawl mittee, Dr. Howard Rade, who is thehead of our space, and behind that several roomssuch as the Business Economics Department, willgive a brief shipping room, a vault, and a duplicateexchange or floor -by -floor resume of the building as we now storage room. have planned it. It is difficult to do anything onthe first floor because the lobby is the onlyplace that can be used lend itself HOWARD RADE for library purposes. The floor does not The library is on the mainpedestrian-traveled to anything other than perhapslistening rooms, or route from the men's dormitory, pastthe cla.3s- something of that sort. A great manyload-bearing rooms, to the main dining hall.The main lines of walls in the building make it difficultto tear out any travel go past the library which isreasonably cen- walls to make larger rooms. On thesecond floor, tral, and we have attempted to maintainit at that just behind the existing foyer area, isthe circulation point. The addition is located at the rearof the li- desk. Here is the only possible entranceinto the ad- brary. The present ground-floor plan isdevoted dition from the main building. primarily to the boiler room and other facilities, the Mennonite Historical Library(since this is a Main entrance special study), and one or two other items.We do have some question about this arrangement.Per- It was thought at one time that if wecut through have two the wall from the main lobby, wecould provide an haps we have too many seating spaces. We is a me- entries and these probably would becontrolledat entrance. This has two objections: there least, one of themwith a crash bar; the other morial plaque as you go up the stairway to the sec- part way would not be open regularly. ond floor, and one of the bookstacks comes The first floor is now largely stackswith car- up. Therefore, anentrance here would not be feasi- rels. The second-floor level of the newaddition ble. The only logical entrance is throughthe present coincides with the second-floor level of thepresent circulation desk, which goes right through thebook- library. Here will be the main entrance.As you stacks. If this were the main entrance,and it prob- would have to be come up the stairway, you cometo a foyer. The ably will be, the circulation desk charging desk will be removed andplaced in the moved elsewhere. In order to have somecontrol present reading room in ordei tobreak up the read- over the entrance andprovide broken-up space in ing room. A new entry will be madethrough the the reference room and thelarge reading room on present existing stackroom into the newaddition. the front, it seems desirable thatthe circulation catalogs, periodi- desk be put into the new charging area. We will have the staff workroom, to the cals, bound periodicals, and otherfacilities on this On the ground floor there is an entrance Historical floor. addition, but this cuts into the Mennonite The third floor is largely stackedwith carrels Collection and, of course, having twoentrances with and seminar rooms, as well as somestaff rooms. a small staff posesproblems of staff and control. What we are attempting to do is provide asmuch I don't know what the finalconclusion will be, but I College and University Libraries 67

KEW ADDIT.Zst

1.1:- 4- to

WU SILLY I C .. I

t 1 EXIST ROOM TOR- I .. ----....4i I RECEIVING 1' -1. .."' .-"4:'- - '-'-..- si-uppitAG Al. .1...... t--7- it.F... t------

: I

:ea 1* SAIST I EXIST VAULT L

Musselman Library EXISTING 6 UILD114Gf Ground floor T. P. McLaughlin & J. J. Keil, Architects 68 Problems in Planning Library Facilities would assume that possibly this entrance might be Financial limitations locked or supervised a few hours a day. The operation of the library whose description There are two ei three other features you might follows is limited by finances, which is reflected in note. On all the floors, except the s,cond, there will the number of personnel and the very few control be perhaps two, three, or four steps necessary be- points. The budget for the library addition, as a tween the two buildings, especially if there are to part of the over-all campus expansion plan, pre- be 8-foot ceilings in the addition. This is because cludes any possibility of a new library. the multitier stack levels werefeet 6 inches. The The existing Musselman Library building at attachment to the main floor, which will be the sec- Bluffton College was built thirty to thirty-five years ond floor, was the best place to make an even attach- ago and was designed for a student bodyof from 200 ment. On the other floors there will be steps either to 300 students. The plan has closed or restricted up or down. The existing multitier bookstacks,be- stack accommodations, controlled from the second- cause of the columns, will presumably be keptfor fleor charging desk. Other facilities include a large bookstacks in the total building program. reading-study room, board meeting room, seminar The building as now planned is not necessarily study rooms with vault, work and receiving spaces, the way it will finally turn out. For example, I was and a librarian's office. counting the seating and found seats for roughly 250 Due to anticipated enrollments of from 600 to persons to serve the 500-600 enrollees. This is too 700 students, changing library designs, a rigid budg- ample. I would think more stacks will be added and et, plus sentimental values placeu on the existing some seats taken jut. The shelving in bothbuildings building, it is desired that an addition be built to the is for roughly 14C,000 volumes. This provides space existing structure. The site slopes away gently to for three or four times the size of the present collec- the rear with no restrictions in that direction. The tion, which is growing by some 2,500 volumes a year. addition logically is then placed at the back. There is a total in both buildings of approximately There are new requirements now for space for 28,000 square feet of floor spacearound 8,800 books of Mennonite history, for private library vol- square feet in the old building and about19,000 umes, and for writing collections. The use of part square feet in the new building. of the existing building for a language laboratory seems indicated. New facilities must be provided for book receiving, processing, duplicate book stor- WILLIAM WELLS age, microfilm storage, reproduction, printing, du- There are varying concepts of openness or space plication, and viewing. Faculty pad student carrels which differ with individuals and their varying re- are indicated. A staff room and new, additional 3ponses. These concepts vary in nomes and other seminar and meeting rooms are necessary. structures which different people inhabit. The Ger- Existing stack facilities for 30,000 books must man tends to seal off the sights and sounds of the be added to and altered by new open stacks outside world when home at night. He is fond of 150,000 volumes in both the new and the existing views but closes his doors and draws his curtains building. Informal reading areas are desired to seal off the enclosed space much more than is throughout the new facilities, with adequate provi- done in this country, sion for typing and free flow use of most of the li- The Japanese thinks highly of the visual world, brary facilities. Control is to be from the new likes open houses, and desires to look out into the second-floor charging desk, with use of the ground- world. As the day ends, he gradually withdraws, floor addition for the staff and restricted reading. reducing h.4.s visual field in stages. He accomplishes The existing architectural style of the building this by the opening and closing of panels. The lack is colonial, and that exterior appearance is to be of auditory privacy would be a curse to the German maintained. Architecture is for people. It is for but not to the Arab. human purposes and only for human purposes that The Arab would be bothered by the screens and we build. As Charles Colbert said recently in the the small scale of everything, including the mi:da- American Institute of Architects Journal: "We build ture landscape, so often found in Japanese gardens. to fulfill psychological necessity; to avoid pain, pro- The Arab desires space and a real view. Inside his mote love, security, friendship; to attain self-esteem house he wants to be screened from outsiders but and recognition; and most nobly to create the civiliz- not from those in his inside world. When one ques- ing influences of life itself. This cannot be achieved tions an Arab on privacy and where he goes to be by the bland arrangement of blocks, nor the accep- alone, he regards the question as if one who would tance of tradition as it has evolved."1 want to be alone were mentally ill. Therefore, it seems as if we have accepted this openness in our buildings, including our libraries, from these other peoples. There are very few restricted areas and 1. Charles R. Colbert, 'Social Dimension of Design," Amer - control is at a minimum. icon Insefule of Architects Journal, July 1962, p.28. College and University Libraries 69

%Ivy Aa orr o t-

1 _I -AL yr

r f tY--t 7:3 13- 0- '-ci.i , i 1 ---r1-1-7 7:41.F-00

I .

--7.1_____I. 1 -fr..4:_.i-:i -4--4, s B 40 L1- !

----7.4E-T-.4-1 -----1=t: -*Fi---. 540 e*

I 11 I..,:, ,1 t, r;I it,. a 0

Main 11, "m-1211111.*:MEmimmin jai isomii E X 1ST ST ACK, ILOOM4-

east vmiLT

EJCL5T Air t PTION ILM

lixtsr vzsrausLs

Musselman Library First floor EXIST -BUILDING GV-Gr-r- 70 Problems in Planning Library Facilities Preliminary sketches nology, changes in academic pattern, or for other reasons. The sketches were wade about a year and a half The retention of the original building and the / -e ago. They are to be used mainlyfor the purpose of of the second floor as the main floor created prob- raising money. The money for the building is to be lems of circulation and control, but I think the addi- raised by subscription and by solicitation. No gov- tion meets many of the requirements of good modu- ernment moneys are available to date. lar construction. I like the rectangularity of shape Financing of this library bears upon the over-all and the unity of appearance effected in the expansion. campus plan. The college has sufficientdormitories Also, it will be done by the sable architectural firm planned at the present time. They are revenue pro- as used previously and will continue the colonial ducing and can be used for securing loans. The col- brick style, probably with Georgia marble for accent. lege does not have sufficient classrooms or science rooms. It has a need for a librarybuilding, a fine arts building, a chapel, and a separate administra- Circulation problems tion building. The college has no sizable endowment. Most I think we should attempt to bring to a focus moneys must be raised. Donations aremostly again, if nct i%,r the builders at Bluffton, for others small. Some foundation moneys are offered on a who might be planning an expansion, the inherent matching basis. Likewise, some moneys have been awkwardness of the circulation and control pattern available from the Ford Foundation. The board of that results from this addition. trustees determined the timetable on which this Mr. Thompson has told you that as you enter the building is to be constructed. The dormitories are building, you go past what is becoming a language being built, and our library necessarily follows the library and into the reception room. From there dormitories. you go up a stairway and, afterwalking 35 feet through a lobby, you come into the old foyer location. DONALD DAVIDSON Then you have to go through what Dr. Rade is afraid My first college library position at the Univer- may look like a tunnela stackfloorinto the struc- sity of Redlands, Redlands, California, was in a ture. If you come in at the ground floor and go building similar to this. I can understand the prob- through to the historical collection, it is possible to lems involved in deciding whether to have a two- get up into the first-floor lobby. I believe, as far as story or three-story building, an addition to the control of traffic is concerned, that ;n coming up rear, and other possibilities of that nature. the steps from the new ground floor to the old The exercise that you get going from your base- ground floor, you go across and then straight ahead. ment office and receiving room up to the main floor However, on the right there is a stack stairway. and back downstairs to the stacks, which are 15 feet This would be a leak, especially if the door does not away from where you started initially, is muchbetter provide for some form of security. for the figure of the librarian than is the modular- This is just one example of the care which I type structure. One has only to look at the figure of think should be put into this initial stage. Provision Dr. Gratz to see the difference! I now live in a two- should be made for what would have to be done later story modular building with an elevator. if Bluffton College had to take security measures Mr. Thompson wrote a program for this building as most colleges do. I do hope the college will give a little moi e than a year ago and posed severalfun- atter-tion to this particular problem because I think damental issues to the college. Two basic decisions the whole pattern of circulation may change. were made as a result of this program,which, I be- Through the life of a brick building such as this the lieve, may have clarified the problems for the plan- entrances may change. I think, further, that the be- ners. First, they decided to keep the oldbuilding havior of the students may not be so laudable as it because it was expensive to change it, it was difficult currently appears with regard to the walking-off with to convert it to a classroom, and it was hard to raise books. After all, the more students you have, the money. more pressures you have and the more absent- The college also made the decision to retain the mindedness results. second floor as the main floor. The present location I would like to see a.: much open space as possi- of the library entrance was one reason for this. A ble for future flexibility. When I look at the floor more logical location, perhaps,would have been on plan of a modular building such as this a semistan- the main floor of the addition. I am inclined to think fard 22 1/2 feet x 22 1/2 feet base sizeI like to that the planners should keep Ellis latter possibility see dimensions that extend three bays inlength and in mind. The entrance might have to be changed, two bays in width. Every time I see a modular especially if an inherently flexible addition to the building with bay construction of only one bay, I building is modified through changes in library tech- tend to wince. College and University Libraries 71

...z.rIvinar365:01115 AL. ro.S.11ED CAAZt- - 21= coma AM SV..*12, .411,1,,..cylgretstt3 co35210V,4.ZIRVC.Fop. ? T

12'4

1 I 1 i1.1 i 1.111 1:1IIIII TACK. IA R.E.171/4 STA CS: A PIE A

: 0 3. 0 40 zill

TX It LS

tali!MiNti=la .

4- 4R1141.1.

Musselman Library 1 _EXIST. tiVILD114.6 ---"GLV,Gf Sect :end fluor

1 72 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

JEW Avv1'rio2IGat.G."'

?1"5:;))194." Ts S

UPPER. Mtn- OF EXIST P.E.ADIS.G P_M

Musselman Library Third flow **1-i t a u College and University Libraries 73

Grouping utilities DISCUSSION We all like to see utilities grouped. I would make MRS. BYERS (former librarian at Bluffton College). two suggestions here. I would like to see the eleva- I don't know whether I should make an apology tor in a different location, in order to open up the for this building or not, but you will remember area. I would move the elevator adjacent to the that it was built in 1930, before we had any modu- boiler-i.:om door. Of course, the doorway to the lar type of building. The only examples we had elevator would have to be on the side instead of to go by were the buildings at the time. on the front. Another comment that I would like to make I would like to see the janitor closets on all is with regard to the stairs. While I would not floors moved adjacent to the elevator so that they put the main reading room on the second floor, would all stack up above the boiler room. I do not I still wonder whether we do not pamper our think this location will create any difficulties, al- students too much, whether the time will come though it might bring the elevator rather clost. to when they will not be able to climb any steps at the accessway. There are two reasons for this all. We have an elevator in our building at Agnes suggestion: grouping of utilities and the freeing of Scott College, which the students use to go less space. than 8 feet whereas most of the staff members The result of this change would be the moving of walk up and down. I do think we pamper our stu- the toilets on the second floor. They could be split dents too much, especially in the South. and put on the second and fourth floors of the z.ddi- I would also like to comment on the orientation. If not, I would suggest moving them behind the tion of the building. Nothing has been said about elevator. This would require adding a small corri- it, and it concerns the windows at the back of the dor, moving a stack, and placing the stack workers addition. Bluffton does not run straight. The toward the back of the total building. main street of the town runs southwest and Where is there a woman's quiet room with a cot northeast. Therefore, the back of the building in it? I do not see one. In the stack plan, in order has a southwest exposure. In the wintertime we to put in reading tables and seating standards, the get a great deal of sun coming in the southwest stack standards require the removal of two stack windows. I wonder what provision has been racks rather than one to make seating alcoves. They made for covering the windows. I think that the are too cramped as they are now. sun would be very bothersome to people working I would like to examine briefly the language labo- in the stacks, especially, let as say, from twelve ratory arrangement because at my home campus we o'clock on. The sun would come in those win- have three listening laboratories. The first of these dows for the rest of the afternoon. was arranged like this one. The second extended I agree with Mr. Davidson with regard to out from the wall with the instructor in the front of moving the elevator. I would like to see it against the room. There was an enclosure around each al- that existing stack wall if possible. I wonder if cove, with an opening in the front so that the student the elevator could open both on the north side could see the instructor. In our third listening labo- and on the south side. If it were moved there, ratory some architectural mind had figured out a it would serve both the old and the new stack glass front which would serve the same purpose. I areas. would like to suggest an arrangement here out from The different floor levels bother me a great the wall, although I realize that the location of lis- deal, and I have studied them for quite some tening laboratories on the first floor may have been time. The floor levels, particularly the first made to take advantage of the shape of the room. floor, do not line up. If the elevator is moved, the question should be I have some questions with regard to the new asked, "How much of a microfilm room do you really charging area. I would like to break up the read- need?" It seems to me that the one on the first ing room, although I do not feel it is especially floor is too large. The whole plan should consider large in comparison with many reading rooms that some time some librarian will want to move that have been built and some that are still being the periodicals into the old reading room, add more built, I wonder if you would not bring some seating to the new stack addition, or make some noise into that reference or reading room with other revision. The elevator controls should be the charging desk. With regard to the micro- watched. Maybe the elevator should go only to the techniques on the ground floor, I did not see what ground floor under certain circumstances. The provision had been made for reading machines; space, however, seems reasonable. if there are provisions, where do you plan to My final question is whether Bluffton can repeat read microfilms or cards? the satisfactory bidding experience that apparently I should like to ask Mr. Abel if the Univer- the State College of Iowa had and build 19,000 square sity Jf Tennessee did not remove the old stack feet for $275,000. and change that entire area? 74 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

MR. ABEL. Our architects felt that the multitier where you now show the language laboratory, so stack level was a hindrance in any direction that that students from all levels would come there we went, as far as the addition was concerned. to charge their books? By doing this, you can As a result, the old stacks were torn down and have your reserve books back of that circulation we have achieved a rather open and flexible desk at that point. situation. If you leave the circulation desk where it is Question: How long are you going to take to in- now, is there any reason why you could not face crease your book collection from 35,000 to it on the foyer so that you will not spoil the read- 140,000 volumes? If you do that in ten years' ing room? I have never found it practical to time, that means 10,U00 volumes a year. Where have a circulation desk in the reading roomIt are you going to put the books when you get creates too much noise. them to catalog? I don't believe you have work Why have such large seminar rooms on the area enough for cataloging and processing all of top floor? Experience shows that they are noth- the gifts you will receive, in addition, of course, ing but classrooms. We may have lofty ideas to the items you purchase. I am wondering about a professor bringing an armful of books where you are going to put the extra volumes out of the bookstacks, tai ing them to the seminar that you will require in order to increase your rooms, and teaching with them. It just does not collection to 140,000. work out that way. Seminar rooms on that level MR. GRATZ: We do have prospects of increasing will mean an enormous amount of traffic in a this rapidly-10,000 volumes a year. Of course, very small stairway area and a great deal of I wish we could retain that goal, but my personal noise. It seems to me that they should be moved belief is that it will go to a lower figure. I doubt to the ground floor somewhere or else be taken if it will go above 3,000 next year and if this out of the building entirely. will increase to 10,000 in the next fifteen years unless some unforesaeable stroke of good fortune comes to us. Therefore, I don't think that we will have the problem you mention. I presume that your question is that the work space is not a.dequate and, of course, that point is well taken. Question: How high is the ceiling in the existing reading room? MR. GRATZ: Roughly, about 16 feet. MR. HEILIGER: I would gladly trade that whole old building for one more floor in the new building. You really would give up only 84 sets of reading space, 4 tiers of stacks, and 1 office. I think one more floor in the new part would very nicely take the place of all the space you would lose in the old building. I do not know how much money is going to be involved in changing over the old building to fit the new situation. But I would think, over-all for the college, that if yon could give the old building to the administration, put in the extra money that would be required to add another floor, and tht-ct expand the existing floors, you would be much better off. If you have only one professional librarian, it seems to me that during the day he would have to be surrounded by the reference collection and at night he would have to be working the catalog areas. Question: Should not the elevator be moved against the old building, with an opening from every floor in the old and the new buildings? I think that this arrangement would be practical and a great improvement. If that were done, then why rot move the circulation desk down to the place College and University Libraries 75 Western Kentucky State Further expansion has been established by mergers with other colleges. In January of 1928 College Library the property of Ogden College, a school for boys founded in 1877 and adjacent to Western, was leased Bowling Green, Kentucky to the board of regents of the college. Effective as of June 1, 1963, the Bowling Green College of Com- merce, a privately operated school, was merged with Western. STATISTICAL DATA During the fifty-seven yeai., flat Western has Architect: W. S. Arrasmith, Louisville, Kentucky s-ved the state and region, some significant devel- J. P. Wilk, Bowling Green, Kentucky opments have affected the library and its growth. Type of library:College There was authorization in 1931-36 to offer master's Population to be served: 5,131 degrees in subject fields. Authorization was made Area: 73,715 square feet in 1941 to offer master's degrees in education only. Book capacity: 260,000 volumes Recent approval was given by the Council of Public Seating capacity: 1,150 Higher Education to offer a master's degree in arts Cost: Building$1,000,000 and humanities. Saturday afternoon and evening Cost per square Oaf: $12-$13 (estimated) classes on a graduate and undergraduate level have been offered for a number of years. There was an increase in enrollment in Septem- PRESENTATION OF PLANS ber, 1961, of 33 1/3 percent, which has created some problems. There is an increase in state sup- Librarian: Sara Tyler port, as will be shown in these figures; 1959-60, Critic: Stanley McElderry, Librarian, San $1,414,J00; 1962-63, $3,199,772. The figures are Fernando Valley State College, Northridge, for the college and not for the library. California New committees have been established; one, in particular, affects the use of the library. This is the Faculty Research Committee to encourage research on the part of our newer faculty members. SARA TYLER There has been an expansion in our course offerings We do not have a new building nor do we have an and additional faculty appointments. By September addition to an existing building, but the administration desires to convert a building on the campus into of this year we will have 203 full-time professors, a library. This building is a physical education which is double the number of some six or eight building. As librarians and consultants, I know that years ago. your first reaction will be, "Don't do this." We have The new library building will be the fourth in likewise said that. the history of the college. The first was in a large Bowling Green is a town of around 30,t)00 in the classroom, the second in a clubhouse, and the third southern part of Kentucky and is in an agricultural in a new three-story building built in 1929. The lat- area. Industry has moved in, but the college is the ter building is now thirty-four years old and is in- town's main industry. We are about halfway between adequate in every respect to serve a growing college Louisville and Nashville, enjoy their cultural advan- community. For the past four or more years the tages, and, in turn, serve the smaller towns in our college administration and librarians have studied area in the same capacity. and surveyed all possibilities for our expansion of Western Kentucky State College was established library facilities. as a state normal school in 1906 by an act of the legislature. The site was a 162-acre tract of land Site location which had historical significance as a Confederate The hilltop site of the college has become fort. The training of teachers has always been the crowded. The location of the present library does college's main purpose, but the curricula have been not permit wings or additions sufficiently adequate expanded and revised to include a broad liberal arts to justify the expense of remodeling. Also, any program and a preprofessional training for medicine, periphery location would involve a delay in acquisi- dentistry, ministry, law, and engineering. The ex- tion of land, or removal of such a distance from the pansion of the purposes of the institution is evidenced center of the campus as to pose problems of greater by the change in name from Western Kentucky State degree. I have been told, however, that it is no Normal School to Western Kentucky State Teachers longer necessary to have a library in the center of College in 1922, and then to Western Kentucky State the campus and that we might well consider moving College in 1948. to the perimeter. 76 Problems in Plamthig' brary Facilities

The new building will be the central library on In the main college library we have 9 staff mem- the campus. There are at present three departmen- bers, 1 working halftime supervising the science li- tal libraries, two of which will be continued as such. brary. We also have had 1 graduate assistant and First, there is the Kentucky Library, of nearly the premise of a second this fall. We have between 20,000 volumes, of rare Kentucky books in a sepa- 50 and 60 student assistants. In our first planning rate building in the Kentucky Museum. There is a we hope to have a seating capacity for some1,500 science library of approximately 10,000 books and students. Our enrollment at the present time (head Journals in the new Thompson Science Building. count) is over 5,000, which, equated, comes to The library of approximately 15,000 volumes of the around 4,000 plus. We hope to plan for a 375,000 - commercial school recently absorbed by the college volume capacity. If we can, we will seat 1,000 and will be housed, at least for one year, in its present perhaps have a stack capacity of 240,000-250,000 building. A seminar library in the music building volumes. will be transferred, we feel sure, to the new library building. Specific plans We are aware that you believe we should not do The vestibule will be in the new part; it will have a remodeling or a conversion. We are willing to a stairway up to the second floor and down to the concede this point. There are problems inherent in ground level. Directly opposite, as you enter, will such a project. Load-bearing walls cannot be be the doors into the reference room. We realize changed, existing stairways cannot be torn out for this is much too large for a reading area though we new ones in other places, and there is the necessity will have all of our reference books there. At the of sharing, at least temporarily, 4,083 square feet right, near the catalogs and acquisitions area, vw e on the ground-floor level with the industrial arts expect to have a bibliography alcove. On the left department. The department adjoins the physical side of the reference room we are now considering education building, and until such time as it can putting enough stacks to have a humanities collec- have an addition, it wants us to release this much tion, at least from the 800's through the 829's.We space. We will not have a sufficient stack space but have a room marked for government documents. will have to spread the collection over the remaining We hope to place there all the bound volumes used floors. We would like to use reader-book arrange- most frequently. The students can then usethem ments. without our having to get them, as we are doing at the present time. Possibilities for expansion The wings on either side are separated from The possibilities for expansion, insofar as the what has been the gymnasium floor by load-bearing present building is concerned, are few. We could walls. The walls cannot be changed. We are at- acquire the 4,000 square feet which the industrial tempting to put in walls or dividers that are not arts department will have, but this is a drop in the permanent, in the event that at a later time we may bucket. There is an area to the right of the building, wish to make a change in this section. approximately 80 feet x 170 feet, that has been prom- The circulation desk is at the left. There will ised for our future expansion. be a browsing area and a passageway which will go Before we look at the very preliminary and tenta- to another stairway down into a stack area. We tive floor plans, I would like to give some figures. have a glass-enclosed workroom for the circulation In our present building we have 20,920 square feet librarian and have recently decided that we will for library purposes. We share some of this with move our Xerox machine to another little glass the library science department on the third floor area, to be used there with supervision. Theeleva- and a little theater on tne first floor. In the physical tor is not for passengers but for the librarians and education building there will be 73,715 square feet, the transportation of books. It is back of the circu- less the 4,083 square feet for the industrial arts lation area, near the office, and is open to the people department, which leaves 69,632 square feet for in the reference room. library purposes. In the right wing are the administrative offices, At the present Lime, our collection in the main one for the director of library servicesand one for library is approximately 100,000 volumes. We have the head librarian and her secretary. The secretary, not taken inventory in a good many years, and we at the present time, is in charge of acquisitions and are not sure that we have all of those volumes.We works with me. We plan to have a sink, closet, and also have approximately 11,000 bound government storage space in the catalog office. documents and, in addition, nearly a stack floor of On the right side we have a conference room for unbound documents. We have Around 500 magazines library committee meetings, staff meetings, small on our current subscription list in thecollege li- classes in the use of the library, and possibly one or brary; our bound volumes of journals are included two other functions. We do not intend it to be used in our volumes. We are open 79 hours a week. by others. We have a space for a large backlog of ...... 11. MU1111111 UN A 1111111111 I ONO' iiri "-I' Vri 1:atzgas 0. 77''. MINIVTR IMO --tvo w414134;gmanaliftep.,-, RV/ . A %sway ...No I.... Y. am. ir- WesternArchitect's Kentucky.-- rendering - State College Library 114-zr .41111101 W. S. Arrasmilli & J. P. Wilk,Archilecls 78 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

.cataloged materials; here they can be cataloged and on the second floor it will be 8 feet. In a space and indexed as the staff has time. as large as this such a height may become op- pressive. Ground level The exterior of the buildir.3 is of stone. Our On the right side of the ground-floor level will windows will be utilized as they are. We will not be offices and classrooms for the library science have a great deal of window space by the time the department. The courses in children's literature second floor is added and 3 feet, or whatever is nec- are now taught in the library science department. essary, is allowed for the ductwork. However, we We have had a curriculum or teaching materials will have enough room on both floors to have shelv- room in the library. This will not need to be ex- ing under the windows. If we want to put individual panded as our education department wishes to have study materials there, we can do so. We hope to have tables for no more than 4 people. it in its own department. We will have to continue to use a great deal of the The rooms to the left, extending to the stairway, equipment we already have, and the tables that we will be used by the industrial arts department. now have seat 6 people. One million dollars has There will be another storage area for gifts and been set aside for the conversion of this building, materials, which can be left there until we have time to route them upstairs. There are also a and the architects have said that it can be done for fairly large receiving area and a service elevator. $12-$13 a square foot. We have stacks across the middle front, and to the STANLEY McELDERRY left we are planning a division for the bulk of our I find it difficult to say anything very charitable government documents. We plan to have only the one exit with checkers about this plan. I am a poor person to criticize this at the door. Other doors will not be used, but we building because I come from a new college which feel that it is necessary to have them. The vestibule, has spent $5,000,000 developing a new plan. The as the architects have designed it, will be open and first million dollars was spent on the library, and will be a full two stories. The ground-floor area the last on the physical education building. If the has been enlarged a bit, because only the lounges faculty had voted on the issue, they would have spent are reserved for smoking. that money on books for the library. I have never tried to accommodate a library in Second floor a gymnasium, but I have seen a library put temporarily into a women's gymnasium, which is a little The balcony in the gymnasium is to be removed more functional than a men's gymnasium. In this and a second floor placed all the way across, which particular women's gymnasium the showers were will give us a very large area. This will be divided built into little compartments, which proved to be with shelving into a reserve reading room and a pe- quite a functional place for the catalogers. It was an riodicals room. We plan to use stacks and desks item of pfestige to secure one of these cubicles. In interspersed and to have carrels down the window the locker area, a high curbing had been poured for walls. The reserve desk will probably go on the the lockers. This was the first time I had ever been left side, next to the outside wall. The rooms in the in a stack where the bottom shelf was at high level! wing will be for an art collection and for a music Seriously, I think this proposal of Western Ken- and listening room. Our recordings collection will tucky State College leaves a great deal to be desired. be serviced predominantly from the reserve desk. I don't think it is the best use of the money available. On the right-hand side will be space for carrels If $1,000,000 is to be spent on this building, I think and a staff lounge with a kitchen. There will be a that about the same amount of more functional space microfilm room adjacent to the periodicals room. could be gained by starting on a new site. The last few years we have added a large number of As I calculate the requirements for the library, journals on microfilm and microcard. based on the enrollment and the resources, it would We do not have a separate room for our binding take about 60,000 square feet to accommodate pres- preparation. At present the periodicals librarian ent needs. The plans of the proposed library show hand:es that, and the reserve librarian is in charge a usable space available to the library of about of the bookbinding preparation. We cannot as yet 50,000 square feet. This is not counting the library designate one person to take care of titese chores. science area or the additional space that may be There is a subbasement that will contain our available when the industrial arts department moves mechanical equipment for air conditioning. We will out. But, basically, the college would be getting not have anything on top of the building. The heating about 50,000 square feet for an investment of is tied in with the central heating for the campus. $1,000,000. I would judge that any architect would I am a little concerned about the ceiling heights. I be willing to take on that commission and come up think that on the first floor the height will be 10 feet, with a more suitable plan. BasementWestern Kentucky State College Library 4co 80 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

There are far too many compromises that are employing a different set of values than I would he necessary in connection with the remodeling of this willing to employ in providing for library facilities. space. There are wings on either side of the building which are cut up, and there are load-bearing Possible chews walls that confine space. They will impose limita- Assuming the proposed plan has to be employed tions on the use of these areas. even though I hate to think about this possibility A second floor is to be added to the existing I can suggest some improvements. As I indicated building. The first floor is the gymnasium floor before, there are a good number of ideas that could which, as I understand it, is wood on top of a con- be gained by a close study of the State College of crete slab. I do not know whether the plan is to re- Iowa Library plans because these are comparable move this floor or strengthen it for books. The institutions. In general, I would be inclined to think floor level on the new second floor does not match of the first floor, or the main floor, as a service the floor level in the wings, and would require ramps and stairways because there is a differential floor and attempt to concentrate as many of the pub- of about 2 feet. lic services in the area as possible. This is a some- I think that insofar as the facilities for readers what more functional plan and logical arrangement are concernedsuch things as group studies, typing for the students. I think that in a library which has roans, and the likethere is very little attention as little staff as this one does, you need to concen- being given to them. It is really not possible to in- trate the staff in this area as much as you can, with clude all the facilities that are needed. some separate collections, or potential service points, on other floors. I would look at the basement and the second floor Similar plans ."is an area for stacks and readers, with an interspersed plan of reading and stack facilities on both This plan, as you may notice, is very similar to of those floors. The circulation department is set that of the State College of Iowa Library which we back quite a little distance, about one bay, from the looked at previously, where 90,000 square feet were entrance on the first floor. I would think that under being added at a cost of $1,500,000. Western Ken- present circumstances the desk should be moved tucky is a similar-sized institution, with a somewhat closer to the door and that possibly the reserve smaller book budget but the same potential growth. books collection ought to be combined with it. This Many of the facilities available in the Iowa building would provide some economy of staff and somewhat would be needed here, but it is not possible tc ac- better control of the building. Another possibility commodate them in the available square footage. would be to move the acquisition cataloger closer to You would undoubtedly have many problems of the elevator and to the storage room for unit cata- lighting, heating, ventilating, acoustical equipment, log materials already there. and so on. All of these facilities would, of necessity, The reference department I would c.;:t (4-iwn a be somewhat makeshift in their structure in connec- little in size. Another possibility is to put some of tion with this type of a building. In relation to the the documents and periodical materials in with it, expansion, it is possible to add enough square foot- or just have a browsing area with a display of cur- age for the library addition at some future date. rent periodicals and some of the newer materials. However, this would mean putting more money into I would use some of the square footage in the a library that is inadequate at the outset. wings, which zre already cut up for some of the I don't know whether the problem here is money office spaces. For example, the rare books sectinn or not. I feel it must be a problem of site. The col- takes one half of the wing on the left-hand side. If lege has an unused gymnasium that it desires to it is necessary to have a separate rare books area, make use of. I find it very difficult to imagine re- this could be moved to another floor or could be sponsible academic officials willing to make these kept in the stacks and the stacks screened off for compromises with the library. I think the library security. I would be reluctant to use that square reflects the character and quality of the instruc- footage for rare books when it could be used for a tional program about as well as any other aspect of circulation workroom and eliminate the building of the institution. I believe that the way the building is a separate structure in the limited free floor space arranged tends to facilitate and encourage as much that is available. use of the library resources as possible. The build- I have somewhat the same thoughts with refer- ing should promote economical operation of the vari- ence to the office space in the reference department. ous services provided. In doing this the library There are two offices toward the back. I don't know building reflects the hope and aspiration of the insti- whether the service. desk would be at that point or tutional program, even though the use of the library not, but I would tend to move the offices over to the does not always justify our hopes for it. Being will- side as a kind of workroom and then move the refer- ing to ...ompromise in this way with the library is ence desk much closer to the catalog and bibliogra- I 4C1011110 IOCI2PNr en. I. a 4. - .. -.4, 4 0, AM, itttift till% #16 m,vLutsA".

.t ..I t t i I tl, 9111k14 1 I a I . 161110,1161 OM kM.se "le :7.401.1.1.411..)4111p111 to.. mit 41.hit,Ittillitet.S01,L LOLOAL , 1.1161.1.LT . et .0 IN 10 144 :1.../1.1ittlluitii..'..4%%1101+,11IL..2-1klaUl . iri . a** aadLia . LolttokatuL414.,: *alit 4 4t.4 WesternFirst floor Kentucky State College Library 0crFat4.t 1115:Z='

. 04 t / /Mk, 1.404 4.164 1104..Igh M41 WM\ 416 1. 464141.04 Moe . f 4 0114., to I/ I ! =Fen., 4=scecr, nu L61.1 asitist4 SecondWestern floor Kentucky State College Library College and University Libraries83 phy area. I think that the orientation of the technical services, reference, and bibliography areas needs to be brought together. I have not attempted to go into a great deal of detail on the reworking of this particular space because I would be willing to wager that nobody would buy this plan if he had another choice.

DISCUSSION MISS TYLER: The two offices for the reference librarians, if not portable, will be such that they can be moved. They are, in no sense of the word, permanent. In the event we do not want them there, the service and reference desk would be much nearer the entrance to the reference room. MR. METCALF: Isn't the problem really to convince the powers that be that they are throwing away money and good service and, in the long run, hurting the institution? I think that with a proper presentation, and this would have to be done from the outside, you might get the plan re- called. I think you can build a library which will give you more service with the same amount of money. Perhaps you could draw plans on that basis and suggest this building be usezi for some other purposes. This proposed library facility certainly is not worth $1,000,000. Comment: If it is impossible for the librarian or the residents of the college to change the collective minds of the powers that be, they might hire a consultant. We had the same problem. We had a women's gymnasium which some persons had fond hopes of converting into a library. As soon as our consultant arrived, he indicated this building could not be used for that purpose. We would be throwing good money after bad, and in the long run the cost to remodel the gymnasium would be more than that of a new building. As a result, we now have plans for a brand-new library building. The old gymnasium is still there. It can be used for a swimming pool or whatever else the authorities may think to do with it.It is not going to be a library. 84 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

Asbury Theological ONRA BOSHEARS Seminary Library Asbury Theological Seminary is an interdenomi- national school of theology, governed by a self- 1171 lore, Kentucky perpetuating board and operated on the graduate level. The seminary is located in Wilmore, Ken- tucky, seventeen miles southwest of Lexington. The seminary was founded in 1923 on the campus of AG- STATISTICAL DATA bury College, and in 1939 was moved to its own campus. Thus, the library had its beginning in 1939. Architect: J. Herschel Fisher & Pat Y. Spillman, At that time there were 78 students and 4 faculty Dallas, Texas members. In 1945, when the first professional li- Type of library: Theological seminary brarian was employed, the collection numbered ap- Population to be served: 400 proximately 6,000 volumes and the enrollment had Area: 34,800 square feet increased to 271. Book capacity: 129,500 volumes Since 1945, the library has changed its location Seating capacity: 247 three times. Since 1954 it has been on the ground Cost: Building$540,000 floor of the new Estes Chapel. Quarters consist of Cost per square foot: $14.50 (construction cost) a large stack and reading room (117 feet x 49 feet) with a small stack work area and librarian's office. With the collection now numbering approximately PRESENTATION OF PLANS 50,000 volumesin addition to microprint, tape and Assistant Librarian: Onra Boshears disc recordings, and pamphletsthe facilities are Librarian: Susan Schultz quite crowded. Limitations of space have necessi- Critic: John P. McDonald, Librarian, University of tated moving the religious educational curriculum Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut materials laboratory to nonlibrary quarters. The reading area provides 100 chairs, but it would be stretching the truth to say that we could accommodate that many readers. Asbury Theological Seminary Library Architect's rendering

MM.

J. Herschel Fisher & Pal 1'. Spillman, Architects College and University Libraries 85

The present enrollment is 326 for the academic tention as never before upon the role of the seminary year, with approximately 250 in a given quarter. library and the urgent need for a new building. The seminary is planning for maximum enrollment In addition to the seminary and faculty, the stu- of 400 students, which will probably be achieved in dents and faculty of Asbury College are permitted the next decade. The student body represt.nts 26 to use our library. We estimate that about 250 of different denominational backgrounds. The faculty the 900 college students use our library more or numbers 20 and is expected to increase propor- less spasmodically. We also serve the local minis- tionately. ters and a limited number of other friends in the area without charge. Seminary objective The principal objective of Asbury Theological SUSAN SCHULTZ Seminary is the education of men and women for the In May of 1962 the announcement was made that varied vocations of the Christian ministry, such as a good share of the money for a new library building pastors, missionaries, chaplains, directors of was on hand and planning was to get under way. As church and Christian education, and all other forms a result, my notebook with jottings for more than of Christian endeavor. Many of our graduate stu- thirteen years on the building and ideas in relation dents proceed on to advanced studies in other semi- to it came off the shelf. Committee meetings, inter- naries and universities. Theologically, the seminary views, and more planning followed. fails within the historic Wesleyan-Arminian tradition Let me backtrack justlittle. In June of 1949, of Protestantism. The admission of students is just one week after I had assumed my responsibili- highly selective, requiring the B.A. degree. Only a ties as librarian, I was informed that we mLst im- very few are admitted from nonaccredited colleges. mediately proceed with tentative plans to be used The academic program in the seminary is sepa- for fund-raising purposes. We fell into the pitfall of rated into five divisions. The seminary offers drawing sketches of floor plans and presenting them courses leading to the Bachelor of Divinity, Master to the architect. I now definitely belong to the school of Religious Education, and Master of Theology de- of thought which forbids this, as we were taught. I grees. Only a limited number of qualified B.D. and believe we completely stymied our architects. For- M.R.E. candidates are permitted to write theses tunately, these plans were eventually put into cold since the degree is nct required. All Master of The- storage and, perhaps Lortunately for the architect, ology candidates are required to write a thesis. We he retired. estimate that when the graduate program is fully es- We discovered the first program for the first tablished, there will be fifteen to twenty theses in unit of a new library building at Santa Barbara. I process at one time. The present research needs of would like to express my appreciation to Mr. David- the library are modest. However, any seminary con- son and his corps of workers for this program. I centrating on the Bachelor of Divinity program must tried various other approaches, but this program not forget faculty research, and many materials are really worked out and did not lead me into the frus- required for faculty research. trations that some others had.

Library importance Five basic elements The library is an integral part of the theological Their approach was to use the five basic ele- education. It is, indeed, the laboratory of the semi- ments: readers services, housing of library mate- narian. Just as the music student has his studio, the rials, staff work area, service area, and special science student his laboratory. the seminarian has services. Following this scheme, we prepared his books and reading room. The typical seminarian charts showing desired locations and relationships, spends a great deal of his time in the library. In estimated quantity, and spatial requirements for the order to assist our students in the use of the library, next fifteen and then thirty years. the librarians are offering instructions in theological Our basic consideration in planning the new bibliography. building was accessibility. There should be a mini- In keeping with the Asbury emphasis, Biblical mum of barriers between books and readers, be- studies and Wesleyana are designated specialized tween readers and services of the staff. The staff areas in the collection. The whole collection has views the library as a teaching instrument which is been tremendously strengthened in tne last two years under great obligation to contribute to the academic through the library development program of the program of the seminary. American Theological Library Association. This General considerations for the building were development program has been financed by the spelled out. We asked for a functional building. The Sea lantic Foundation on a matching basis and has building should be flexible and expandable; the archi- resulted in doubling the seminary's book budget. tecture should be in harmony with the prevailing Most of all, the development project has focused at- colonial style on the campus, the interior should be 86 F%terns in Planning Library Facilities designed to create a friendly, attractive atmosphere the patron comes in, and the card catalog will be but likewise conducive to serious study. opposite the lobby. The administrative offices and Since the library was to be located between class-- work area are to the left of the stairway, behind the room facilities, it presented to the architect the prob- circulation desk. In the present setup of the library lem of routing tra:fic so that the library would not the librarian supervises the cataloging, and we have become a thoroughfare. Because of the growing dean office for the cataloger in the work area. mands for more extended study hours beyond our There is provision for an elevator and janitorial fourteen-hour day, we asked also for a limited ac- space near the cataloger's office. I believe that the cess to the building so that the study hours might elevator opens in both directions. Immediately be- be extended for our ambitious students. This was hind the elevator, we have the bibliographic and ref- the dream that we presented to our architect, Mr. J. erence section for easy access by both the public Herschel Fisher. and the staff. On the right of the entrance will be We made up five charts using each of the basic our current periodicals. Opposite the circulation elements. We showed our requirements as far as desk will be our periodical indexes and to the right space and quantities were concerned and the ex- of the card catalog will be the bound periodicals. pected growth in the fifteen- and thirty-year periods. The furniture layout in connectit.n with these We also showed the preferred locations for these plans does not represent our planning of the furniture various functions and their relationship to one an- layout. In our later layout we have interspersed other. The architect took this chart and summarized more readers and stacks so that the readers will not the elements for working purposes. have to go very far from the bookshelves to find a place to sit and read. You will notice the deck on the back of the building. We are not too sure about Expandable building the wisdom of this. On the upper floor we have built-in expansion As I indicated, we asked that our building be ex- with open wells, that could later be closed in to give pandable. Mr. Fisher said that he had explored us additional floor space. In the meantime it gives every possibility on that limited space, such as add- us a feeling of spaciousness in the building. On the ing a wing in the back or a wing on either side or lower floor we have our nonlibrary functions and an- both ends, or even raising the roof and adding another feature of built-in expansion. The upper bays other floor, but nothing seemed economically feasi- will be temporarily used for nonlibrary purposes, ble. Therefore, we recommended that the school and the floor plan calls for enclosed carrels when build a shell of a building as big as the plot could we take it over for the library. take and have our expansion built in. The library, We asked for limited access to the building. It as the architect envisions it, will blend in with the is possible for us to close or lock doors to the right colonial type of architecture on campus and yet in of the main stairway as you come into the entrance. some sense have the atmosphere of a contemporary As a result, we can lock off the lecture hall and staff building. room or open them for a public meeting. I mentioned that we had asked for provisions for We are not exactly sure how the study hall will traffic to be routed between the classroom facilities. operate, but we are going to try it.It is flexible The architect planned a covered walkway across the space and if it doesn't work, we can -ase it for other front of the building so that the traffic would not purposes. The rest rooms are on the ground floor. come through the library. It is also the main en- Beyond the main rest rooms we have our shipping trance. Unfortunately, we ao have to climb a few and receiving section, the mechanical room, and a steps. The main floor is the middle floor, and from large language laboratory. We have been busy re- this walkway there are stairs that go down to the ducing the language laboratory from the status of a lower level which can be used at times when we keep Cadillac to a Mod& -T Ford. In many libraries such the lower door open. The building will be located on elaborate equipment has been installed that only grade so that the main entrance at the front comes about 10 percent of it is used. Therefore, we are out on street level; the back, or ground floor, will going to keep it simple. come out on grade level.

JOHN P. McDONALD Main floor I would like to review the building from the out- There is vertical circulation on the main floor. side in, paying a bit of attention to the necessities The public stairway to the left of the entrance goes of the site and of the campus which have dictated to the upper floor. There are also two interior harmony in the library structure with existing build- stairways and an emergency exit on grade level. ings. We all know that this requirement can be The circulation desk will be immediately visible as pushed beyond reasonable limits, and those of us .1 A. _ f3101.114G P_At! 14 . [Ili cz t oso,tasfe=0. Iw t IIA t by , ir 1.41.41e 11 "1 1 S 1 .11...... s.04 r, 164.40*0. to TF111'411 i!! al .1 !; r 1,1 P c 4 CXII ::: 1: 'Li: 111 IL Cf X Ate 00* Alt* If MOONS .12400 iL NsvOl..leiVere,NumatrtPubtasPltADVIS INStt WV'S esnivestS f0TP.t..a ISOISto004.01 ... P li1 I H A L 1 ...., wit 1.....4---,4,,.... AteSHIpPlurl I HO **CHI YES . I. i _ i% fl-ksluol L-0 1I.-J rcH*1111 r 4a1;uoaalacturic . ir K ...i beo: =3:113=21-41 w ... , et, P 1. s w) p tb mee,HArrucAt. fowls% 1 .1 .. ... Yes Mr, LOUI tit . =.11Z3:1 f ....A" Hf*-1 p...... -4 11i snots' o7a , 'aro / m is Lir-t, i a. tC546 .11 ----.1e..": I ct Or WNW' IIIOIIT .. .. gat tiltArret CI Orden MA. GroundAsbury floorTheological Seminary Library or./ L.. _ erkira"coVr.. nit a ha diduvra csitireir limm$64. Messina Studios 88 Problems in Planning Library Facilities who are enamored of contemporary architecture Three wells often attempt W resist. I feel that the three wells which interrupt the I sympathize with the administrators who feel upper floor are highly questionable in this plan. harmony is important. It may be important to them, You have one over the entrance lobby, one directly personally, but we know that while the Asbury Li- in front of the charging desk, and one whose dimen- brary is traditional, it has, nonetheless, some of the sions are somewhat uncertain at the back of the contemporary flavor that we would like to see in a building. It almost appears that the archLect new library building. Why, after all, have a brand- wished to have a gallery from the main entrance new building and make it look as though it were fifty to the rear completely clear for two stories. This years old? gives a lift to the spirit, and when one enters the There is a pleasant relationship between this building, there is no question of the graciousness of library building and the adjacent surroundings. The approach. The architect could not, however, achieve roof line takes its position from the building that is this without separating one end of the upper floor on the left. It does not encroach upon the preemi- from the other with no communication. nence of the chapel. My only possible complaint I don't think the visual effect of this is unpleas- about the site and its relationship to other buildings ing, but I doubt if it is the best solution. I would is that this building does seem to shoulder the ad- have preferred to have the upper floor designed so joining building somewhat. as to get a high ceiling space over a pleasant read- I must say, regrettably, that it appears to me ing area, or capacity for books on the mezzanine that the building is larger than it needs to be for the above and below. I hasten to point out that architects purposes of the institution as seen for the next thirty are not qualified to make these judgments. However; years. A building of37,000-plussquare feet is others have called these wells into question, and I do going to be more than adequate for an enrollment feel that there is a problem here that needs resolution. not to exceed 400 and a book collection not to exceed There are many features to like and admire. I 150,000volumes. It would seem to me that we feel the architects have come to grips with their should go back to the architect to advise us as to prcblems. They have attempted to decide what it is what administrative thinking may have dictated ad- they need to do and, unlike many of us who in the ditional spaces within this structure. I have refer- name of this sacred flexibility simply beg the ques- ence to these nonlibrary spaces that have been re- tion and avoid the issues, where things are supposed ferred to. to be. Of course, we could quarrel with them relative to some of their decisions, but I do admire the Gracious spacing fact that they have faced up to their problems. The building seems to work quite well from the When we enter the building, there are a number point of view of traffic. The main stairway, which of things that deserve comment. The base bays, for is adjacent to the entrance lobby, is clearly visible example, are24feet square. This ,gas probably through the glass wall. It might have been a little used as 4 feet, but24feet is notit seems to me more accessible. However, because it is visible going to work out too well in either direction as the and very close to the entrance, it will serve to sepa- architect has laid out the shelving. It gives you a rate traffic going up or down. People will not have dimension, on center, of4feet9 3/5inches. I can to walk in and around the busy main floor. see the builders facing this dimension with some I would prefer to see the card catalog, which is wonderment. I personally would prefer more com- always across the width of the building, at the east pression in the bookstack, but it is possible that this side, closer to the charging desk. I feel the refer- library can afford the somewhat more gracious ence collections also might be located closer to the spacing. center of the building, freeing the present space on I would like to depart a little from the library to the east side for more reading tables. comment on this business of the me dule. It seems I question the width of the outdoor reading deck to me that we have not yet clearly understood what on the east side of the building. This was not a pro- the module should be. We had a comment concern- gram requirement but apparently a notion of the ing a module of25 1/2feet. The librarian indicated architect. If the deck is to be retained, I wonder he wanted 36-inch aisles. However, I cannot see whether an 8-foot width is sufficient with th, doors how he is going to achieve this without having some opening onto it. As the furnishings are shown on the columns standing in the aisle every so often. We drawing, as well as the opening of the doors, I feel have to understand what a library module is, and it is going to be very difficult to thread your way to what it is intended to do, before we can ever per- either end. If the dimensions are changed, then other suade architects that it is at least as important to openings on the deck would be possible. This point us, as their architectural modulewhich is quite is directly behind the card catalog so that there is a different thingis to them. a traffic pattern through a place already busy enough. pas f 4 - ie.r. 4' 14. Is. .. 44.A1 1.44.1 0 1 ,71<>s.c__J 10";- 1-0 44",, I zentrardpemilen;- r READERSACABEAtA. ININ CARRELLS1400411 no* ACA 114IA ZPVIO4C 7-1 ^P114111010**::, TOTAL 4.110 RE AUIOL !. 7 - illit0104A $ #1 . I. TABLE I 4.fr - .11 r got ". 4 NUMBER `401. 1211/848 F, STACKS 4, 40 S1M100 vol .1.1.1 4f .40.11141 4444Y 1 T-1 14. i itI - Et ! I .1 .1 ,11 I 4, pima. ;NZ; r Li tT 1;4 ' I " 11. LOBBY k 1i c c 4 114 A A 4 dicoiT Roo' m. r! !i rAoLCS ft I 111, V 4- -4 1.11 P4-71 /.UJ Ck DOD IC A1.4 : i 141 41,, III 441 .....-... .I' (Cuak lnt, I 1 11+-, 1.1. , ..` 11` 4. 11-9 1 11110YESING * ' 1.i F:t CAI R ELLS 1'1 I 1 /ArABIS 14A.L LANAB£E4 -74rfitr" d IA A I II A Y TO CUC.TCS APIS. 4tt 4i Z - r _1( LAW A C1.414111 0.1114.1 MainAsbury floor Theological Seminary Library A . - ammun. rt 1 A Messina Studios CO03 ED

md: -11.'s! f te." DECK 1106 _ _ _ lett' _ A 0 I II 6 It I . E A - L. 1 I. >> 1.7 N STAIR READERSTOTAL FLOOR IN ROOM APCA CAPATLLS le33t',Of1: 1: OPEN TO MAIN FLOOR BELOW NMAHER VOL.+ S F MAIN STACKS TOTAL ++1 I w. 1 mow IT1 11 Mat CASS 0041,1 1- 7: 1;.1 tI OPEN TO LORRY BELOW I. UPPERMAINMONOTOTAL FLO FOR BUILDING IPLNrta ?It400t40 56300 18.k5 110Aiso MOop12.4o-a12.400 BALCONY TOTAL Afc. AREA Pi? 14.1a .41 L Areal." TOTAL UN A,t, TOTAL SO FT ARIA. :oT Lto ' : ftliree. 703. 1-414 !TANI RI FOYER BELOW OPEN TO mos.3,110' I CONFER NCE BOON! i 01 fl 1.11ifi1111 k_. COVERED V/ A IlAt w A Y DELOW wwwwsem Kew w ql UpperAsbury floor Theological Seminary Library Messina Studios College and University Libraries 91

Special features more economical to build a floor than to leave The building has special features on the ground them open. The costs of the railing around the floorfeatures that are not library functions. I like well, the finishing, and the hydraulic liftneces- the idea of placing a study hall there which isacces- sary to change light bulbs or tubes in thearea sible after the library closes. On the other hand, it above the well should be considered. The only does seem to me expensive to extend library hours justification for them is aestheticappearance, to serve this need. The objection to study halls is and if that is valid, it is sufficient. that they are not supervised and are noisy, and There is also the problem of a complete divi- we sion of the flow of traffic at the second-floor do not solve our problem by them. However,apparently the sort of students this institution attracts level. Mr. McDonald pointed out that the wells does not pose the same kind of supervision problems cut the second floor in half, and if this doesn't coincide with your planned division,you may that others of us face. The study hall should work have a problem. out well in this location. MR. McDONALD: I did not call the wells intoques- Having an entrance on the ground floor does pose tion strictly on the ground of economy. I believe some control problems for daytime operation of the library. What is to prevent the student in the library in architecture and, if the wellsare justified aesthetically, then perhaps they can stand. My from coming down and going out this door during the criticism really is, on the aesthetic basis, daytime? I am assured that this doorcan be locked, more but I think not sufficient consideration has been given of a question than a criticism. to the requirements of the fire marshal. I suspect he will insist that the main artery be keptopen, and perhaps the solution will be panic hardware. Never- theless, it is a prominent entrance, and I wouldex- pect the architect to resist the unsightly panic hardware that has to be attached to the exit. There are a couple of minor items that I would like to mention. There is a cloakroomon the main floor just north of the stair well. This is a questionable feature. It is not in an obvious location and will not be utilized. I wonder if coat-hanging facilities could not be provided elsewhere in the building ina more general location. As in many of the buildings we haveseen presented at this Institute, we have fairly substantial windows to contend with. There is an emphasis in the program on the use of natural light. I share the psychological attachment to natural light, but I feel the sun can be troublesome in the library. What provision is going to be made for the substantial glass areas, particulailly on the east side of the building?

DISCUSSION Question: I have seen 22-foot square modules, 23- foot, 21-foot 6-inch, and 22-foot 6-inch. I have also seen a 27-foot square module. I would like more discussion on this subject. MR. McDONALD: So would I. I do not have any special wisdom to convey except that it seems to me that too few of us have grasped the fact that architects have been working with modules for years. There has been some harmony between the architectural modules and the building bay. I think that is the term that Mr. Heiliger used, and it is a good one. It avoids confusion. Comment: With regard to the wells that Mr. McDon- ald mentioned, it is fairly safe to say that it is 92 Problems in Planning Library Facilities Memorial Library degree in one; and the Mediaeval Institute gives the degree of Doctor of Mediaeval Studies. At the June, University of Notre Dame 1963, commencement exercises forty-five doctoral Notre Dame, Indiana degrees were awarded. The administration's policy is based partly on scholastic aptitude tests, partly on personal interviews and recommendations. The 1962-63 freshmen STATISTICAL DATA averaged 555 on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, verbal, as contrasted with a national average of 479, and606 Architect: Ellerbe & Company, St. Paul, Minnesota on the Scholastic Aptitude Test, mathematical, as Type of library: Academic contrasted with a 527 national average. Although Population to be served: 6,477 applications for admission continue to increase, Area: 429,780 square feet the undergraduate enrollment is limited to approxi- Book capacity: 2,058,650 volumes mately 5,500 students. We do not intend to grow, at Seating capacity: 2,997; planned for 3,345 least not according to present policy. It is expected Cost: $8,500,000 (tentative) that the graduate enrollment will be limited to about Cost per square foot: $19 (tentative construction 1,0Go bona fide full-time graduate students. There cost) also is a strong probability that only graduate students for whom the Ph.D. is the terminal degree will be admitted. PRESENTATION OF PLANS A number of special research programs are in Director of Libraries: Victor A. Schaefer progress at Notre Dame. There are the Lobund laboratories in germ-free life research, and the radiation chemistry laboratory which carries on re- VICTOR A. SCHAEFER search involving the effects of radiation on matter The University of Notre Dame was founded in and the behavior and properties of radiation. Also, 1840-42 by priests of the Congregation of the Holy there is the Mediaeval Institute; the Committee on Cross. It is in Notre Dame, Indiana, contiguous with International Relations which sponsors research in the northern limits of South Bend, an industrial cca- contemporary international political problems; an ter of 132,000 people, approximately ninetymiles East European and Soviet Studies Program; and a east of Chicago. As a metropolitan center,the area program in African Studies, expected to begin numbers nearly 175,000 inhabitants. shortly. The Maritain Center is devoted to re- Prior to 1920, the University included a prepara- search in the work of Jacques Maritain. tory school in which more students wereenrolled Today, the University encompasses a 1,000 - than in the college departments. Until 1929, anele- acre campus and comprises approximately seventy mentary school also was conducted on the campus. buildings of all types. The majority of the buildings Before 1920, a student could receive his entire edu- have been erected in the past ten to twenty-five cation at Notre Dame, beginning with the kinder- years. garten class. There is now an undergraduate school, the grad- Library system uate school, and the law school. The undergraduate school comprises the freshman year of common The focal point of the library system is the new studies with 1,462 freshmen and four colleges: arts Memorial Library of 487,935 volumes. Other librar- and letters with 1,721 students; engineering with804 ies in the system are: biology, 21,844 volumes; students; business administration with 929 students; chemistry-physics, 48,694; mathematics computer, and science with 496 students. The law schoolhas 7,536; geology, 3,000; engineering, 25,922; and archi- an enrollment of 138students. tecture, 8,339. The law library contains 63,306 vol- Total enrollment during the spring semesterof umes. As of June 30, 1963, the library resources 1963 was 6,477 students. In addition, there is a sum- available on the Notre Dame campus added up to mer session of six weeks, whichusually enrolls 666,856 volumes. about 3,200 students. The graduate school has an The total enrollment at the University will prob- enrollment of 827 full-time students, and an addi- ably not go much over 7,000 students. The under- tional 122 students are enrolled in the evening graduates will in all probability comprise about 75 classes. More than 90 percent of the students en- percent of the student body. The undergraduate ha:: rolled in the summer session are graduatestudents. been the center of our interest. The college library The graduate school consist:. of twenty-fivede- portion of the Memorial Library can seat nearly 44 partments. The M.A. is awarded in ten, theM.S. in percent of the total undergraduate student body. In twelve, the Ph.D. in twelve, the Doctor ofScience terms of total student body and total library seating, College and University Libraries 93 building is south. accommodate The general orientation of the the Memorial Library can at present One approaches from the souththrough a paved en- 46 percent of the student body. trance court. On the left is thetreasure room, and The researcher and the teacher lave notbeen auditorium-lecture hall. We will be overlooked in planning the building. Thus, 394grad- on the right the moving in on August 5, 1963.I think that the prog- uate students and faculty can beaccommodated in construction of the building is near a the high-rise portion. An additional 194faculty of- ress made in Library are miracle. fices in the basement of the Memorial On the first floor the simplicity ofthe exterior accessible without using library entrances. design. There is The program for the architect requiredthat a design is reflected in the interior accessi- an absence of moms orbarriers to limit the full use portion of the building, specifically the most of the collections by the students.The building is ble portion, be designed for the undergraduate.The long vistas are College Library, as it is called, is designed tohouse 315 feet in each direction, and the broken up by placement of stacks.Other view- books likely to be most frequently used becauseof ordinary tables. both the breakers are the cubicles and classroom oriented and motivated needs at We have a center entrance to thelibrary, and a undergraduate and the graduate level. library as a west and an east entrance. Wewill have revolving The concept of the undergraduate doors because the architect tells usthat the pressure limited collection of fixed size, meetingonly the would make it nearly undergraduate, has generated by the air conditioning minimum requirements of the impossible to open a regular hingeddoor. been considerably enlarged in theNotre Dame concept. The idea is to provide theundergraduate with a broad collection ofup-to-date library materials Main entrance such as can be found in the libraryof a high-quality liberal arts college. The College Librarycollection As you come in, on the right youwill notice four will be rigorously weeded andlittle-used books re- elevators and ahead of the elevators acirculation tired to the research library. Wefeel that this con- desk. Beyond the circulation deskis the bibliography cept of the College Libraryis essential to support center with divided catalogs. Thecatalogs on the the University's program ofacademic excellence. right wall are our collection ofnational and trade The undergraduate must beprovided with the books, bibliographies. This will be moved outfrom techni- services, and facilities which areessential for inde- cal services so that the books ortrade bibliographies pendent study and independent researchrequired by will be available for graduatestudents working in this program. bibliography courses. 1 On the left there is a carpeted area which is called the. new acquisitions browsing area. Ialways felt, durng my days at college as a student, that I Ford Foundation grant never got to see the books thatwent into the library. The University of Notre Dame is one ofthe first Therefore, we are going to have a display area. five American universities chosenby the Ford Foun- We intend to put all of our new acquisitions,exclud- dation for its special program ineducation. The ing bound periodicals and items of thatsort, as well Ford Foundation will give NotreDame $6,000,000 if as rare books in this section sothat they can be ex- the University obtains at least$12,000,000. Happily, amined by the readers. this goal has been exceeded. Ahead of the new acquisitions browsing area are The Memorial Library is 13 storieshigh, and the stacks comprising the pYilosophyand geography the entire building rises to a heightof 210 feet. The section, surrounded by reading tables.There are total square feet of floor space is429,780 square tables on the side in groups of double phasesof feet. The south phase of thehighest-rise portion is three's. They are not exactly carrels butcubicles flush from the ground up, andthere will be a granite with dividers. Our experience is that mostof the mural which will be constructed of140 different students like to study by themselves, and wehope kinds of granite from 90 differentquarries all over that the 52-inch-high dividers willprovide individual the world. A reflecting pool,7 feet 6 inches x 137 places. feet, is in the front of the building.The first im- Beyond this section is the art and music section pression you get of the building is oneof massive- with tilt-top tables. If you wish toconsult large folio- ness but a rathersimple design. The second im- size art books, you do not have tolean over them; pression is that you want to goaround the building you can lift the table top upand bring the books to to see some of the artworkwhich is underneath the you. Along the range ofstairs is a section for lan- cornice. The cornice extends9 feet off the ground guages and literature. floor; the forepart is granitepanels into which the We have a smoking area and afaculty reading art is sandblasted and filled withgold leaf. The art room. The faculty asked tohave the reading room is symbolism from theOld Testament. provided. If they read out in the open bay, theyfind

i 94 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

a to fai 1 L'a1,01 1i4G.,. 4.: s: .i.: 0 ..I.: A.,: 41:: .:1,: 41 RU:SY E2 A 572: 03 n 121411W'.117E 1-8 II a 2 C 1;11 .4., cga U0'14"e'00 00 In CO ea Cs qr:901.1e: BEE` Vg3E15COVC-1 is t:1Leaa - - oP IBM= 0_0 F44 ti C3' WEIN 1z7=1 C.Z1 d cae

I MAX CENTER SERVICE cPt) Its _1124RECEIVING } BIBLIOGRAPHICAL C1:1 1__I as cp a 113 1111 it! n as arf3 if U fEE== a AL TECHNICAL SERVICES',

a I .1 a O

Et n, 1 03 OS

DISPLAYL Ass *25 DISPLAY

%EST CONCOURSE ENTRY ENTRY TO FACULTY 111211011M 111111111110,.11 1.11111..1.1111,111111 TO FACULTY FFICE DISPLAY FFICE 1 I I 1 1 1 i a

ENTRY COURT a

AUDITORIUM 107

a a

Ellerbe & Company Memor.11 Library, University of Notre Dame First floor to have to break down and allow smoking throughout the first two floors. Procedures that someone is always at their elbow, asking, 'How am I doing, Professor?" In connection with the We are attempting to set up a procedure whereby smoking areas, we do not have any objection to smok- all librarian heads will be involved in doing acquisi- ing. Smoking could be handled by the engineering fa- tions, cataloging, and reference. We also hope to cilities of the building. At the moment we are a bit have very strong liaison with our faculty, the college afraid of the maintenance involved in supplying and of arts and letters, and the business administration replacing ash trays. I think eventually we are going school. This will be possible because we have 194 College and University Libraries 95 faculty offices in the basement, outside of library develop an undergraduate collection in science, or, jurisdiction and control. They are accessible to the as one of our faculty members calls it, a science faculty twenty-four hours a day with no need of collection for the educated layman. I am sure that going through the library entrances. Thebook col- we will not be able to do this as well as we would lection will not be accessible to the faculty. like tothat is, withdraw all the science books There is an unassigned space which will probably which are used by the undergraduates from the be used for our mechanical systems when we intro- branch libraries, withdraw all the reserve reading duce them in the library. We are going to employ a books from the branch libraries, and limit the programmer who is using the Univac1107. He will branch libraries strictly to research collections. start programming some of the library operations. Saying this and being able to do it, I am afraid, are At the beginning we are only doing this in connection going to be two different things. with circulation. We can seat 74 people in the audio center. They We have a lecture hall seating 300 and in front will be listening to stereophonic sound systems by of that a reception lounge. There will be an oppor- earphones only. Controls will be in another area. tunity for coffees or teas and to meet the lecturer We will have 74 listening centers and 15 channels, and so on. The hall is not intended to be an audito- either turntables, tape decks, or FM radio. The rium, but simply a lecture hall. It will probably system will be used to pipe music; not through the draw a crowd smaller than we can handle in the library, but up to the penthouse lounge, which is three auditoriums we have on campus and yet too something I will come to eventually. It also can be large and notable to put into a classroom. used to pipe music into the auditorium on the first The rare books room is divided into parts. floor. There are a number of display cases. There is a Most of the study rooms are for 4 people. There display room and reading room, and adjacent to are a few larger, and they happen to be that waybe- that the office of the curator. Below the reading cause that is the way the module divided up. When room is what we call our collection room.We ex- we were visiting libraries a few years ago, we were pect collections to be given to us, and we have advised not to make the study . oms too large be- promised donors that if they have enough rare cause one or two boys would be likely to get inand books to fill one section, we will keep them intact elbow everyone else out of the way. Therefore, we and put their name on top of the door. purposely made them the same size. They are all The area that we have on the first and second accessible from the center of the building, and so floors will house approximately 90,000 books. The we think that persons moving back and forth into the part of the basement under the treasure room area group study rooms will not bother the students sit- is for the University telephone exchange. ting in the open. We have a central main stairway. It is rather The service desks are a little away from the en- small, and I have raised questions about it. Along trance. We have a service and reference desk for the side walls are some double stairways. These the history section, the periodicals, the social sci- will go from the first to the second floor, and from ences, and the general sciences. the second floor they will lead to the outsim. It is In the periodicals area are T-shaped groupings a sort of a scissors stairway, but you cannot go from of furnitureperiodical indexes with raised shelves. one stairway to the other. We also have an emer- We intend to have only one file in each section; the gency stairway going into the corridor; it has a back files will be on shelving immediately to the closed door which is wired and alarmed. back. The chairs at the periodical index tables will The total seating capacity on the first floor is be swivel because there is a lot of coming and going 778. This is reader seats and does not include of- to the periodical indexes and we think that the moving fices. It also has a capacity of 68,750 volumes.. of chairs back and fortn will be noisy. There is a two-story lobby. As on the first floor, Second floor the large room is for a student smoking room, and the smaller room is for the faculty reading room. The entrance to the second floor is through the three communicating stairways, by the elevators, or Fourth floor by the main stairway. To the left is the history section. In the center are the periodical collections for The fourth-floor plan is typical. We have not this floor, and to the right are the stacks for the filled in all the stacks. We have put in only alternate social sciences and the general sciences. stacks. When completely stacked, each floor will We have not moved the general sciences into the hold 185,000 books. main building. In fact, when we talked to the physics We have closed carrels around the room. They faculty about moving in. they made a survey which are very small compared to the carrels that one indicated that the physics library should never be usually finds in a university library, but since we merged into the main library. However, we want to have offices for the faculty in the basement, we do 96 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

.11111.IMMUE -,11: '"' ", X m -...,.. JAN 44,4 tt:1 1.7 ..I SIMMONS R O 1±1 213 Z14 ;"""',, il . .. I.: .... .-....-.... 23vs 4-7- eri -Sri%And a a aTYPINGis a TYP1N G tri = In tin in in in tall:14 eti tti 131 C Nra. mi uu' tO "-- 6!i , tip in tIV er-1=1 ITTY4Nril $4 p ETZ ! 3 LTT. fa" fa" HIS St.PC 1AL tte4.1.2E Er'S 121147ttelFaTlIZI4 T t 1 31.3* T r T r r 3r7 w"re 7 7 7 2,` ta,p3.-ris t.74 '41 S.O.LIAL NEWSPAPERS Ga. tarat USINES RATLON t , ; 7.;7, ..eg g CLASS' ; ct,AssES 1. spo DaEl 0A it "- 11-1-rTIL2_t-1 n!..r1 5713 wc-c, GEOGRAPHY vr 4.3-ri ee CT T7-111=1 L! 1:1 -13: X7''7 crueAwe ANTHROPOLOGY :jPrritIPN41i: ET T-7. I M irr;rt:., =4. rtiDMS r-r 411..,11a. cuSt G VI 4- Ca t-Li-E-1 T.:1 0 0 0 .1.1. zs-T-.N115145- c. -TIP PING

U W.4912410; r 1---. r., z DD ."..A. Ill/E111 jnfl4:)...0 cg u10PM 0 C.:021 C: 77MXT. 0 c 800 g 1,,. mua=1 co.,a ie " a Of fb LOBBY a MM n 104404.0,,0-0,10-01 3.3 #13 O MC U- -TELni- M30 08 IA ?Dam,11110aN V.v.'isral 0 0 0 0 4,, 1 MIM MMIIMIl .., 232 FIC1 MB O g3 A 'A IN ME INI REST ROOMS ELEVATORS , n n JAN. ..,s4:1 L.t- = I - WOMEN

, ;1u 0 ca Eon ip 111 .E1:1 EEL a 883 01 a co o no b...., 003 - TCI"APHIC CI DO I. D PERIOD: GALS

C2:30a2 r

UrD.C.:D.e GENERAL SCIENCE ADM INIZTRATIVE CWSILV OFFICES AUDIO CENTER -1-4-

=Foam4-C

trt 471 :71 .:77.1 4-13 zLa

Memorial Library, University of Notre Dame Second floor locked carrels. The graduate students can take materials back and forth and sit at any desk that not think we have to provide offices in the tower. happens to be vacant. From our experience in our Consequently, there are only 45 square feet of present building, and from our discussion with li- which we think is enough for the graduate stu- brarians with whom we visited, we found that the dents and others working on research projects. frequency of use is very small. We think that we We are not going to assign the open carrels per- can get about three and four times the use by not manently. We are going to assign book trucks to assigning the carrels permanently. Also, from the graduate students who do not qualify for the what I see in the present building, where we have a College and University Libraries 97

few carrels, they are very untidy. I do not think MR. SCHAEFER: The total seating on the second this procedure will harm the graduate student. floor is 1,633. The volume capacity is 142,000 Those studying for comprehensives or those doing volumes. research papers for the master's degree can use Question: Do you have a closed reserve anywhere? this system without difficulty. MR. SCHAEFER: No. We have reserve shelves The sixth floor is like all the other floors, with along with all of the other books. We have been the exception that there are quarters for the archives. doing this for about eight years now. I don't We have rather extensive archives, and we have al- think we have lost any more reserve books in lowed room for plenty of growth. this fashion than we have in connection with the I would also like to point out that each floor has closed group. a seminar room which can seat 14 students. Some Question: What do you do when you have a run on of our faculty members had thought they could run one or two books? classes in these seminar rooms and thus relieve MR. SCHAEFER: I should point out that besides the the pressure on the undergraduate classes. How- normal equipment at each of the reference desks, ever, we made them much smaller so that we did there is also a locket: -door bookcase where we not have to serve any classes. As you know, can have books under control during special runs classes in a building such as this, with approxi- on the night before exams or something like that. mately 140 people streaming in and out all day Question: What is the ultimate potential capacity of long, would cause noise and confusion. the libraryhow many volumes? One particular seminar room on the sixth floor MR. SCHAEFER: The ultimate capacity is slightly has special construction because it is a seminar over 2,000,000 volumes. I should also mention room for the music department. It contains a slide that there are three floors which are now unfur- projector, a blackboard ruled with staffs, and also a nished. Our present seating capacity is 2,997 in spinet piano so that if students are working on pro- the entire building. When we finish off the other jected microfilm or manuscripts they can pick up floors and have more stacks and more carrels, the music on the piano. Other floors do not have this will jump to 3,400. this type of treatment. Question: What kind of floor covering do you have? On the twelfth floor we have quarters for the MR. SCHAEFER: On the first floor there is Arm- Review of Politics group. We thought, when we strong Rubber Tile, and on the top, as well as in planned this building, that we would be free of all the foyer, we have vinyl asbestos. the tenants. However, we not only have what we had Question: Do you have freestanding stackt on each but have likewise picked up one more in the process. floor? Do you have multitier stacks anywhere Other areas are for the European Soviet Studies and in the building? the headquarters for the Committee on International MR. SCHAEFER: No. Relations. Question: Had you considered multitier stacks as they did over in Rochester many years ago? DISCUSSION MR. SCHAEFER: Yes, we did consider multitier stacks, but we did not use them because we felt Question: I believe that on the second floor there that this building should be kept highly flexible. were some anchored tables; is that right? Question: What is the size of your bay? MR. SCHAEFER: Yes. Those are cubicles which MR. SCHAEFER: It is 21 feet 8 inches. are fastened to the wall, and the idea is the same Question: Where do you park the book trucks for as that of the partition. You will find the same the graduate students? treatment on the first floor, above the technical MR. SCHAEFER: They are on each floor. F services area, and also on the second floor in Question: How many professional librarians do you the lower left front wall. expect to use to service each floor? Question: What kind of book control do you have? MR. SCHAEFER: I have added fifteen new positions, MR. SCHAEFER: We have 6 turnstiles: 4 for entry which now gives me a total of around 47 profes- and 2 for exit. They will be connected by a mix sional positions on the staff as a whole, including which can be an emergency relief measure the branch libraries. and, therefore, serve as emergency exits if we Question: What hours are you open? require them. MR. SCHAEFER: We have library service from Question: As I understand it, you will have 4 people eight in the morning until ten at night, the library at the exit? !being open until eleven-thirty. We will probably MR. SCHAEFER: No, we will have 2 people at the continue with this procedure. We were also exit. They are right inside the revolving doors. discussing whether or not we should stay open Question: What is the total seating on the second until one or two o'clock in the morning. The floor? President would like us to stay open this late. 98 Problems in Planning LibraryFacilities

.5: 7i.-1<9. _°# 1

fffff a, .11. 5 E3 3-1-ill

MEMN IIIMIIMIIIMMIIIMIMMLI1111111=11I ammoh I Ea

IMIM.=.2111:1 t14-2.1 IF:f==c-. -FT- I-

=7.7T-ZICT_Ta

( 'IP

4 L.EdEt=7"- Ea=ala f>:-11MNIMIMMVEIM=I

111 =IMMIMIN=//1111= a--- :I=r:=EfEIIII ,,1111B IMINtIMIII1111M WINNI=MIi R=1=t=1=-4=1

11111M111to.I 1111" AIL

Memorial Library, University of NotreDame Fourth floor be open. We plan to have a staff of three persons who will patrol the building all day long inorder This would run afoul of disciplinarypolicy, as to see what is going on. Of course,whether or we have a curfew atmidnight. Therefore, I don't not we will continue this indefinitely willdepend know what the situation is. At thepresent time upon the financing. it is contemplated that wewill suspend library Question: The size of the cataloging and seating service at ten o'clock but that thelibrary will area, it seems to me, is comparableto that of College and University f.ibraries 99

lEz:;11f=1==f=i

IM'MnI=Mil=1=1INIMMM.MIN ------11E=3-__1.3- - -n-

I !

1 U IIMIMNIMMM ML 1111==MIIIM=MMMIMM

1-I mmilmumm ===MIMUM1Iiii

X . -

aweas - =11121 IIP=t=t=r=1=1=c 111

1MMMIIMMIIMMMMMMM aMMMILM -=Milli ------OEM= -spaMEM

I Memorial Library, University of Notre Dame Sixth floor acquisitions or recently received books on the left-hand side of the building. I think that is on the main floor; is that right? be the dominating building on the campus, and I MR. SCHAEFER: Correct. There was a very sim- think we have that. I don't think anybody will ple factor that influenced what kind of a building mistake where the library is or which building we would have and also our access to it. The the library is. It is not quite so tall as the dome President wanted to have a building which would but nearly as tall. However, it is beginning to 100 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

overshadow the dome. As you drive along the acts, we would not handle it that way.We have toll road, or come in by the main road, you built a baseball stadium where 500people go hardly notice the dome any more, which,of in through a series of gates, possiblyfour or course, has been our trademark inthe past. five gates. Of the 1,700 persons,theoretically, Also, because we have only one access, the who could be in the library at one time, how north road, we therefore have to groupthe tech- many do you think would comeinto the building nical services near that access. Thatis why we during the ten-minute class break? Could you have put the receiving and technical sex vices guess? Could anybody guess? Of course, I am areas about two bays belowthe north wall. not being critical of the building; I ammerely Question: What does the total project cost? attempting to use it as a basis for discussion as MR. SCHAEFER: Equipped and everything,I am to some of my worries. furniture MR. SCHAEFER: We had thoughtabout several told that it will exceed $9,000,000. Our of es- and equipment was $850,000, and thebuilding exits, but then we were faced with the cost started out at $7,000,000. Our President speaks tablishing extra control points. that you of the building as costing $12,000,000, but Ithink Question: As I looked at the plans, I noted he is adding to it all of the other costsinvolved had two revolving doors. How many people, at with regard to preparing the site and redoingthe a peak, do you think would comein between power house. As I indicated, thebuilding is air- classes? I am speaking now about those inthe conditioned throughout and, as a result, this did center area. Would you say thatthere would be class mean extensive remodeling andincrease of the 500 people coming in at a peak ten-minute power plant. We are going tohave a central air- break? conditioning system on that side of the campus, MR. SCHAEFER: Basing the numbersolely on the which will also be used for all of the other new number of students that come to thelibrary, I buildings to go up. I think that our President would say perhaps 100 at the moment. Ihope arrived at the cost of $12,000,000 on that basis. that this will increase; it will probablytriple Question: I am an architect, and I wouldlike to ask and quadruple. At exit time duringthe evening, what is probably a naive question. When onede- the passage of people is much greater.I should signs a legitimate theater, if it exceedsabout point out that, in addition to therevolving doors, 1,000 scats, it is not used because people would we likewise have fourhinged doors. rather watch television. In that sameconnection, Question: With 1,700 people here, let us sayat when does a library begin to reach a scalewhere lunchtimethey will not all interchange at that it will do better as two or three separatebuild- time, but would not the number thatdo be a ings? milling mass of people? MR. SCHAEFER: I am sure I do notknow. As I MR. SCHAEFER: Of course, when we saythat we pointed out previously, the undergraduateswill are building a librarythat will seat 2,997 people, always be the predominant population on the we likewise have the strengthof our convictions campus-70-75 percent, according to the present that there will be 2,997 people usingit. Obvi- policy. However, as to what thepresident or ously, however, we are not buildingfor today but faculty directors in the future will do aboutthis, for tomorrow and, therefore, I suspectthat if we we have no way of ascertaining.I do not know get half that many today, we willbe doing well. whether it is cheaper to have two buildingswhen Comment: But this lobby has already beenbuilt in, connection you have $9,000,000 tospend or not. There is a and it would be difficult to change in great deal of interchange between theundergrad- with future patterns. You see, to thearchitec- uate collections and the graduate andresearch tural way of thinking, a building thattakes 1,700- collections. The collections were not exclusively 2,000 people needs a kind of milling-around designed for one use alone. I am sure that allof space of some dimension.This would have to you have senior students in yourcollege who be pretty large. Perhaps Mr.Metcalf can com- were possibly better equippedfrom their fresh- ment on this. man year to use research materials thanperhaps MR. METCALF: This is not just aquestion of 1,700 some entering graduate students. Wefeel that people. There are nearly 4,000 peoplewho will insofar as the cost of maintaining collections come out at this oneexit and through this one is concerned, insofar as the cost of maintaining place. a building is concerned, thislibrary fulfills the MR. SCHAEFER: The only entranceto the library purposes we had in mind. proper is right here,and we do have 2,997 people Question: I am the second uninitiated architect here. in the entire building, includingthe carrels and I think that what bothers the previous speaker facilities for study. We will have toadd several and myself is the fact that if we were designing a hundred office people in connection with ourof- theater and we had to run 500 people through an fices and those of the Institute. entrance during a ten-minute periodbetween MR. METCALF: This is a veryimportant question. College and University Libraries 101

I do not know the answer. I know that in the La- MR. SCHAEFER: Obviously, there are several ways mont Library, where we may have 1,400 persons of building a library. I disagree with the state- in the building at one time, we arranged for six ment as to this great mass of people milling doors at the front and three at the side. This around and creating a lot of noise. I just do not gave us six check-out points. Of course, wealso buy that. As you come into these various areas, know that it takes longer to go out than to go in, you come up on lifts and then, if you aregoing to because you have to check as you go out. How- work there, you mainly sit there and you leave ever, at Harvard we have never had to usethe by the same route. If a person is in another part six. The most that we have ever used has been of the library and desires to go upstairs, he four, and I think it is very unusual even to use comes up only at the end in which he isinterested. more than three. Generally, itis one entrance You do not have to come down through the central except during the rush hour and Saturday after- stairs or use the elevator. noons. We have purposely left some of our aisles Question: How long does it take to check out? I pre- rather large so that the traffic pattern which the sume you are opening brief casesand receptacles student should take would be fairly obvious. If of that nature. You know that in the theatertick- he is coming off the left section, he then takes ets cannot be taken in fast. either the elevator or the nearest stairway to MR. METCALF: It depends on how you do the the next area he desires to visit. If he has to go checking-out. This is a very important factor. to the central area, he then goes through the I think that there should be at least four check- lobby, which is about 2,000 square feet. There out points. I would not want to get along with will be a merging of these various persons, but less than that. there will be a moving-around which is not going MR. SCHAEFER: We can put in an almostunlimited to bother other people. number of check-out points in addition to the Comment: I would like to second the concernabout desk which is there. For instance, if we have a the movement of people within a space in which great many people checking out, we candrop one readers are attempting to study. Baldwin- of the cords and make a more or less portable Wallace College has a library which is laid out check-out point there also. on a principle similar to the one wehave just MR. METCALF: I likewise think that your problem seen. It is a modular plan withinterspersed is complicated by having these revolvingdoors, areas for reading and for stacks.I spent a day which, of course, take up more space than a regu- in that library watching what happened,and I lar door. Of course, you have plenty of room. came away very much concernedabout the in- Forty-two feet is certainly enough if you can use terference which takes place as soon as a single it all for doors. However, you have reducedthat person moves in a space wherepeople are read- amount of space by having the revolving doors. ing. It is very disturbing. Question: There will be hundreds of people going in In that particular library, a single person and coming out of there. What would be your ob- merely coming to the desk to ask a question in a jection to a stair which could be used to go tothe low voice caused 40 readers to look up. This upper floors and thus relieve partof the drain on likewise happened anytime that anyone moved. that lobby? Now, this was in a library that was soarranged MR. METCALF: I am sure the objectionwould be that it was possible to control the reading space that you would simply have to have another check- from the desk. out point. I think this is a serious question and some- Question: I would like to raise a question about the thing which has a bearing on all modularlibrary second-floor plan. The thing that disturbs me is plans. I am less concerned about large masses that you must have 600-700 people walking back of people moving about than I am aboutindivid- and forth here all the time. I think it is allright uals who, by the slightest movement, appear to to say that these people are at desksthatthere disturb others in the area who are attempting to are only a few disturbed.However, what do you read. gain by this enormous concentration?Could not MR. SCHAEFER: The service centers are very this wing be on another floor, thus forcing the well isolated with shelving and things of that students to go down into a common check-out? sort. We have an overhang at the deskwith two As it is presently arranged, there will bealmost chairs in front so that students will not have to a continual flow back and forthall day long. Is shout to the librarian, but can carry on a con- there some reason for this great concentration versation in a modulated voice. We think that on this wing? Is it not possible tobreak this up the size is going to cut down a lot of the noise into units on different floors rather than creating because, at least on the second floor, you are this great mass of space, with gallopingcrowds dispersed over an area of some 90,000 square all over the place? I don't understand it. feet. To make yourself heard over that spacing, 102 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

I think you are going to have to raise your voice to a considerable pitch. The person studying down at one end does not know what is going on at the opposite end, which is some 445 feet away. MR. METCALF: I would like to say that I am very glad we have had this discussion. There are three questions involved. The first question is that of getting people out of the building quickly and without having a huge crowd in the lobby. The second is a question of getting people out of the building in connection with a circulation and traffic pattern so that they will not disturb others as they move around. The third is whether you can actually have a building of this size which will not be so complicated that its use will be discouraged. I think that these are three major problems which require careful study. I am not ready to suggest an answer for any of them, but those of you who are building very large libraries must keep all three in mind. Comment: There is one other problem I would like to bring up. I believe we have to keep the masses out of the research collection and have, rather, an expandable collection for the undergraduate students. I believe this point has been overlooked. MR. SCHAEFER: If we have a top-notch collection of 200,000 volumes on the first two floors, we see very little need for masses of students to use the research collections. This is why we planned a large area, so that we can have a large undergraduate library and keep it separate from the research collection. We can close this area off if we desire, but we must try this method first. The solution may be like waterthe students may seek their own level. Maybe they will want to go to the tower. However, I do not think we will have to legislate them out of the tower. If we have to, we can program the elevators so that they will be restricted to particular sections. College and UniversityLibraries 103 addition. The Uni- Library volved in the planning of the new University of California versity of California has anumber of campuses. There are seven at the moment,with three more in Riverside, California the development stage. TheUniversity campus at (Increment No. 1) Riverside is one of the smaller campuses.It was first opened in 1954 as a collegeof liberal arts, and was literally an experimentin this massive university complex. STATISTICAL DATA Some thought had been given tothe idea of having Architects: George Vernon Russell& Associates, a small liberal artscollege in a more or less rural Los Angeles, California setting, with a maximum attendanceperhaps of 2,000 Type of library: Academic students, giving almost tutorialeducation within the Population to be served: 3,350 scope of a huge stateuniversity. In 1950, a chancel- Area: 52,658 square feet(first increment) lor was appointed, and plans werebegun for a small Book capacity: 300,000 volumes(combined campus at Riverside.This was formerly the site of buildings) the Citrus Experiment Station, oneof the world's Seating capacity: 865(combined buildings) famous research organizations insubtropical horti- Cost: $1,070,000 culture. The Station had a campusof some thousand Equipment: $170,000 acres outside of Riverside.A portion of this was allotted to the college of liberal arts. There were certain delays as aresult of the PRESENTATION OF PLANS Korean War. However, by1954 the college was opened in a complex of five buildings, oneof which Librarian: Gordon Martin librarian was the second per- Architect: Hideo Matsunaga was the library. The son appointed to this newcollege campus. By the

GORDON MARTIN at this institution, I am no longer the librarian Riverside but for the last four yearsI have been intimately in- University of California Library, Architect's rendering of ultimate library facilities

115/.Lab t

ratalb-.0 I ,

:21'I 1*.

George Vernon Russell & Associates

F: 104 Problems in Planning Library Facilities the archi- time we opened the library, we hadapproximately were talked out ofit, and had to present to and tects a building which wasnever intended to belarge 30,000 volumes, a capacity of about 150,000, to expand efficiently. no plans, really, to gobeyond 200,000 volumes. and ask them to figure out a way maximum stu- The wing (on the oldbuilding) was originally in- This was to be the limit to serve a It is now used dent body of 2,000. When we openedthe campus, it tended as a periodicals reading room. as such butultimately will become a reservebooks contained 132 students and I think somethinglike 90 it faculty members. The enrollment did go up,and we room. We will openit at night; in other words, now have about 2,000students. will be open twenty-four hours a day. By the use of However, by 1959, the board of regentsdecided an internal wall we can sealoff the rest of the build- that this was rather expensiveeducation. The River- ing and leave the reserve room as an empty,lighted side campus, as well as the othersmaller campuses study for use of students living off campus. Santa Barbara and San Diegoweredetermined The outdoor reading rooms were designed in con- general campuses. They were to havegraduate train- nection with the original building, and they arequite ing and possibly severaldifferent schools on each of attractive, containing plantings and so on.Unfor- the campuses. This caused quite ashift in the plan- tunately, they are rarely used. There are notenough ning for the entire Riverside campus,particularly trees to shade them properly. Studentsdo not find it in connection with the library. comfortable to read in the outdoor areas. Also, The library building was built as alow two - story there is quite a lot of wind, and the originalbuilding structure and intended to have anadditional wii:g at did not provide for enough wind shield. On theback some future date. There was noidea of housing any of the building we had to add sunshades to thewin- large number of books or readers.During the past dows. It faces east, and in the morning the sunbeats three years, the program at Riversidehas included on the windows. seventeen fields for the master'sdegree and fourteen The problem we face is shifting from a small fields for the doctorate. We had toshift our ninking liberal arts college, with rather limited services considerably in the acquisition of booksand provision and completely open stack collections, tothe possi- of services in the new library. bility of serving a quite heavy graduate enrollment The Riverside library, at themoment, has two in a very large campus. This is theproblem we branches. One is a physical sciencelibrary with a turned over to the architects. capacity of about 10,000 volumes,located in the science building separatefrom the University library. HIDEO MATSUNAGA The other is in the new library on thesecond floor. I think that a brief history of therelationship It is the Citrus Experiment StationLibrary and num- between our office and the University of California bers about 30,000 volumes. Futureplans for it in- at Riverside should be helpful. GeorgeVernon Rus- clude location in a separate wing ofthe new college sell, a Fellow of the American Institute ofArchi- of agriculture building being plannedfor the River- tects, was appointed as the consultingarchitect for side campus at the moment. There are noplans for the Riverside campus in 1959. One of ourfirst as- the de- additional branch libraries. signments was to prepare a master plan for Mountains are to the back of theRiverside cam- velopment of the campus for a future enrollmentof pus. A freeway is the mainlink between Los Angeles, 10,000 students. directly east of Riverside, and thePalm Springs des- The campus at this time was only six yearsold, ert area to the west and south.The campus occupies but both site and buildings 'lad beendesigned for a acreage on both sidesof the freeway. maximum of only 2,000 students. Planning objectives for the larger campus were oftenlimited by these existing facilities. In the master plan, the First addition library serves as a focal point for planning, andthe The present addition will be step number one. campus was designed around it as itsheart. Two further additions are to come at somefuture The commission for the first addition to the li- date, the next one perhaps at about 1967. The total brary and for a schematic master plan for the ulti- complex is designed for 1,000,000 volumes and ap- mate library was awarded to our officeafter com- proximately 2,600 readers. We wish to avoid what pletion of the master plan for the camplis. We have happens to sc many libraries that addsmall sections also designed the humanities building, the theater at a time. They end up with anonfunctioning building complex, and a residence hall for 800 students.Cur- which they may have to abandon and beginagain with rently we are designing the life science addition, design these a new building. step number two. We feel fortunate to When the 1959 decision was made to turn the major structures incorporating the manyprinciples Riverside campus into a general campus, wecould of design and planning included in our masterreport. not see any reasonable way ofexpanding the library. Riverside, as you may know, is in the semidesert, We wished to abandon the building. TheUniversity, arid interior of southern California where rainfallis however, hardly ever disposes of abuilding. We minimal, and is subject to F.:Tvere desert winds. The Existing Library Increment No. 1 .....,^ ...a/1 Future Addition

*AO andPlanUniversity future of existing addition of California library, addition,Library, Riverside .1 I 106 Problems in Plannin,g Library Facilities region is likewise rich in Spanish history.Such an glass. These small windows, we feel, are sufficient environment calls for the use of covered walks and to give the occupants an awareness of the outdoors arcades, water in pools and fountains, small and and still eliminate the solar problem in the library. large landscaped courts, and sun control on glass The first and second floors of the addition are on the areas facing the sun. Shade andshadow become same level as the original building and arecontinuous. important planning tools. The original entrance on the old building was closed, and a new entrance with all of the related fa- Master plan cilities was designed into the first increment of the addition. A bridge spans a lower-level patio. This Although the immediate need for library facilities connects the entrance to an arcade featured in the expansion was the step number one addition, the Uni- front of the building. The Spanish heritage of he versity officials concurred with our master plan re- area is expressed in the arches andis repeated in port that the ultimate structure should be schemati- other new buildings on the campus. cally designed tr ensure orderly incremental growth. A detailed project program for the first increment Functional areas was given to us, and the 1,000,060-volumeultimate library for the 10,000-student campus was estimated The ultimate library is divided into three func- to total 220,000 square feet, based on California tional areas with controlled access and segregated state standards for libraries. The original 40,000 - circulation systems. The staff area includes all the square -foot building was to have 180,000 square feet work areas and offices. The research stack and car- added; in other words, it would become five times rel areas are closed to undergraduates and accessi- its original size. The library also would house ble only by a controlled gate. The rest of thelibrary 300,000 documents and provide seating for 2,600 is designated as the undergraduate general seating students-25 percent graduate and 33 percent and stack area and is open to all students. Small undergraduate. reading areas are interrupted by stacks and can be The biggest problem in planning the ultimate rearranged as the needs arise. library was the original structure, which was de- The undergraduate area, due to the higher density signed for very different enrollment objectives. It of seating, is limited to the first, basement, and sec- was only two stories high and of very modest scale. ond floors. A vertical circulation normally will be Expansion was possible only to the south, with a only one floor up or down from the entrance floor for multistory structure. It was apparent that the origi- the majority of students. A basement-level land- nal entrance would be inadequate and in the wrong scaped patio was created, with glazed windows locationtoo far from the center of gravity. The facing the patio to create essentially two ground design of the original structure, its one- and two- floors. The covered walks which lead awayfrom story wings, could not be adapted to a 220,000 - the arcade in the other direction areeventually to square -foot structure. tie into the balance of the campus. The original building will be face-lifted to conform with the new structure. A similar precast Design process reversed panel will be installed around the existing portico. The usual process of designing the addition to There will be coverings for the windows,and a re- conform to the original structure had to be reversed. flecting pool will be added. Trees likewisewill be The new structure was designed within the frame- planted to create a cool, shaded patio. work of the master plan. Changes were recom- The new building is five stories high,with only mendea ift)th inside and outside the original structure four above the ground. The first floor is atthe base- to make is more compatible with the addition. ment level. We excavated alower-level terrace and The ultimate building is designed as a five-story will create a second ground floor. By puttingthe en- structure for incremental growth. Unfortunately, trance to the library at the centrallevel, which is due to the site limitation, this expansion is in one di- the first floor, we have eliminatedwalking up two rection only. The structure is Type I construction floors for library services. of reinforced concrete with exterior walls of precast The first increment of about 52,000 squarefeet concrete panels. Those on the south and of the first is nearing completion. The Universityis now re- increment will be demountable and reusable on sub- questing additional funds for alteration of theoriginal sequent additions. The secondary wings are designed structure to make it conform with the masterplan. for brick, thereby aesthetically tying in with the orig- MR. MARTIN: On the first floor wewill have a inal building. All floors are supported by columns large undergraduate reading roomconsisting of based on a module of bookstack ranges and compart- practically all of the original building, the re- ments, permitting sensible use of space on any floor. serve books room operation,the new entry foyer, Windows are kept to a minimum, being narrow lobby area, circulation desk, cardcatalog, refer- slots between concrete panels, glazed with dark gray ence department, periodicals,and more reading . 4

a UltimateUniversity basement of California Library, Riverside II tr .1111'. II' 1,0, 1 i "II 1IA 44J6104:42 I IIII111 +411 I 'Low! - O. .0. 1 .4.04 11111111 ..11111 - ' (hot oat 10111 its1St 11/11111111 Illitoto. Alt.i10104, 111101611 ION I I VINO NINO it CI tm i a. I ortio1 011 2 kw CIIttLiI allgar to FM11 II' (t1(11114,, 1(1{ 4 61141 It'41/44 Ii o ttttt I 1111titot 111.1019MLOON 111111 to t. 111 4 11111,011119 C1,11111 i1111141 119 4-1-, .1`65;$54, W111114, '11.11 "13 I I' 00 LI It al Id if OK I t. It lilt! It 11Sit Ilt t000 -1ere-e. Is IL tit.. 1111911,1119,110 4111111 11a11111, 11110:41111111 1 ti1C1.1. 11 II N Immo eve... 6. IMO IMO. AO.* OIMINIO C 1 1 1 '5 . 1 1 1 5 5 51 55 67- -."L". M "Torto,01.111 ..'"" II -'...' 11111M1 4 _ps _,11 TM (III fit It 119 tit la& 1:111C,111t16991111111c0h 1,5II/ Ow +, Attic .III IDIA 1 .1 M stitt,,tathilIC,ICi t. 1.11tItt 1111(.011 till 011. I - 1611, $," 1(1 . r7 hi I UltimateUniversity first of Californiafloor Library, Riverside III 111111 t 41t115 Ill )01 flit - 7,o1 o sr, r " It'Al: 01.11410 1%, I 11.11 It' 44 VII WolfVito . 141 .1.01

mremetwareffrAm.,...mtraumet9 .virrp2.0.917fflempuininTrinT F 1, 11, 1 IF 11 .1,1 ,I 4.1 amiwi Met.% 4 CILIJILS 41 11 4001 40411 I If 100N14 441, O41'

u - U - UltimateUniversity second of California floor Library, Riverside 110 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

space. The whole top of the building, at this area will include the only staff members in the point, is processing departments. upper part of the building during our present In the original building, most of the basement operation. was not excavated. The only portion that was we The fourth floor will, in separate increments, have used for storage of material and mechanical house the agricultural library temporarily on equipment. In the new addition, the basement is the north. This will be separated by walls from completely excavated, and it will be throughout the other part of the building so that this branch the rest of the building. The plans for the step of the library can operate independently. The number one addition include a new periodicals science and agricultural collections of the Univer- reading room, serials department, microfilm sity library will be housed in the other half of reading rooms, two small group studies for 6 that floor. When the agricultural library moves students, a typing room, and the serials depart- out, which we hope will be in 1966, we plan to ment office. In the ultimate expansion this would use that space as a special collections area. continue to be undergraduate reading space. In the next addition the periodicals reading room will go back up on the first floor, where we DISCUSSION think it ought to be. Temporarily, it is going to Question: What is the bay size on this building? be located in the basement, accessible right in- MR. MARTIN: It is 221 feet by 21.8 feet. side the main entry by a staircase going down Question: In relation to the check-out, did I under- directly to it. stand you to say that one guard would try to The second floor of the building has, at the control both aisles? present time, a microfilm reading room, a small MR. MAR".1N: Both aisles, yes. listening room, and an office for the government Question: Does he check brief cases and so on? documents librarian. These will be removed MR. MARTIN: Yes, we are doing it now and it after the step number one phase has been com- works very well. We had quite a serious prob- pleted, and the whole area opened to stacks and lem in the original building with book losses, readers for essentially undergraduate reading. because there were two entrances and exits The smaller rooms include a staff room, typing with no provision for control. When we got to room, and the offices of the Citrus Experiment the basic point where the losses in books were Station Library, which we now call the agricul- costing more than it would cost us to hire a tural library. These will be used as seminar guard, we hired a guard, and the losses have rooms in the conversion. diminished. The new portion will include mostly tables, a Question: Is there any provision for storage few carrels, and a great many stacks for large, shelving? bulky collections. We plan to put in a nonbearing MR. MARTIN: I am sorry I did not mention this. wall separating the research stacks from the un- In the basement, where the serials are, there dergraduate collection. are also unbound storage shelves which provide We hope the check-out station will be large for 16 units of drawer-type compartment storage. enough and flexible enough to satisfy all the re- This will be used mainly for large collections quirements, at least in the early stages. We feel that we might acquire with no immediate time to one guard can take care of two linesof exiting process. Of course, such collections are some- students. Another guard stationed along the other thing that we anticipate in addition to our normal line of traffic could be added later. Graduate 25,000-volume increase each year. At the pres- students and faculty would come by the desk to ent time we are about 30,000 volumes in arrears be checked in and then use the elevator to go to on cataloging, largely due to a lack of staff. the upper floors of the building. There is practically no control by the staff in the upper levels, and provision is largely for individual seating. Patrons would have access to a collection of perhaps 800,000 volumes eventually and would come down from the stack areas, past the same control point, to check out their materials. The undergraduates would have free access to open stacks in the presentbuilding on both floors, and on the basement floor and the second-floor level of the newer portion. In the third-floor rear we will house the government documents collection and also a workroom for the documents librarian. This Public Libraries

THE PROGRAM The scope of your program needs to extend beyond what you have been accustomed to doing, because what you have been doing is serving the needs with the facilities that you have. Programming is an Programming before Planning accumulation of decisions, and on paper it becomes a reflection of what you know that you would like to HURST JOHN, A.S.R.A. pursue. Planning is putting these decisions to work, Columbia, Missouri in the way of bricks and mortar, plans, specifications, and instructions. Its philosophy is the objective look. Panel Discussants: Harold Roth, Director, East Orange Public Libraries, East Orange, New Jersey Responsibility for planning Clarence S. Paine, Chief Librarian, Lansing Responsibility is that which is assigned by the School District, Lansing, Michigan board to the librarian; by the librarian to the archi- Frances Flanders, Ouachita Parish Public tect to pursue the needs of the job; and by the archi- Library, Monroe, Louisiana tect to the consultant to serve the needs of the librarian to complete the job. And whatever is being done is not sufficient until there is understanding among those who are working at it. HURST JOHN The unfortunate thing we have is the word "compromise." We call it compromise whenever we do For the want of a nail the shoe was lost, not complete a job. It is not a compromise neces- For the want of a shoe the horse was lost, sarily when you change your mind, if you have a valid For the want of a horse the rider was lost, reason for doing so. It is a compromisewhen you For the want of a rider the battle was lost refuse to think the problem out, test it out, and work And so on. You know the story. For want of a it out. decision, for want of an idea, for lack of preparation, Virginia Young wrote a pamphlet entitled, The a service can be lost: library service, architectural Trustee of a Small Public Library, andin it she service: any service. It starts with a decision. It makes a very valid statement: "He assumes the re- starts with an idea. Where do you go to coordinate sponsibility of his position."' The same as everyone all of these ideas, all of these services that you have else should do. In our own project in Columbia, I rendered, and project them into what can be five, would like to translate for you the steps we took and ten, twenty years from now? the way we approached the problem. The beginning of the building project started when the library in the community was first put into service. All the needs of the library which have accumulated should be represented in your program- 1. Virginia G. Young, The Trustee of a Small Public Library; ming. To put these needs into words, you turn to No. 3 in a series of pamphlets of the Small Libraries Project your program team. This program team can be a (Chicago: American Library Association, Library Adminis- consultant, an architect, the librarian, and a board. tration Division, 1963), p.1. 111 112 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

The decision of the librarian to employ the ar- ple, the type of programming I am doing at the chitectural firm prior to the programming, site lo- present time is not being done on paper. Our pro- cation, and the employing of consultants, was ques- gramming is being done in terms of an entire set of tioned by other architects. There was doubtabout existing local conditions, which have to beinvolved the desirability of this move. I do not agree.Many in the whole matter of whether or not wewill get a architectural firms do not receive a chance to pro- new library, an enlargedlibrary, or be detained gram. Either they draft the workwhich has gone just exactly where we are. before, or they have to remodel the work after the Incidentally, I want to emphasize the importance librarian's mind is fixed and the plans are set.So of the local conditions in anything that youdo in the an architect is not required,but a draftsman. way of programmingand/or planning. I am not so worried about the difference between building acol- Architect as coordinator lege library and building a school library, asI am with the areas in which these build.3 are to be An architect is a coordinator. He is a master built. This is because the problems thatexist in a at blending paper ideals with materialsand site. highly urbanized community in the East arenot the The whole scope is his field if he isdoing a job. He same problems that exist in thewell-laid-out, mod- cannot be isolated and put on the jobafter the site ern community in theWest and Middle West. is found, after the program is written,after the gen- Just discussing the fact that we need a building Perhaps eral details of the project are worked out. is programming. Programming istime to instill you should educate your architectalong with the rest the concept. This is the stage we are at in program- of the team, and let him educate you.Find a respon- talking him ming. We are promoting this, pushing this, sible architect who is willing to learn, and teach about it in as gentle a way as we can. a little librarianship so thathe knows more than the mechanics of what you are trying to do. The architect signed a contract with us for ser- CLARENCE S. PAINE vices, and in this contract we were to employ the Mr. John mentioned the team in this program- consultants. We chose the consultants together, ming: librarian, architect, board. I amgoing to though final decisions belong to the librarian.Then introduce a new member of this team. When I went this team dealt with the librarian's program,the to Lansing, I inherited a citizenscommittee whose consultant's recommendations on that program, the members were planners. This was a committee of architect's reaction to that program, and aninformal 90-100 interested citizens who had beenworking for divided on two study which had been done independently,dealing five or seven years, and they were with the flow of services within thelibrary. things. They were divided on the site and they were Phase one of several steps toward thebuilding is divided on how to finance it. Should it be pay-as-you- the program. It is an analysis whichrecommends go, or a bond issue? size and site but contains no plans.Once the analy- We finally arrived at a program and a charge to and we enter that community and its special committee.First, sis is reported, the site is contemplated of special stage two: site study and development. the committee was divided into a number Site planning is a step that too often even the ar- committees: a special committee onlibrary service chitect wants to get past, because it takestime to co- to children, a special committee onlibrary service ordinate and to study what is likely to happenten or to business and industry, and aspecial committee fifteen years from now in traffic flow andother fac- on library service to thehandicapped, including tors of this nature, which must beworked out with eight or nine subcommittees. your city planning commission.We are at this point This was the charge: Each of the special com- in our own project. mittees, as a result of its studies and with the as- architectural sistance of the staff consultant, was asked tofile a Last January I suggested to the Citizens committee that the enthusiasm and interestand ob- report with the executive committee of the vious pleasure of those participating inbuilding in- Committee on Libraries answering the questions: forum, a CI stitutes made me realize that here was a 1( "Why and to what extent is this facetof library central discussion, where objective thinkingcould service, which was assigned to the committee be put to work in programming, or evenbefore for study, needed in Lansing?" programming. I have asked three librarians to re- 2. "What materials, equipment, and specially spond with their experiences. trained personnel would be required toimple- ment those services?" HAROLD ROTH The definition of programming asgiven by Mr. Upon receipt and approval of the severalspecial John does not quite agree with someof the definitions committee reports, the executive committeetrans- is essen- mitted these to the librarian who, with theassistance I have seen, which say that programming interpreted the tially all the steps involved in planning.For exam- of the library staff and the architect, Public Libraries 113

reports in terms of physical plant space, orientation, ners went way out in left field to get that struc- and equipment required to carry out the program of ture built. services recommended. In other words, they answered the questions, "How can these library services be most economically and effectively provided?" and "How much will it cost?" The result? A superb document filled with excellent, highly imaginative ideas, 90 percent of which were acceptable. Here the citizens were tell- ing their fellow citizens what was needed. Moreover, it greatly broadened the base for a bond issue which was to follow, and alleviated any great controversy over site.

FRANCES FLANDERS Just seven years ago, the people of Ouachita Parish approved a bond issue for the construction of library buildings for the Ouachita Parish Public Library System. The board of control of the library asked for $700,000 to be used for the construction of three buildings. Before the bond issue was scheduled, time was spent reading, studying, and working out the estimates of the size and cost of the buildings needed. The bond issue was approved in August of 1956. Work began immediately on programs for the three buildings, so that they would be ready when the architects were appointed. The programs opened with an introduction which explained the purposes of the building, the type of site needed, and the general standards for lighting, air conditioning, acoustics, and the like. They stressed the necessity of planning the interior of the building before the exterior. Next came a detailed description of the space needed for each activity and the purpose of each space. Last of all was included a summary of the floor space needed. The architects studied the programs carefully, visited a number of libraries, helped in the selection of sites, and drew up the plans. The buildings have been used long enough to prove that they were good plans. The buildings serve the purpose intended, and the people of the parish are very proud of them.

DISCUSSION Question: How much do future trends and future needs play in your part of the program? MR. ROTH: We are trying to stress the fact that regionalization is the coming thing, although it has never existed in Essex County. MR. JOHN: The libra-:ians and their trustees should help their architects and their consultants think in terms of something more than what is now being done. Look at the structure that is still useful seventy-five or a hundred years from the time it was built, and realize that the plan- 114 Problems in Planning Library Facilities Federal Aid Programs for Public Lhe $41,000,000 has been repaid tothe fed.eral government. Library Planning and Construction Our experience in all fields has indicated that the best investment that can be made with respectto H. A. FAGERSTROM planning is adequate findings from studies carried Public Facilities Operations Officer out over a period of sufficient time. If this isdone Housing and Home Finance Agency in orderly fashion, voter approval for bond issuesis Chicago, Illinois generally secured with less struggle. The projects cover the whole gamutof public works facilities: sewer facilities, water facilities, municipal buildings, street improvements,drainage In the thirties many events occurred which facilities. Yet, very few of the projects havebeen changed the relationship between local and municipal public For ex- for library facilities. Priority of need of entities, and state and federal governments. projects is a problem. Libraries,unfortunately, too ample, the federal government embarked on anation- improvements alle- often fall low on the local list of public wide construction program aimed primarily at desired or necessary, and this is why librarieshave viating unemployment. During that period oneof the Planning do the proj- not come within the area of the Advance big difficulties was the time required to program to the same extent thatother types of pub- ect planning. Although there was money,authority, and legislation, the hours required to planthe proj- lic buildings have. ects, finance the projects, and arrange thelegal details consumed so much time that it took atleast Loan program eighteen months to start the project. This experience generated thought as to the There is another type of assistance available. value of advanced planning. At the close ofWorld Eight years ago Congress appropriated money for War II, there was a fear that there would againbe assisting municipal entities in the construction of widespread unemployment, resulting from thede- necessary public works and facilities. Again, the mobilization of the war activities. The Advance type of facilities constructed under this Public Fa- Planning Plan came into being as a part of the De- cilities Loan Program was limited to sewer works, mobilization and Recovery Act of 1944. water works, and municipal buildings of various The ground rules for review and approvalof kinds; no libraries were constructed. requests for advances have not changedmaterially. The Public Facilities Loan Program was geared In essence, any municipal entity is eligible toapply particularly to the smaller communities and was infor a planning advance provided it demonstrates tended to make financing available in those instances (1) a need for public works; (2) the legal authority where it was not otherwise available by reasonable to plan, finance, construct, maintain, andoperate interest rates. The Public Facilities Loan Program the public work proposed; and (3) financial capacity guarantees to the applicant a bid for the bond at par, to finance the cost of constructing thepublic work. with an interest rate not to exceed the prevailing A planning advance might be referred to as an rate approved for the year. interest-free loan in the amount of funds necessary For a community with a good financial reputation, to advance the planning to the pointwhere the project this is no bargain. General operation bonds can be can be fully planned, or to thepoint at which con- sold by most communities at an interest rate more struction bids can be solicited. Thisinterest-free desirable than this. But, in isolated communities, loan is repayable when the construction program tliis rate allows the civic officials to sell their begins. bonds without rediscount and makes financing of the On the national level, more than 5,000 applica- project possible. The Public Facilities Loan Pro- tions have been received, of which about3,500 were gram is a program, then, that makesavailable loan approved. That figure may be misleading, because money for construction purposes. For the most some of those which wedisapproved Ntv ere subse- part, this program will not particularly apply to li- quently refiled in more accurate or more complete brary facilities. There may, however, be exceptions. form. Of the projects planned, some 900 actually were Public works program placed under construction and the advancesrepaid to the federal government. Ineffect, then, the money Another program was developed last fall, known appropriated for Advanced Planning becomes a re- as the Accelerated Public Works Program. This volving fund, which can be used again and againto was a crash program, developed primarily to assist plan other projects as those initiallyplanned are economically distressed areas, with respect to alle- placed under construction. In terms of dollarsand viating the immediate employment problem. It is cents, this involved over $41,000,000;$19,000,000 of not truly a public works construction program, be- Public Libraries 115 cause the emphasis is on creating employment at MR. FAGERSTROM: The Midwest ten-state area the local level rather than on the construction of represents about 25 percent of the population of public corks. Under that program we have received the United' States and, therefore, the figures eight applications for construction of library facili- quoted for this area were just about one fourth ties in the Midwest. of what they are from a nationwide viewpoint. A prerequisite to the construction of any project The $50,000,000 and 5,000 applications were under the Accelerated Public Works Program was national figures and covered all types of projects. that the project should be able to be placed under Comment: With Advance Planning it seems as if a construction within 120 days after receipt of funds. drowning man receives assistance as he ap- This meant that only those projects for which plans proaches the shore. You lend the money on as- had been completed or were far enough along to be surance that the money is available for the build- completed quickly were eligible for consideration. ing. If one had the money to complete the The Accelerated Public Works Program did pro- building, he wouldn't need it from the Advance vide one thing that neither of the other programs did. Planning Plan. It actually made available a grant of 50 percent of MR. FAGERSTROM: There would be little point in the cost of the project, so that if the community were advancing money for planning a project of any able to finance 50 percent of the cost without too type just for the sake of developing several rolls much delay, it was in a position to get its library of blueprints and specifications. The demonstra- constructed at about fifty cents on the dollar. tion that is required is capacity to finance the To sum up, there are three programs for finan- cost of the project. cial assistance available from the federal govern- In order to obtain authority to issue the ment at this time for construction of library facili- bonds, you must convince the electorate that you ties. One is the Advance Planning Plan which need to spend the money. This is where the Ad- advances funds for planning purposes. The second vance Planning money may help your project. is a loan program. Projects are approved under The public do not wish to move until they know this program only 1.f the loans appear to be sound what they are going to get for their money. They and if they can be repaid without undue hardship to would like to see some floor plans and se..te cost the community. The last is the Accelerated Public estimates. Works Program which provides grant funds. Re- Question: Will yot. advance money on a project if it quests for the grant funds far exceed the appropri- has the bonding capacity? ations available. There are more than 1,400 appli- MR. FAGERSTRCM: Yes. We have not asked if you cations in the office requesting grant funds. have authorized the bond, but if you have the authority to authorize it. Question: What happens if you borrow $100,000 from DISCUSSION the federal government and the project falls by Comment: The area redevelopment program, the the wayside? program with which Mr. Fagerstrom just con- MR. FAGERSTROM: If we advanced you $100,000 cluded his remarks, has had forty-two requests and you completed the planning, you have already from public libraries throughout the country for paid that to the architect. The advance does not grants in the last year. Of these, about 50 per- become a firm debt until the project plan has cent have been accepted. About $2,100,000 has been placed under construction. It is a continu- been involved in these matching grants. The Ad- ing and contingent obligation. vance Planning Plan, the first program to which Question: Do you know any reason why the Public Mr. Fagerstrom referred, has had about $300,000 Facilities Loan Program could not be used for in funding for library projects, and there were libraries? about thirty library projects involved in these MR. FAGERSTROM: There is no reason why it can- planning funds. not be used, except from a practical viewpoint. Another federal program which has some Normally the type of security applicable to a li- relevance to people interested in building is the brary building would be a general obligations Surplus Property Disposal of the federal govern- bond. In most instances, general obligations ment. This program has been in operation since bonds can be sold to private investors at an in- the late 1940's, and about twenty-six parcels of terest rate equal to or better than the interest land and property have been ceded to local library rate that we charge for loans under that program. authorities for a total value of $600,000. There Since the Accelerated Public Works Program is a Federal Post Office Renovation Program in precludes the construction of any educational fa- operation now, which means that there will be a cilities, the question has been raised about con- good many federal post office properties declared struction of a library that serves a municipal surplus across the United States. purpose as well as a school facility. If the li- 116 Problems in Planning Library Facilities brary facility is intended pi imarily as part of the school system, as an educational facility, then it would not be eligible. But we recognize that a situation might develop where a library would be held jointly between a municipality and a school and serve both. Question: Does this Advance Planning cover such items as consultants' fees? MR. FAGERSTROM: Yes, with one reservation. Advance Planning funds are not intended to pay for cost of planning accomplished prior to the time we enter into agreement with you. They are not to be used for feasibility studies, or for surveys intended to determine whether or not you should build a project. Question: What determines the top limit of your grant? Is it a percentage of estimated construction? MR. FAGERSTROM: This would be the general formula. There is no top dollar amount, because the cost of planning normally relates directly to the estimated cost of construction. For preliminary planning, which would carry a project up through its schematic design phase, this could vary from l- percent up to 12 percent of the construction costs. The normal fee for planning up to the point where you can advertise for construction bids would probably be between 4 and 41. percent of the estimated construction cost for the project. Question: Is there a time limit within the fiscal year for submission of plans, or is there an ongoing year-to-year program? MR. FAGERSTROM: This is an ongoing year-to- year program. Each agreement we enter into, however, does stipulate that the applicant will submit completed plans in X number of calendar days in order to eliminate procrastination. Question: In what period of time would the community be obligated to repay the federal loan? MR. FAGERSTROM: If you are requesting money for preliminary plans, we will think in terms of five years if necessary. If you are asking for an advance to cover complete planning, then we would like to have reasonable assurance that you are thinking in terms of constructing the project within the three-year period. The obligation to return the money is dependent upon when you place the project under construction. Question: Will this plan apply to additions to libraries as well as to new construction? MR. FAGERSTROM: Yes, additions are equally eligible. Question: Is there a secondhand post office list available? MR. FAGERSTROM: Generally, this information is available through an office in each state capitol that works closely with the Office of Education. The list is not limited to buildings. It includes filing cabinets, typewriters, and desks. Public Libraries117

Role of the Architect, Engineer, Relationship with architect and Librarian in LibraryPlanning Another important function of the librarianin the building process is assuming leadershipin associa- A Panel Discussion tion with the architect. Theresponsibility is really that of the board, although thelibrarian should exer- Moderator: Frederick iVezeman. Associate Profes- cise considerableinfluence. For example, one of sor, Library School, Universityof Minnesota, the basic decisions that has tobe made is whether Minneapolis, Minnesota you want a large or asmall firm. Panel Discussants: Lester Stoffel, Librarian, Oak Any libralian who is considering a newbuilding Handbook of Professional Park Public Library, Oak Park,Illinois should read the Architect's Practice.' When you go to see the architects, see A. Chapman Parsons, Librarian,Alliance Public what they have done. Talk to the ownersfor whom Library, Alliance, Ohio they have built buildings. Ask thearchitects what is quoting. For in- James Hammond, A.I.A., Hammond& Roesch, to be included in the fee they are stance, question whether theyprovide full-time su- Chicago, Illinois pervision on the job, or if the engineeringfirm is William Fyfe, A.I.A., Perkins & Will,Chicago, actually part of the architectural firm that youare Illinois going to use. You should be sure that the architect youinter- view is the exact one with whom youwill be working, because you are hiring the architecturalfirm on the basis of that interview. Personalitiesdo enter into LESTER STOFFEL your decision and, if youend up with somebody else The role of the librarian in thebuilding process working from the firm, you may notbe very happy is a very complex one, and ingeneral terms we with him. should say he is the owner. However,he has to re- There are three controllingfactors in building: member that he represents thelibrary board, as cost, size, and design. Thearchitect should have well as the taxpayer himself.He must be responsi- freedom in at least one of these areas.In public ble for pruviding leadershipin any building program. libraries the architect cannot begiven freedom in Yet, he also has to exercise aconsiderable coordi- cost. Since size is determinedby cost, he cannot nating function with thearchitects' board. be given free rein here, either.Therefore, if he The librarian, before he startsto construct the wants freedom with design, heshould have it. Yet building, must first know what hewants. You can freedom here, as it is everywhere,is limited, and start by discussing whatthe building should contain the library must curb thearchitect's freedom to a and what kind of services youshould providewith degree. For example, architectslike beautiful in- p,ople in the community, with theboard, with the terior walls. Librarians havebooks to put on them. staff. You can read the professionalliterature that is available, and you canvisit library buildings all over the country,which is a very excellent wayto build libraries. You A. CHAPMAN PARSONS find out how and how not to Though we have not yet discussed the preliminary should determine the desirablepotential service begin with community. All of these factors plans and final working drawings, I will you can offer to the the role of the librarian in construction.It is impor- are essential in writingthe program, which is a is going to the principles, re- tant that you make sure that the architect statement of your philosophy and provide supervision. if not, then youshould write quirements, and liraitations thatwill be used as a the architect and the into his contract that he provide aclerk of the works basis for collaboration between for you so that somebody represents the owner on librarian in the development ofplans. Information contained in this statementof pro- the job at all times. We asked our architect, during construction,for gram should include siteselection; location of the from the various contrac- building; capacity for books, readers,and meetings; a monthly progress report of working tors. These reports were submittedmonthly with capacities, locations, and relationships the certificates of payment as they came tothe board, rooms; the equipment to goin them; the people to whether the building and were then checked against thepreviously sub- work in them; the problem of mitted construction schedulearranged bydates- should be air conditioned or not;and the potential budget with which you will beable to operate. The program also shouldinclude the relationsaips of the various areas, with efficientarrangement for minimum supervision.In addition, every librarianwho 1. .tmer/can Institute of Architects, Architect's Handbook of is thinking of buildingshould &tidy the local zoning Profess.onal Pr.64,11,:e, formerly, i:andbook of Architectural 1963). ordinances. Practfce (Wasaington n. C.: re Institute, 118 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

and the probable payment to be made that particular It is a good idea to collect sketches and photos of month. This enabled us to invest our money, and particular items of furniture that might be needed. reinvest our money, for shorter periods of time. It These can be placed in notebooks and indexed by also helped the other members of the planning team, item and by manufacturer. Later one can compare because they knew the dates toward which they were items of furniture and specifications from the differ- working and what stage at construction the building ent manufacturers. was in at all times. During the construction of a building, the architect issues change orders for alteration to be made Specifications in the building. The librarian should review these Specification writing is a critical time in the change orders very carefully, because they may planning of a building, and this is a job for the expert. increase or decrease the cost of the building. In If you retain an interior architect or consultant, you many cases there may be sizable amountsinvolved may request that he write the equipment specifica- in the change orders. tions.. Guidelines for Library Planners' gives some It is important that the general contractor pro- basic considerations for the writing of specifica- vide you with a list of his subcontractors within ten tions. days after the contracts are signed. It is the archi- The first point is to know what you want and why tect's responsibility to check on the qualifications you want it. Determine what is needed to do the job of the subcontractors for the owner. satisfactorily under the circumstances in which it will function. For instance, in general you know you want a charging-in desk. In detail, which units do Furniture layout you want, and then in final detail, what dimensions and what specific line? Secondly, you should know The librarian is responsible for the furniture what is available. And, finally, you must reconcile layout. He may share this responsibility by engaging your needs and your wants with the available equip- an interior architect or a library manufacturer de- ment. sign group, or he may decide that he and the staff In translating your needs into written snecifica- would like to attempt this layout. Regardless of who tions, there are three general classifications you does the planning, layout should be planned in the may use. The first is the open specification, which earliest stages of the building, with the cooperation is just a description of the item that you need, with- of the architect. If a library consultant has been out reference to any brand. The second type is the hired, he may supervise the layout. brand-name specification, wherein you actually de- Furniture layout is made by drawing furniture scribe the item you want, the dimensions, and the right on the plan as soon as you can get a floor plan specific company and catalog number for that item. from the architect's drafting desk. In addition to The third classification is the modified brand- thic: type of layout, we used a planning board with name specification, which is accompanied by the de- magnetized furniture. scription of the item and the special feature, perhaps For our building we retained a library consultant a modification of the standard item. Be sure that who helped with the building and with the supervision you get quotations on the modification to see if you of the layout. As you are doing the layout, you can afford it. should also be compiling an equipment list along You should write good, clear specifications to with the basic cost data for each item of equipment. be bid. In many cases the brand-name specification Equipment costs are from $2 to $3 a square foot, or is the best type for the nonexpert, because it estab- from 12 to 20 percent of your over-all building cost. lishes quality in the specification. At the same time you may want to compile a list of the old equipment that you intend to .ise in the new building. You should make notes as to whether it is JAMES HAMMOND to be refinished or repainted and any repair work The architect must know and understand the that it needs. Also, the probable cost for these al- broad objectives the library has, the type of service terations should be listed. it is going to give to its particular community, After the entire layout is completed and the fur- whether it will eland on this site or whether there mture is numbered directly on your floor layout, you will be branch libraries, the details of technical lune- begin with specifications. The number on your lay - cat is used for each item in your specifications as it is issued. 2. Sol Le': 7n (Rail po School District No. 2, Spring Valley, Selection of furniture is quite often a compromise; New York), 'Wrung Specifications for Library Equipment,' but you want to 'Le positive that compromise does not Gmdarnes joi Ltbra? y Planners (Chicago. American Library in:pair the function of the intended library service. Association. 1960), p.119-21. Public Librario.- 119 tions within the libraryeverything about this partic- WILLIAM FYFE ular library. In other words, the architect must be- Jim Hammond has directed our attention to the come practically a member of the library staff in necessity for careful programming, and has indicated his spirit of understanding. The librarian, while he how this kind of planning gets transmuted into a liv- must respect the architect's rJfe, should participate ing building. Yet the beautiful plans that are on in the development of the planning to the extent that, paper and in our minds still have to be built, and by the time the job is over, he almost thinks he him- this takes more special know-how, technical knowl- self was the architect. edge, experience, and ability. I shall talk briefly about the architect's role dur- To illustrate this dual character of the architect, ing programming and design. For the best interest I recall an incident at a meeting in Montreal a few of the library the architect should be involved very years ago. A questioner wanted to know if a client early in the game. He should help in establishing should meet with the architect in his office or at the the budget, especially if there is a bond issue. Also, owner's place. It developed that what this questioner the architect can be very helpful in other ways. As had in mind was that by visiting the architect's office, an example, he can assist in defining the architec- it would be possible to determine if there were paint- tural engineering requirements for site. ings on the walls as well as college degrees, if there A very important point cf this relationship is were flowers in view as well as state licenses. The that there should be one person within the library architect's diploma and license on the wall, like your who is a central point of responsibility and policy doctor's, are evidence of a training and a certain decision. He works, of course, with his board, but competencein the case of the architect, to design he should be the one central point to whom the ar- and organize building procedures. But, at the same chitect can turn for real decisions. time, "flowers" in your building are important. Another vital requirement is the development of From time to time architects have tried to a systematic program. People think the architect verbalize their position and services. With your begins his job with sculpturing and elevation, but permission I am going to refer to Facts about Your actually he should be involved for many weeks in Architect and His Work, as published by the Amer- programming with the librarian. This participation ica.. i,.stitute of Architects.3 Architectural services can be very helpful in the architect's understanding ar usually rendered in three consecutive stages. and quick development of a design. The first stage is preliminary services, and this has Space relationships, details of equipment, the re- been discussed. The second stage is working draw- lationships of certain areas to the public, needs for ings and specifications. These are precise legal air conditioning, and special book areas, are some documents binding the librarian as well as the of the things to be considered. In this way, the ar- contractor. chitect and the librarian are working intimately to- These, briefly, are the services generally ren- gether, and it is a tightly knit joint effort. dered in this phase of the work; The architect de- During the preliminary design period, however, velops the preliminary drawings into worit:.7.4 draw- the architect should be left alone for a little while. ings. Included are all the technical information It takes time to tring together the many facets that requisite fur accurate biddin3 and final construction, are going to make this building plan. To exploit the as well ae drawings essential for architectural, site effectively, and to organize the program require- struct.:ral, plumbing, heating, electrical, ventilating, ments efficiently, take time and ability. The test we and site improvement work. have for the successful development of the concept He prepax es general specifications which state of the building of a library with which we are involved the conditions under which construction will be cat:- is when we get down to a very simple solution with ried out, including insurmca requirements, bonds, few basic elements, then we know we are on the method of payment, and related nontechnical matters. track. Another aspect that is important is that nei- He prepares technical specircaticns describing the ther the architect nor the librarian should have any typ.3 a.--A quality -.47 materials, their fiz-dsh, and the preconceptions as to building form. manner and piazes in which they are used. He The architect mast be conscientious about costs assists :a obtaining approval cf controlling govern- and should be sharing a barometer of cost all the mental agencies,Mere necessary. way hrough the project. He cannot be on the team of construction, 'out he does have a very definite ..-.z,gineerinE role of archited responsibility. The librarian, on the other hand, Ozr topic was "Role cf. the Architect, Engineer, must give the architect total control of all the visual aspects of the environment he has created. The ar- ar*.! Librarian is Library Planning." So far, the en- chitect should be iatimately involved in the furnishing plan: the selection of the furniture and the choice 3. AzIcrican Institute Pi Architects, Facts about Your Arclu- of colors. He should have a part in the landscaping. and lizs Work ZWastungtm, D.C.; The Institute, 1959). 120 Problems in Planning Library Facilities gineer seems to have been slighted.Unquestionably just says a professional person -working with an- the role of the engineer is important, evenvital, to other professional person. What we are trying the building. It is just as vital to the finalend prod- to find out is what is the architectresponsible uct of a good building that these services areinte- for? design. MR. FYFE: The first thing I think weought to get grated as a very real part of the building with This process of integration is a two-waystreet: clear is that the architect is working for and make a prod- the principles of the various engineeringskills and you as a professional. He does not the engineer's detailed knowledge of theskills. At uct and sell it. This is a very definitedistinction the same time the architect has a graspand a con- between his service to you and that of the general cern for all the engineeringskills, and they become contractor. design. As architects, we The contractor, through the workingdraw- a very real part of the legally to have begun to learn to make our building astress ings and the specifications, contracts structure. But we have a long way to go toassimi- produce a building in accordance with thosedocu- skills, such ments. You contract with the contractor to pay late all these many other engineering The architect is no as air conditioning, and getthe design to grow out so much money for doing so. of these components of the building. more eager to have the roofleak than you are; On completion of the working drawings and but these are things he does not guarantee,be- specifications, the second stage of services is com- cause he is not the builder.If he is competent, pleted and the third stage, business administration, his drawings and specifications willcoordinate begins. Services during construction include assist- all the things you need in the buildingin the ing with proposals and contracts. In thesupervision proper way, and will guaranteethat they are just of construction the architect generallyrenders the what you need. following services: MR. WEZEMAN: What are the rangesof architects' fees on new work throughout the UnitedStates? Advises on the qualifications of prospectivebidders MR. FYFE: They vary from state tostate and from Assists in preparing proposal andconstruction con- type of work to type of work. Afactory has a tract forms, advertising forbids, receiving and very low percentage of cost.A library gets into opening bids, and awarding contracts a higher percentage. A verycomplex building Checks shop drawings and samplessubmitted by the will be still higher. contractor The percentage of final cost of the work, exe- Makes periodic inspection of the constructionwhile cuted, plus certain stated expenses thearchitect the work is being done incurs, like travel, is one type of payment.This As an architect, I must take exceptionto the is the one with the range of 6-10 percent. statement made earlier that you must get your ar- Another method is a fee or percentage of his clerk of services, plus all of his expenses. Inother chitect in this contract to agree to have a actual ex- the work. This is not normal procedure.You are words, you pay the architect for his asking him to spend money he should bespending on pense, and then a percentageof his fee for his other services he can render you better. profit and overhead. It is difficult to give a definitive answer to a nondefinitive problem. MR. STOFFEL: I think one of thearchitects might clarify the role of the architect once thecontract DISCUSSION has been assigned to the contractor. Question: Is it customary to pay the architect as MR. HAMMOND: The architect mustbe the agent everything much for a new building as for a remodeling? for the owner all the way and control should vary to the client's best interests. He mustalso pro- MR. HAMMOND: The architect's fees construction phase. according to the complexity of the building and tect the contractor during the might Is that what you mean? the size. For a very large building they contractor and be in the 10 percent rate. MR. STOFFEL: You represent the MR. WEZEMAN: On the basic fee, 6-10 percent the client? MR. HAMMOND: Yes. But ourclient is the owner, what does the architect provide for that? the owner. MR. HAMMOND: The architect provides program- and we are primarily interested in ming service with the librarian in the early MR. FYFE: After constructionbegins, somebody phase, design, and working drawings. Theextent has to decide if the contractor hasactually met the the specifications and workingdrawings. Gener- of the construction supervision varies with In fact, he size of the builciing and the complexity. Itwould ally, this devolves on the architect. and is judging his own work, andit puts him in a not, probably, involve furniture selection recognized landscaping. quasi-judicial position which has been Question: If you r'ad the standard contracttoday, it in the courts. There is recoursethrough arbi- tration, usually, or in the civilcourts. The architect has to decide whether thecontractor actually did function in accordancewith the contract documents. Question: This relationship betweenthe architect and the librarian is far lessimportant than the relationship between the librarian andthe decorator, because the decorator deals withcolors, drapery, and upholstery thatmany people sit on i or look at every day. It is important to havean interior decorator on thescene. Sometimes a community wants to hirean architect to build a library, and thengoes to a library school to hire a librarian who isgraduating in June, saying, 'Let's startnow, and we will have a nice graduate and a library." Now, does the architect say, "Waita minute until you get a librarian?" Or doeshe go right ahead and start constructing the building? MR. FYFE: Some yearsago we were put in pre- cisely that situation. The librarianwas not a professional librarian, andas architects we had been retained to do the job for the building.We convened a panel of librarians, city planners, and architects. We sat around the tableand discussed in some detail whata small community should have. If you do not want to do that,then I suggest a library consultantcan do what the librarian would do. Comment: In a similar situationa librarian could not be hired at the moment, so the statelibrarian acted in that capacity. Thus,we had a professional acting for the librarian interest.

! 122 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

THE LIBRARIES library building in two stages: first, planning an addition and, secondly, replacing the present building with a new structure. This plan was adopted by the board; an architect, Mr. Perc Brandt, was hired; and plans for the addition, stage one, were prepared. Manitowoc Public Library When the plans for the addition were presented di- Manitowoc, Wisconsin to the city council last December, the board was rected to investigate costs of an entirely new building at another site. The council felt that the estimated cost of the addition$350,000would not be STATISTICAL DATA using the tax dollar wisely. If the cost of a new building was not too much above that of the proposed Architect: Perc Brandt addition, the promise was to include the library build- Type of library: Public librarymainbuilding ing in a spring bond issue. Thebuilding plans pre- Population to be served: 32,275; projected to45,000 sented here this evening were thus designed during Area: 28,638 square feet the following six weeks. Book capacity: 113,200 volumes The plans for the new Manitowoc Public Library Seating capacity: 164 were designed for a downtown parklocated on the Cost: $419,900 main two-way street, carrying traffic east and west Equipment: $69,000 into the main shopping area. The park is well lo- Building: $315,000 cated in relationship to the business district, the Site: $35,900 (landscap'ng, architect's fees,etc.) county buildings, and the post office. The site meas- Cost per square foot: $11 ures 300 feet by 250 feet. The area tobe utilized by the library building will be 116 feet by 180feet, with the building placed near the street and facing PRESENTATION OF PLANS north. A driveway and parking lot to the rearof the Librarian: Mrs. Barbara Kelly building will be provided for staff and delivery pur- Critic: Roger Francis, Librarian, South Bend poses. It is not necessary, however, toprovide Public Library, South Bend, Indiana patron parking as there is adequate on-street parking in the area.

MRS. BARBARA KELLY Cost estimates Manitowoc is located in eastern Wisconsin on After these plans were drawn, our architect es- Lake Michigan, eighty-five miles north of Milwaukee. timated that the new construction would cost While the community is the shopping center for $315,000, with additional amounts of $69,000 for nearby agricultural areas, it is an industrial city equipment and $35,900 for landscaping,architects' concentrating on aluminum products, shipbuilding fees, and contingencies. This is a total of $419,900, and repair, and malting concerns. which pleased the city finance committee and as- The Manitowoc Public Library serves only the sured their support for a new building rather than city of Manitowoc, population 32,275. Although there for an addition. is no county library service, Manitowoc is the county In our building program we stressed the following seat, and plans have been considered for county ser- points: vice through the Manitowoc Library. This hasbeen taken into consideration in the library's building 1. It was extremely important to have all public program. service areas on one floor. The Manitowoc Public Library was founded in 2. A central control point was needed in order to 1900, and moved Mto its Carnegie building in 1903. provide as much supervision as possible with a The building contains 13,400 square feet offloor minimum staff. space on three levels. While thebuilding exterior 3. The adult department was to have an open ar- remains imposing in appearance, the interiorleaves rangement in order to allow flexibility of much to be desired. At the present time,through the services. use of drawer-type stacks, some30,000 adult non- 4. An inviting browsing area that could be seen from fiction 13oks are condensed into the areadesigned the street was the "must" of one of our board for 11,000. The library board, recognizing that this members. was an unsatisfactory solution topart of the problem 5. A meeting room with seating for about 100 was of crowding, hired a consultant tc, conduct abuilding desirable. Here there was some resistance by survey in 1959. Mr. Frederick Wezeman recom- some members of the city council who felt that mended that the board consider replacing thepresent the city should not be providing meeting space. .140T EXCAVATED BOILER VENTILATING P ROCAS 5 1 NG NOT EXCAVATED NOT EXCITED 3 TOrk.A43 E 9 TO R...P403E. BasementManitowoc Public Library Pcrc Brands 124 Problems in Planning Library Facilities Carnegie build- to locate the new one likewise. It hasthe use of the 6. With the imposing stairway to our the adult ing in mind, we stressed aground-floor entrance. separate children's entrance. The hall to Also, a separate entrance for thechildren's de- department can be closed for evening meetings. partment was planned, to be usedmainly when Boys' and girls' rest rooms can also serve the classroom visits were planned. meeting room. The workroom is placed so as to in Manitowoc furnish control of the department during off hours. 7. Air conditioning was not necessary floor, since the temperature seldomreaches 80°. Our present children's room is on the second 8. Open shelving for all thebook collection was and the department wished to continue the practice of an individual desk in the new building. desired. The mezzanine concept is a holdover from our The adult department is on theground floor. It plans for the addition, yet it provides an economical is 90 feet by 116 feet and has10,440 square feet. method of handling a book collection. Alsothere is Book capacity, including themezzanine, is estimated a quiet study area there whichis highly desirable. at 70,000 volumes. Thecharging desk is located to The Manitowoc Room is a bonus provided bythe ar- give good control of the lobby,the entire adult de- chitect as he planned the ventilating system. Itwill partment, the rest rooms, and accessto the offices. give us a room for local history andspecial collec- There is a workroom adjacent tothe circulation tions, as well as space for small committeemeetings. desk, which is designed to serve thereference The basement area houses the boiler andthe ven- department in addition. tilating equipment. This is the storage areafor adult The browsing area is located atthe front of the and juvenile extension work. The technical process- building, and extensive use of glassis planned for ing area may not be large enough, but itshould not this part of the building. Thisshould be no problem, be too difficult to change the north walllocation. as it is a north exposure.The reference department This is our plan. We hope it is going tomaterialize. and card catalog are very nearthe circulation desk, which is important for a librarywith a small staff. ROGER FRANCIS Shelving is planned for a referencecollection which The total area provided in the buildingtheseat- can reach 5,000volumes, and a special section will ing capacity, as well as the bookcapacityis appar- be designed for Readers'Guide and other services. ently adequate for the anticipated service to be The young adult section is planned 2s aminimum rendered in the building. In fact, it exceeds the area for a type oftransitional library service. requirements that Fred W.lzeman spelled out inhis Hence, there is only a smallbook collection and 4 survey of the building a few years ago. tables. It has been placed at the rearof the building, On the first floor, in the periodicals area,there in order to dispel the idea thatthe library is only is a solid wall where it would be nice tohave more for students. The section is nearthe reference de- glass along the front of the building. Thelibrary's partment and the recordingscollection, both used location in the park will bring it up to the sidewalk. heavily by our students.Incidentally, our record- Thus, an open frontage for people to seeinto the ings collection is mainly abrowsing one, but it is building, if the street is heavily traveled,would be uncertain whether the present locationwill be satis- much better. The windows need not beclear to the factory. ground, but could have low shelving along thefront, Space is provided in theneriodicals section for perhaps three shelves high, with a ledge todisplay 220 current titles with back issuesto be shelved in books to the people passing by outside. the mezzanine directly above.The public rest In the children's room, in front, there is asolid rooms will be controlledby key. The receiving wall in the center. Here, again, ::ompleteglass room is located fordelivery, and will also house seems more satisfactory. The :wo setsof windows library supplies. The booklift will servethe mez- look rather small. Mrs. Kelly tells me thestaff zanine, for shelving purposes,and also the technical wanted to get more wall shelving, and this was one processing center directly below. way they thought they coulddo it. The adult section is satisfactory, exceptthat the Children's department reference section might be moved closer to the pe- The children's department is a room36 feet by riodicals collection. One tier of stacks couldbe left from the refer- 64 feet, providing 2,304 squarefeet. Its book capac- to separate the periodicals collection ity is 13,500 volumes, and seatingcapacity is 44. ence area. One of the problemswith this suggestion be a corner near the is that the staff would be gettingfarther away from The picture book section will both the door to keep the three- andfour-year-olds from the reference collection if they had to cover causing a commotion as they enterthe room. The service desk and the reference collection. along the front of Another problem is the youth section. Theteen- reference section is to be located blind corner. This the building. agers are in what appears to be a is used most heav- might pose some problems, since this area is next As our present meeting room My ily by our children's department,it seemed wisest to the stairway that goes up to the mezzanine. , bOOK1401511.V..11 l'UTUILL 0111 ..811110 In= MO amo - 11111111111111111.11.111111.1111111111116 pAr1/4Kulci ClAik.AVE 1=i a U etI t... sTNcess: I RS-C.14V *Ng ow woo wow OM Om =Is . rf 0111h . 'It C. HA RAI GATALOg ON, ManitowocFirst floor Public Library .111 PLO SW 11 IE. a O 13 90' P6P.,i0DIC^1.3C:1 CIS 126 Problems in Planning Library Facilities suggestion would be to move the youth department attached to the rear of the activities room. It would into the reference area and make the back of the add to the cost, but it might be worth consideration. building the stack area. In connection with the mezzanine, consideration should be given to moving the youth study area to Administrative areas the front of the building. As it stands, the young people are next to a stairway where they can run up Now we turn to the administrative and the non- and down. Also, on the mezzanine, there is a quiet public areas. The men's rest room is just opposite study area. It is a long way from the adult circula- the desk. The women's rest room is located so that tion desk, and the line of supervision would not one has to go into the corridor, past the librarian's cover much of it.If the mezzanine is fairly open, it office, and by the business office for access to it. might be well to rearrange the location, placing the Since the room will be controlled with a key, perhaps study tables along the edge of the balcony so that the this won't be as much of a problem as it might be. staff on the floor below can supervise. It might be wise to turn both these facilities around a quarter of a circle, and have both of the doors opposite the desk. DISCUSSION It is not anticipated that the children's room toilet facilities will be controlled by keys. My first Comment: It seems that no matter where the teen- impression would be to turn those facilities around agers are put in a new library, no one is com- a quarter of a circle, and have both of these doors pletely satisfied. open into the children's room. As now located, they MR. FRANCIS: It might be better to have the study do provide facilities for the activities room. area at the rear rather than forward where the The staff will get quite a workout if they have to lounge area is. The lounge area was placed there go from their workroom or service desk to the base- so that patrons could look out the window onto the ment storage stacks for material. The stairway park. But this, again, is a rather isolated area might be arranged to open into their workroom, if some distance from supervision, and my sugges- they are the people who will be using it most. Also, tion would be to move it over to the side. I as- there should be a door at the back of the children's sume that the youth room is a recreational room workroom; into the staff corridor. Otherwise, if and that the students use the adult collection for the staff wish to use the staff facilities, they will their actual schoolwork. If this is their recrea- have to go around, making a longer trip.It might tional collection, this is one reason, maybe, that prove wise to combine the librarian's office and the you put it to the side. It is not an incremental board room, since the latter is used only infre- part of the library, as adult research and study. quently. I have seen a building in which the young The activities room seems long. If it is to be adults department was located in the front win- used for large public meetings, fine. But if it is to dow. In the mid-morning, to all intents and pur- be used primarily for children's programs, isn't it poses, the library was vacant. In our planning, a little large? If the windows are going to be there, we made it very clear that we did not want the they should be open windows, since this is a park high school section up at the front where people location and there would be a pleasant view outside. see empty tables and chairs until three-thirty The librarian's office is small, and the business or four in the afternoon. This is bad psychology. office a little large. The toilet room in the closet Comment: You should excavate the whole casement, right at the entrance of the librarian's office might because the library thirty years from now will be moved over to the side, so one comes directly need that space. If you don't have the money to into the librarian's office. It should not, however, excavate all of it, then you should do at least the be put at the back because a nice view of the park area under the stacks. Also, I wonder if the li- may be seen from there. brarian is justified in having two circulation The processing department in the basement desks. bothers me even though Mrs. Kelly tells me the staff MRS. KELLY: Since we have always had two circu- is presently doing its processing in the basement. lation desks, this is somewhat of a compromise I would suggest moving it up to the first floor. Take we are making in order to satisfy the board. We the space that is marked for the future bookmobile are planning our central desk so that it can con- garage, make this the receiving department, and put trol the children's department to a certain extent. processing where receiving is now located. It then Question: During busy times don't you think it would would be directly behind the workroom of the adult be nice fc- there to be a small desk at which the department. This would be better than the up-and- reference librarian could sit? down movement of staff on stairways and of books MRS. KELLY: There will be one. It is not located on booklifts. The future bookmobile garage could be on the floor plan, but we do provide that service. , IP 1. . 40 J R,0 OF MezzanineManitowoc floor Public Library ti 128 Problems in Planning Library Foci Wks

Question: It would be desirable to move the stairway Comment: There seems to be a lack of work space forward to have better supervision of the people for the reference desk. If the reference area is ccinifig down. Could it be pulled forward so that brought up tc date and a professional staff devel- it would be on the end of what is now labeled the oped, they will need a place to work out difficult receiving room? At the same time, there ought qu Stions and choose their book selection. For to be another stairway for the reference person that reason, I would second the suggestion that to use for books on the mezzanine. the workroom and receiving room be put into Also, many people will say that if you are one room, which allows for flexibility in the going to require this extra space off the main library. floor, it would be better to have a second floor. Comment: In one of our buildings we used too much Yet the mezzaraine space is a great deal more glass space. The western and southern eleva- economical per square foot than a real second tions were entirely glass. Our air conditioning floor. For example, you have to staff a second costs us $500 a month in the summer. If you floor for supervision. With a mezzanine there is use too much glass, you are spending too much a lot of floor space without too much cost. money for heat in the wintertime, too much for In the children's room, you might turn the air conditioning in the summertime, and you bookcases around at right angles to the rear wall_ lose the benefit of the wall shelving. You will get a lot more book space, and keep the children away from the front window. You still have 100 percent supervision. What is the partition for between the receiving room and the workroom? Why can't that area be thrown into one large space, and that back wall pushed back as far as you need for those two combined purposes? If money is a problem, I think the architect could have chosen a cheaper structure instead of this complicated perimeter. MRS. KELLY: Our architect has been very successful in his cost estimates, and feels that he can do this building for the cost that he has estimated. He has done two other public buildings in the last year, and he has been under his estimate. Question: I question the wisdom of having a round table that seats 8 people, because 8 people will never sit at the table. Comment: On the matter of the tables in the reference roomwhere we provide single study tables and 4-place round tables, almost without exception the single tables are occupied first. Then there is one person at eath of the smaller round tables as long as there is such space. Question: I would like to inquire about the use of the equipment room up on the mezzanine. MRS. KELLY: That is ventilating equipment. Comment: I notice that the library will be in an area where it is often 30°-40°, and youngsters will be coming in with coats. Usually half the available seating space will be taken up with coats and equipment. Yet there seems to be no arrangement made for this problem. Question: What about microfilms? Are they planned for? MRS. KELLY: The microfilms will be located in the reference department. Comment: The librarian will have a great deal of contact with the person in the business office. These two offices might be more closely connected. Public Libraries 129

Lake County WILLIAM SHORE Public Library District The building program which confronts us is basi- Lake County, Indiana cally quite simple. With the exception of the theee new library buildings which we have completed this last ye.,r, every one of the duLen other buildings needed to serve as a library agency in our system STATISTICAL DATA is either woefully inadequate or nonexistent. There- fore, we must build simultaneously all those build- Architect: Coleman & Coleman, Chicago, Illinois ings necessary for a complete library system. Our Type of libraries: Library Center andcounty presentation is not one of planning and construction branch libraries of one library, but rather is the presentation of the Library Center and Branch Library, Merrillville, planning and construction of an entire library system. Indiana Four years ago, the Lake County Public Library Type of library: Administrative and processing had the rare opportunity of planning, organizing, and center and county branch developing a county station along the lines of regional Population to be served: 160,000 (present library operation. Prior to this time nine small li- population) braries, spread over approximately 240 miles, had Area: 19,500 square feet (Library Center); contracted for service from the nearby municipal 3,512 square feet (county branch) library. As a general rule, the standard of service Cost per square foot: $24 was poor, with a token book stock, dilapidated buildings, a small staff, and no future prospects of being Cedar Lake Public Library, Cedar Lake, Indiana open more than twelve to twenty-four hours a week. Type of library: County branch To obtain better or complete library service, it Population to be served: 10,000 became necessary to discontinue contract service Area: 4,100 square feet and establish a separate library system. After the Book capacity: 18,000 volumes initial break was accomplished, libraries of all Seating capacity: 48 types throughout the United States were contacted Cost: in an effort to obtain procedures, systems, and Equipment: $5,112 ideas on how to provide the best possible service Building: $70,347 and at the same time operate within a relatively Site: $5,000 small budget. Cost per square foot: $17 (estimated construc- Each one of our libraries, which are now fourteen tion cost) in number, is situated in small population areas and St. John Public Library, St. John, Indiana is treated as an indiTridual community library. There Type of library: County branch is no large central library with its usual function. Area: 3,750 square feet Rather, there is a rather small administrative and (Other factors now unknown) technical processing center that takes care of general acquisition, book processing, and book control Highland Public Library, Highland, Indiana for the community libraries. Type of library: County branch Coordinating sections of the respective person- Population to be served: 18,000 nel in the areas of children's books, adult education, Area: 9,631 square feet and advanced practices are utilized to plan and in- Book capacity: Unknown struct effectively in their various spheres of .ctivity. Seating capacity: 100 The entire holdings of the library systemare consid- Cost: ered as a single system, with many materials dupli- Equipment: $15,000 cated in each library. However, little-used butnec- Building: $145,000 essary books can be purchased in single copies and Cost per square foot: $15 (construction cost) utilized by the entire system. This not only isan economy in the book budget, but reflects the best PRESENTATION OF PLANS use in the universal library problem of not enough Librarian: William Shore shelf space. Each individual library has a complete printed Architect: Fred Coleman unit catalog of the entire holdings of the entire li- Critics: Mrs. Susanna Alexanciei,Librarian, brary. All libraries in our system are connected Daniel Boone Regional Library, Columbia, with closed circuit teletype to accomplish circulation Missouri control, administrative directive, monthly statusre- ports, and reference requests. Daily courierser- Everett Sanders, Librarian, Springfield and vice throughout the system is a necessary supple- Greene County Libraries, Springfield, Missouri ment. Machine processing, which isa vital part of 130 Problems in PL2nning Library Facilities our operation, is accomplished efficiently and eco- five work connected with the library. Any books nomically through the use of International Business which are stored L the Library Center are either Machines. books in transit or books on which repair work or processing work has to be done. In the Center we Building finance have a capability of storing only about 10 percent of our total number of volumes. Theordering is done The money for library buildings and operation by the director of the libraries and by the acquisi- in our particular service area comes from the prop- tions librarian. When the order list is made up, it erty tax levied on all real and personal property is sent into the central file room to check against throughout the service area. The taxing situation is previous orders. such that we are able to bond ourselves at this time Every operation dealing with the processing of for approximately $1,500,000, and to maintain an books eventually comes to this central file area. annual operating budget of some $500,000- $500,000 When the books are received, they are taken into the a year. processing section. Here the books are checked The three buildings we have completed during against the cards in the files and are then sent on this past year were built from accumulated library into IBM to be processed. When they come from improvement reserve funds. This fund is sufficient IBM, they go into the processing area where the to build one library a year. But since we have eleven book pockets are inserted and labels added. Finally, communities at the present time that need libraries they are stored temporarily in the stacks or go back immediately, we must float a bond issue. out into the shipping area to be distributed to the The Lake County Library District is composed various libraries. The stacks for reference and of a tier of townships through the center of the bibliography are used quite heavily both by person- county, lying directly south of the large metropolitan nel in the filing area and by supervisory personnel. cities skirting Lake Michigan: Hammond, Whiting, These stacks are so arranged that they are accessi- East Chicago, and Gary. It is about forty miles ble to both groups. The financial and maintenance southeast of Chicago. It includes four townships and ends are cloth disconnected from the processing cen- parts of two other townships. It is some fifteen ter. People in these areas are not physically in- miles long and sixteen miles deep, and at the pres- volved with the operation of this particular core ent time has a population of around 160,000. The area and need only be interconnected byintercom. population growth during the past ten years has been 108 percent. This population growth rate is pro - j ected to continue for at least another ten years, Library Ce "fer and very likely for another twenty years. The butlding growth of the entire area is very We will now go into our proposed new Library largely composed of large subdevelopments of single Center. The site for this building has not been se- family housing. The homes themselves are not par- lected. We are dealing primarily with open prairie ticularly oriented to single shopping areas or single and, therefore, the site selection is not actually communities. Rather, housing areas are spread mandatory before such a building is designed. Also, wide. So the growth is a conglomerate mass, rather the building itself is going to determine the size of than isolated community groupings. There is no con- the site. With both the Library Center and our com- sidered community plan in this area. We make use munity libraries, our patrons primarily will drive of our best judgment and common sense as to plan- to these facilities. Our population is so widely dis- ning for future library locations. To a very large persed that it is impossible to locate these facilities degree, the libraries that we have planned will be adjacent to the mass of the population. This, too, built in the general area of old locations. allows us far more freedom in site selection. Each community will receive a library which A written program has been developed which has sufficient area and roughly the same amount of states the library's needs in the Library Center. books no matter how many people are in the area, As architect, I have replied to this written program because one child and one adult need to be educated with a written proposition and a written analysis of or given cultural sustenance just as much as an my observations of their operation. entire community. We are building libraries in The proposed Library Center is 228 feet in diam- each individual community from the taxes that are eter and contains 19,500 square feet. A piece of gathered throughout the large service area. property is needed approximately five acres in size, or a frontage of about 400 feet and a depth of approx- FRED COLEMAN imately 500 feet. The employee parking is at the The first point that we want to make clear is the rear of the building, and the employees will enter fact that tne Library Center, in our particular situa- through the garden area. There are two small park- tion, is not a central library. It is a center for or- ing areas, one to either side of the building. The dering and processing books and for the administta- drives will be one-way so that there will be a circu- Public Libraries 131

a .

Coleman & Coleman, Architects Lake County Public Library Center and Branch Library Architect's rendering the director's office, look out into a garden court area. In the lower quadrant there is also a meeting lar flow of traffic around the building and into the room for adult education classes and special service various parking areas. lectures that the Library Center will present. The building follows very closely the work flow. The central core, or hub, is really the heart of the entire operation. Surrounding this central core or Supervisor's area processing center are shipping and receiving, the In i- e right-hand quadrant are the IBM Room, bindery, supervisor's areas, IBM room, a small which we are going to soundproof, and the reproduc- graphic arts room, secretarial area, administrative tivn department which will serve the entire Center. a_ ea, board room, employees' lounge, lunchroom, Next to this is the supervisor's area. These super- toilet facilities, maintenance area, garage area, visors will consist of the children's supervisor, the and -3oiler room. The annular area immediately reference librarian, possibly a public relations indi- adjacent to the processing center contains those vidual, and the adult education supervisor. people most actively involved with this particular These individuals are people who are in and out center. of the building quite often and really do not need a great amount of privacy. There will probably be one or two s3cretaries serving all of these individ- Offices uals. These supervisors would have a certain The bottom quadrant of this ring contains the amount of storage in their own cubicles and also offices of the assistant director, administrative as- have access to the general reference collection. sistant, supervising librarian, and comptroller. Im- In the rear quadrant are located the boiler room, mediately in front of them is the secretarial space. toilet facilities for the maintenance and janitorial One secretary can probably handle the work of two people, a small bindery for minor repairs, and the or three of these particular individuals, but we have shipping and receiving departments. The shipping provided enough space if each of them needs his own dock, which will allow us to pull oi.r vehicles inside secretary. The individuals in this ring are immedi- so that we can function properly in inclement ately in charge of the processing area. These people weather, is located here. Also included is a large are also fairly adjacent to the main entrance, as is storageroom,the audio- visual department which the director. This is done primarily because these eventually will have a ;u11-time individual, the main- are the individuals who will be interviewing book tenance supervisor's office, and his storage and salesmen and outside personnel. work area. With a system of this size, we are going The board room also is adjacent to the main en- to have to do a certain amount of maintenance such trance, due to the fact that the public will attend the as minor furniture repairs, plumbing, and electrical board meetings, as well as adjacent to the director's work. There will be adequate storage and shops in office so that it can, if necessary, be used as a cau- this particular area to do these things. cus room. This board room will serve many func- We are able to use all standard equipment and tions: as a meeting room, as a teaching room, for furnishings since the areas at the wall, or the instruction of the staff, and as a conference room. periphery of the building, are used primarily as The next room contains the employees' lounge area passage areas. We have attempted to make this and toilet rooms. Both of these rooms, as well as building as flexible as possible by keeping the struc- 132 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

1 processing center 11 adm. assistant 20 garden areas Lake County Public Library Center 2 shipping and receiving12 assistant director 21 office and storage and Branch Library 3 bindery 13 board room 22 community library Floor plan 4 supervisors' offices 14 lounge and lunch room 23 meeting room 5 secretary 15 audio-visual department 24 lobby 6 IBM department 16 general storage 25 secretary 7 graphic arts 17 shipping dock 23 director 8 secretary area 18 garage 27 maintenance supt. 9 comptroller 19 boiler room 28 maintenance shop 10 head librarian Public Libraries 133

STORAGE SHIPPING 3 REC.

AUDIO VISVAL DEPT. GINDCRY Air

LOUNGE SUPERVISORS

TV, /IL(I

MAIN EN

CIVCDESK

I.B.M. DEPARTMENT

IICOgiltz(g. xrr GRAPHIC ARTS

SECRETARY AREA Lake County Public Library Center and Branch Library Lure fairly independent of the actual subdivision of Technical processing center area the building itself. There are very few walls in the building which cannot be moved, if necessary, to conform to the changing needs of the library. We feel munity libraries. The only real interaction between that we have planned for the ultimate expansion that this and the Library Center will be in the use of the we will need. Should any expansion become neces- meeting room. sary, it can be added on in the garden area in the cuter ring. MRS. SUSANNA ALEXANDER We have planned a small community library in The ideas Mr. Coleman and Mr. Shore are pro- conjunction with the Library Center. This library jecting to us today will undergo changes again and is a completely separate entity from the Library again before these buildings are a reality, since they Center and will function separately. In Merrillville, have developed something considerably different where the Center will be located, there is a need for from what most of us think of in terms of a total li- a new community library. For the safe of economy brary program. The philosophy of the library pro- we have built it in conjunction with the Center. This gram certainly enters into the criticisms of the plan, library will function exactly as the other small ccm- because the whole program is designed around a phi- 134 Problems in Planning Library Facilities losophy of how to serve a scattered population library and brought to the point where he was waiting throughout the county area. for it; and then it may not be adequate to answer his Our first question is the question of designing questions. Instead of periodicals, microcards will this service center building before the planners have be used which prob,....ly are sufficient. They could the site selected or know where the building is to be be put in each of the branch libraries. placed. The materials are going to feed out from here to all of the community libraries. It seems logical, therefore, that the building will be located DISCUSSION in the central location of not only the present ser- Question: According to this proposal, this library vice area but also the pctential service area of this is going to cost approximately $24 a square foot. library. If the service center is located in the right What is the cost of schools in your area? site for a community library, this is fine. But we MR. COLEMAN: Our schools in this particular would not want to put a community library here just area, the Chicago-Calumet Region, have been because it would become a part of this building. built as low as $11.36 a square foot and up to Another question is on the circular work-flow as much as $28 a square foot. This is all rela- plan. We wonder if the architects, by placing this tive to exactly what is put into them. The aver- work area in the center with all the other areas age would be about $20 a square foot for a school around it, are perhaps limiting the possibility of within an urban complex. expansion here. It appears on the plan that when the Question: Do you feel you can justify $24 a square Center has reached a volume of 45,000 or 50,000 foot to the public on a bond issue? books yearly in processing, it may not have any place MR. COLEMAN: We have tried, in all of our build- to expand to move these materials. We have been as- ings, not to use particularly the cheapest mate- sured by Mr. Coleman, however, that this is a flexi- rials. The materials that, over a long period of ble plan. Working walls are being used here, and it time, need the least maintenance are most likely will be quite possible to enlarge the center area. to become the most reasonable. No doubt the building could be built cheaper, but then as much Concrete Bonze will be put into ii over the period as the original In the building there is a concrete dome, which cost of the building. This certainly is not means that there is no outside light in the center of economy. the building. We are concerned about tae people who Question: What is the comparative cost between this are going to be working in some of the office spaces circular building and one of the same area that where they actually have no outside light. might be square or rectangular? Mr. Coleman mentioned the IBM Room which ap- MR. SHORE: You can enclose the greatest area by pears to be right next to the community library. using a periphery, by using a circle. This is one of While there are wonderful ways of insulating walls, our premises. The cost would be quite comparable, we also need to be sure that the room is completely because of the fact that we will go into thin-shell soundproof. Otherwise, this can present quite a concrete on the dome and have a large work area hazard. that will give complete flexibility without interior Another question is, where are the people in this support. area going for their reference service in depth? As Question: If this is to be basically a processing cen- yet, the system has not reached a point where it is ter, why should the size of the lot required be giving reference service hL depth. When it does, it 400 x 500 feet? That seems to be an excessive anticipates that the service will be located in this amount of lot for a limited number of people. service center, because this is where the basic mim- MR. SHORE: We probably will not be able to get eographic materials and the lesser-used materials this much land. This is what we would like to are. Aga :n, this projected use would be a most im- have in order to create a certain setting for the portant consideration in the location of this building, building. because if this is to become something more than a Comment: Since the architect is using a thin-shell service center and community library, the possibility concrete structure, he must believe in it.It is must be taken into consideration now. very efficient, I know, but there always seems to be a maintenance problem. EVERETT SANDERS MR. SHORE: I think this is a. question of size, and In breaking up a reference collection, which Mr. we are dealing with a dome of 70-foot span. I Shure proposes to do, and depending entirely on the think we are at the size where it can be con- communication and messenger services, it is going trolled properly. This has always been one of to pose a problem for the busy person wanting to the big arguments in the architectural and engi- use some reference or research material _He would neering professions. These things can be done have to wait until the book was located at a certain easily in South America and Mexico, where there Public Libraries 135

is a constant temperature. We have 30 °- 40° doing this, we can readily rearrange the entire li- changes in temperature, and this is a valid brary to fit the changing needs of new library tech- criticism. niques. Question: Is it possible to raise the whole shell and The entire Cedar Lake project, unfurnished but put in a lertical skylight for the inner offices? including all architectural fees, landscaping, and ex- MR. COLEMAN: This is possible. Right now we terior sidewalk work, cost $70, ::7, exclusive of land. are not thinking in these terms. With clerical This was accomplished by the use of brick, steel, work, particularly in the reading of IBM cards concrete, and wood which, in general, retained their and bibliographical material which is quite often own characteristics in the final finishes. The ex- printed, natural Light creates a difficult situation. terior walls, for instance, are face brick inside and Also, these people will have a view into the east out without any plaster. We attempted to use mate- corridor. rials which were reasonable in price, yet of a quality Question: Why is there a need for a circula.1 building that would keep our maintenance costs to a minimum. at all? What do you gain by the circular building? The initial cosi of the materials used is completely MR. SHORE: My particular concern is to get an ade- relative to the over-all cost of maintaining themover quate building to house the technical processing the amortization period of the building. This partic- which I must accomplish. Mr. Coleman has de- ular project ran approximately $17 a square foot, veloped a circular idea. It is aesthetically pleas- which in our area is an extremely reasonable price ing to me, but the shape makes no difference so for the quality of building we obtained. long as my operation can be put inside the In the communities in which we are planning building. these libraries, we have found a very definite need MR. COLEMAN: As far as we have gone with our for a cultural focal point. These are essentially analysis, this shape seems to give the most effi- communities that have grown without planning. We cient flow and the greatest possibility for inter- are attempting to fill this need through our building action among the staff. program, the landscaping, and the surrounding atmos- Question: In regard to the area of the inner floor, phere. The buildings, in the areas in which we nave exclusive of the offices or the grounds, would sufficient land, will be quite open both in the interior the areaapart from the stacksbe open for and on the exterior. Where we are in a commercial working? or business district, we have walled off the rear of MR. COLEMAN: The center core is around 9,000 our building and have created our own atmosphere. square feet, which is many times the size of the At Cedar Lake the library is in a shopping center present area. A little less than half of this bordered on two sides by commercial property. On would be actual working area, and the other por- the south side is a large parking lot. Just inside the tion would be the peripheral stacks. Remember, main entrance are the charging desk and control too, that these stacks are not going to be used point and the periodicals reading area. We have to house a permanent collection. done this for a very specific reason. In these small Question: How far will a book travel before it gets libraries, located in or close to shopping areas, we to its first checking point? are going to have a lot of people coming in to kill MR. SHORE: Under the ideal situation it would time. Thus, this area is a potential focal point and probably travel 35 feet. in this location is under the immediate supervision of the librarian. FRED COLEMAN The adult area on the other side of the charging desk is screened by a 42-inch planter. There are Cedar Lake Library 42-inch stacks between the adult reading area and The Cedar Lake Library was completed in Octo- the children's area in the rear to give good visual ber of 1962. We are going to use this particular li- control. On the other side, there are 84-inch stacks brary as a prototype for other libraries. There which are well lined in relation to the librarian, so were several problems and obstacles that we had to that she can see through them. overcome in these small community libraries. Our In the back is our delivery entrance where our first problem was being unable to provide an ade- delivery vehicle can drop the books. The librarian quate staff. Our premise was that each of these li- can go back here to pick up the books at her con- braries would have to be controlled visually by one venience and put them where they belong. Here, individual. By the use of low planters and 42-inch also, is a small office for the librarian, a utility bookstacks we have accomplished this. Our second room, two washrooms, and storage and kitchen problem was that of flexibility within the building it- facilities. self. We have attempted, by the use of a core system, The children's area serves a dual purpose. It is to develop a, plan which would be entirely free of im- also a meeting room for discussions, adult education movable objects such as washrooms and furnace. By classes, and community use. There will be a folding 136 Problems in Planning Library Facilities wall locking across one of the window members SG the noisetuation, or whether we shoulc: place the that this room can become a separate entity from the building ch.ier to the highway, solve the noise prob- library. It has its own toilet facilities, storage for lem by c, e proper landscaping, and put unsightly chairs, and kitchen facilities. parking t) the rear. The former scheme sets the building back a good 150-170 feet. Eventually, a new St. John Library parochial school is to be built immediately to the north, and to the west, a large housing development; The next library to be presented will be the St. so we feel this is probably a very good site in rela- John Library. There are two schemes proposed for tion to the people we have to serve. this part5cular library to solve the problem of the The interior arrangements in the St. John Library location and orientation of the building on the lot and are similar to those of Cedar Lake. The only differ- its relationship to the main north-south highway ence is that we are able to open the building up on through our section of Indiana. The highway is heav- three or four sides, whereas we were able to open ily traveled by both automobile and truck traffic, up only on two sides ii, the Cedar Lake scheme. thus creating a noise problem as well as traffic hazards. Highland Library In one scheme, the parking is in the front of the building, and in the other, it is in the rear of the The Highland Library is also presented in terms building. Our problem is whether we want to set the of Scheme 1 and Scheme 2. Scheme 1 proposes to building back far enough from the highway to alleviate retain the existing memorial library, which is very small and inadequate, and to add to it a one-story addition. There is considerable feeling in the corn-

Lake County Public Library: Cedar Lake Library West and south elevations

Tr' '"1"211°45

.1 a

arS %.111.44541. Z..1100,0, 4

"as

Wahlberg Studio, Cedar Lake, Indiana (Coleman ctr-doleman, Architects) SILe

A410 ATLAS STA e HILDREN'S truo- READING AREA

A. . . *.....1.: 11 . ) 0. GARDEN AREA s , .., t IS . ...,::.... .i. : .. ".: "/,?1,:;,: ! :. k .4.*.,,c.1.. .':. ,...... - (r,itv ;' I ' .'1,' ..: "'PP mi. ;,, :::; 1,,.:....,,, /,.. ,: ::,...::',,4.:.1' ; (ralt;, FloorLake Countyplan Public Library: Cedar Lake Library P .'i, '1,:,,;.*Z., r ..i, Waldberg Studio, Cedar Lake, Indialuz t 03liito3 North Elevation

NorthLake and County east elevationsPublic Library: St. John Library East Elevation Coleman & Coleman, Architects rn sI

t". A A , . . . ;r41 ' . '": /** % S. '.4 . . . . . % ' .1 ,,,' ... 4 ,'; 4 , . , e." .; ' 10,1. Y,ts. . N -1,7 .1.17 ., f 4 ' r .. 7:4 I. , , :..... : t r.._, ...v. ;,- . Pi

... ,, .. \' :4 " % ...... -...... ,..., ..."...it. Ect. . 4 ,,..-; .'; 11 (fr) li ! TV-4% .6 ;;,.r., 4. i ' ... 1 Z .....,,t ...... Il 1^NI1/4!)14 -: * ."?'At I, ' '.1... irrr .' :' ,..'.: .: 1...!, 4"... : .. ...,,.;. iT . ,,, t. :,, .%.

I t I I I 1.--1-1--1 a ..4.11. rA I 0

4 >:. , .% r

I. 0 bi . Is ef'.°Z. /1% . ) 4 H I (::;::.:171:::41" X ' ''.. '71," . % V), :. ... 4 e''F'' 1 *. . 6 )I, ' 4 ':. I. .1). , . . ) i" . Jr,' . , '1 . .i ) ?' ' ' tit .3-''.., : .ir r

0 )%;._., 0---,7,4. I 4%' 140 Problems in Planning Library Facilities minty for this old building since it is a war memo- there is no master plan for the development of the rial that the citizens have erected themselves. We area. Consequently, it is very difficult to plan a li- feel that it is entirely impractical to retain this brary program. Although I believe bookmobile ser- building, as we are unable, even with the new addi- 'ice is not the complete answer to library service, tion, to provide adequate space forcommunity need:.. it could be employed here in the outlying areas. We therefore propose, in Scheme 2, to remove There are many housing developments with nothing this existing building and to construct atwo-story else around themno shopping centers or anything and basement st...-ucture that will adequatelyfulfill of this kind. It is very difficult to say that this is the need. With a two-story situation our controland the place we are going to develop, that we will put a staff problems become somewhat more complex. branch there, in such a situation. For example, we now find it necessary to have a minirr.....m of two people to maintain control. The Cedar Lake Library basement of this library would be used as a commu- The site for the Cedar Lake Library has been nity meeting place. The Highland Library is located in a commercial well chosen. There is a great deal of assurance that this site will be developed to the extent that people complex with a municipal parking lot across the will be converging here for purposes other than li- street to the south. We are creating our own atmos- brary use. This is an important consideration. The phere for the building by the use of a reading court library will serve the area at the present time, and in the rear. With the two-story scheme we areable 10,000 square because of the brick areas inside the base the build- to provide adequate space, almost ing can be expanded. The three accesses to the li- feet, i.n a three-level situation. brary are a little difficult to supervise. I think those The lower control deskthe main controldesk periodi- doors will probably be locked most of the time. is immediately adjacent to the door, and the The maintenance of this building will be very cals section is again immediately under the super- 42-inch economical because all the plumbing and heating fa- vision of this desk. Also, there are the cilities are tied into one room in more or less open stacks for better supervision. The young adultref- children's area, fashion. The workroom is too crowded. There is erence and reading area, and the not enough space in that little area for the librarian are in the rear immediatelyadjacent to what now becomes a large court. There are two stairways to and materials used. the second floor halfway back on both sidesof the building. The core with toilet and mechanicalfacili- St. John Library ties is in the back. The second floor isdevoted The St. John Library is, of course, a prototype largely to the adult section. Eighty-four-inch stacks of the Cedar Lake Library, aid I have no question are being used throughout thebay with a centralized about the similarity in plan of the two library sites. control desk. A planter aivides the referenceread- They are far enough apart so that it will not detract ing area from the novel reading area. from the appearance of one building to have another In the basement scheme there is a largemeeting one like it some place else. room which will seat 150people quite comfortably. With the St. John Library floor plan the parking It is provided with toilet facilities and asmall might be pulled around to the north side and still kitchen unit. Tie library will be located en the main have access to the entrances. The entrance on the street. With glass in front and the 42 -inch stack, east side also might be pulled around to the north you will be able to look through thelibrary and into side, and that would eliminate some of the problems. the garden area in the back. There is a tremendous difficulty here for north- bound patrons. Coming from the south, they are EVERETT SANDERS completely cut off by a tremendous flow of traffic. In looking at the material Mr. Shore andMr. To make a left-hand turn here would be dangerous, Coleman presented, we were able to list several and pedestrians would not dare cross the street. rather weighty questions concerning both theCenter and the branch libraries. Instead of building eleven Highland Library libraries like those already built, we suggestconsid- eration be given to four large regional libraries. It would be a great mistake to use theold High- For example, one could be located in theheavily land Library. A library, in ourestimation, is a populated section of the northwest corner ofthe vital structure that is used by thepeople. It is not a region and one in the corner aroundCedar Lake. monument. It is something foreveryday life. It is Probably the large Library Center, includinglibrary the real reason for our existence; we aslibrarians facilities, should be considered for Merrillville. are useful to people. This territory is immature. It has notreached With the two-story plan at Highland, the person- its fullest extent yet, and it is growing rapidly.The nel costs in the next ten or twenty yearswill be population will probably double in ten years, and higher than the cost of an additional lotin another South Elevation

----wokomPommompmernmoimsommrostirraw M' iump*%ftworwwworimrenionwornv011.1111111MorvinrilimPle4' - SouthLake and County east elevationsPublic Library: Highland Library East Elevation Coleman & Coleman, Architects A 1, 1, ; 1 1111111MMINIFF11111111111111111M A A 111MIDMIMILLIMMIEHMIN I 1 111111111M I Is 1111111111111RIUnt al UMW IllimmIllilliTailffill IllnimilaillWalli,411- 4 am ii I- '! . 11, 1 HU1 1. v II 1 1111111011141finullilliiiR11111111111111111111117611111111111111 llmulli ,-4 ammilalii isIra mill . )1 A Not11 11111111111111111111VIETBEIIIIMIH111 13" 1111 11111111111 i rII , V IIII 111111111 //0 4# // IA 4 044ooo4o44 4 Public Libraries 143

OFFICE

1 I UTILITY RM. STORAGE

ULCIIII1

M II

I I IRMmi.l. Imimi1 ==I la I- 1111111161-1111Mi.

MEETIPIG ROOM -

,----

Library Highland Library Lake County Public Library: Highland Lake County Public Library: Basement Second floor 144 Problems in Planning Library Facilities favorable location. If you are going to maintain two and there is sufficient space for the material neces- stories, it means that you will have to double your sary for counsel. personnel at a time when you may not need so much. And how are you going to maintain that second floor without personnel? Also, we have to consider the stairways. For DISCUSSION young people they are no problem. But, wehave Question: If the entire lot size were used, would the many elderly and lame people who visit our librar- building be about the same square footage as on ies, and stairways do pose a problem to them. In two levels? addition, the two stairways constrict the building in MR. SHORE: Using the entire lot, you would get the middle, making it seem like a very confined area. only 4,200 square feet, which is not sufficient. Finally, it is a mistake to locate the rest rooms in By utilizing a complete basement, or a basement the same area with the children's departmelt. the same size as the second floor, you get about 8,500 square feet. Thus, you have to either build MRS. SUSANNA ALEXANDER a two-story building on this lot, c,r find a different I still question the prototype library, and I have location where a single-story library could be not been convinced by either Mr. Shore or Mr. Cole- built. man that this is going to meet the needs of the indi- Comment: You could tear dcrivn the old building and vidual communities. get the square footage you suggest. Mr. Coleman mentioned that they are building MISS FLANDERS: In the Highland branch you have these for a small staff library, but that they antici- no windows on the street. pate growth and will allow additional staff. I cannot MR. COLEMAN: Nobody goes by on that side, so to see where the additional staff is going. There is not speak; the side where everybody goes by is open. reader space to sacrifice for them. It is complete glass from wall to wall, and ground I question cutting off the children's area for a to ceiling, so that you can see through the community room. I cannot agree with the thinking building. that the children's room should be shut off at any Question: What provision is made for anybody want- time that the library is open, particularly in this ing to do research in these libraries? situation where you have families coming into the MR. SHORE: These libraries, at the present time, library. are not designed as research libraries. Since The site of the St. John Library is not entirely we started about four years ago with practically satisfactory. I understand there is some commercial no books, a has taken us four years to build sim- business across the highway, where people will be ply the standard collections in each of these corn going to park and trade. If the library were on that 'nullities. However, we can bring the books to- side of the highway, you could draw these people. gether. The reference coordinator can make Where the site is now located, there is little possi- fairly detailed bibliographies for the individual. bility for commercial buildings. There already is a Books we do not have can be obtained on inter- school located there, and it is being developed for a library loan. We do not have, and probably will residential area. not for five or six years, a complete index reference service. At the end of this period, the area WILLIAM SHORE in Merrillville will contain the reference collec- The bulk of the books in the children's room are tion, the encyclopedias, and reference books. outside of the dividing wall so that, if necessary, the MR. COLEMAN: We, as architects, feel that the children's tables and chairs could very easily be best we can do is to keep the libraries as flexible placed outside the wall. as possible so that they can change their interior These are not prototype libraries. The prototype arrangement to conform to these particular needs. was used to describe the interior traffic flow, and Question: The Cedar Lake plan seems to have two the traffic flow was different in Highland than it was basic errors. First, the children's area is so in Cedar Lake or St. John. Also, the architectural remote. Secondly, the receiving area is such a façades in Cedar Lake and St. John are different. distance from the control room. I wonder if you It is the interior design that has been taken as proto- can tell us why you decided on these particular type simply for the work flow and circulation of locations? books. MR. COLEMAN: The alley runs along that side of As far as staff seating goes, two people are using the building, and it was our thought that the de- double desks with quite sufficient space for both. If livery vehicles could stop for a period of five or an additional desk in this area became necessary, it te-k minutes and create no disturbance in the li- would be at the control point. You may have a read- b, try. Also, the librarian would normally know ers' adviser desk in your adult or young adult area, approxim2tely when the truck was going to be Public Libraries 145

there, and she could, when she had time, bring the materials out and work on them. The delivery room is more or less a depository during this interim. MR. SHORE: There is no workroom in the library because there is no work accomplished in the normal sense. The librarian receives books and recordings, and shelves them. There is a storage area, where books may be placed on receipt, and the bocks she is sending out may also be placed there on an outgoing shelf. Question: Since the Highland building is 1,60e square feet, why is it not possible to use the side street as your main entrance, with one half of the building being juvenile circulation and the other adult, with your desk in the center? This would create a building that is much more flexible. MR. COLEMAN: In the one-story scheme we have changed the entrance to the side. But this street dead-ends 200 or 250 feet beyond the library, and there is practically no traffic whatsoever. Comment: If you take the space at the front of the building where the two trees are shown, and the space at the rear where a couple more trees are shown, and remove one of the stairways, you would have almost as much room on the main flooreven if it did not expand to the westas you now have on the Moor and a half. MR. COLEMAN: It happens to be a mandatory law in Indiana that you must have two exits for any public area. We cannot eliminate the stairway. Comment: One of the things that has impressed me in the group of studies here is that the planners have attempted to create an environment in a library which I am sure, in many instances, does not exist in the community. A two-story development might ensure some resultant benefit to the users with this creation of a favorable environment. 146 Problems in Planning ' ..brary Facilities

Ogden Public Library busiest corner. It is on the main downtown thoroughfare with a municipal parking lot behind for about Ogden, Utah 144 cars. The area of our site is rather small, however, for the building we are contemplating, and it dictated the design of a multistory structure. There are other libraries in the area which af- STATISTICAL DATA fected our decision as to what kind of a library we Architect: John L. Piers, Ogden, Utah wanted. We have State College in Ogden, which is Type of library: Main public library just developing a 300,000-volume library. The Salt Population to be served: 110,000 Lake City Public Library is building a new library Area: 44,600 square feet only thirty miles away. The University of Utah Li- Book capacity:200,000 volumes brary is expanding a $6,000,000 building in Salt Lake Seating capacity:350 City, and the Latter Day Saints Church there has a Cost: very large genealogical library. We wanted our Equipment: $150,000 (estimated) main library to be a strong reference service, how- Building: $892,000 (estimated) ever, with eventual expansion of circulation to Site:$18,000 (demolition, estimated) small neighborhood branches. Cost per square foot:$20 (estimated) An analysis of the past several years' experience in the library indicated that to develop a library which would maintain its use for a period of twenty PRESENTATION OF PLANS years, we should make room for 200,000 volumes, 350 seats, and 700,000 circulation. Our emphasis Librarian: Maurice Marchant in developing this library is economy of operation Architect: John L. Piers and economy of maintenance. Critic: Hoyt R. Galvin, Librarian, Public Library of Charlotte and Mecklenburg County, Charlotte, North Carolina Open stacks We wanted open stacks largely to provide for good visual control by a minimum staff in the read- MAURICE MARCHANT ing areas. We did not wish to duplicate the card Ogden, Utah, traditionally is a railroad junct.i.:m catalog for the main adult collection, which meant of national importance. It has some local indut.,try, that as much of the adult book collection as possible primarily food preparation. During World War II, should be on the main floor. This dictated to us the several military installations were organized in its removal of both the periodicals department and th. environs, which have grown with the years. Recently juvenile department from the main floor. rocket and guided missile plants have come into the Our charging of all books will be centralized on locality. Population is expected to grow in Weber one desk to provide a strong exit control. There County irom its present 110,000 to 200,000 by 1980. will be no film library, and we will not provide an It is strongly urbanized with a fringe of agricultural auditorium, just one meeting room for about 50 peo- pursuits around it. ple. This will not unduly affect the community inas- Most of the people live within about a fifteen- much as there ai e several auditoriums around the minute driving distance from downtown Ogden. Our city that are available. present library service consists primarily of a Car- One of our prima problems has been the transi- negie Library that was built in 1901 when Ogden had tion of readers from the juvenile level to the adult a population of 16,000. We now have 163,000 volumes. level; we lose quite a few readers between those de- In addition, we have one small branch with 100,000 partments. We want to provide a stronger transition volumes. The circulation in the county area outside by developing a good young adult department which Ogden is served by a bookmobile in conjunction with will be physically close to the children's department, the state library. but connected to and supervised from the adult ser- When we started to plan for a new library, we vices department. considered the importance of locating a new site. It was important, we felt, to have the literature, We found that 60 percent of our activities combined arts, music, and recordings collections fairly close library stops with other activities, such as shopping to the young adult. If we cannot accommodate the or work, and that 75 percent of the people came to public service on two floors, perhaps periodicals the library by automobile. We determined from this should be the one facility to be moved off the two that we needed a good downtown site with adequate floors, because its use is strongly school-oriented. adjacent parking. Our information desk is integrated with a fairly Our survey pointed out that our present librat y small reference of about 300 books and supervision site was a good one. It is one block fro-n the city's of the card catalog. booKM%V RAMC. 0 SiLt. ZWYRAIJCS LoNoINfs ry .r.Aillitamr.1111..1111111=11114rxrarsitiamrs-4 A A 0 r 1 o JO LO P 4 L. 1 1 0 /M. OM. a TAAVS1.114 0 I 0 4.7 \....,In C. 1...,:t, , wig 11 .H 14 14 mt." 1.11 ON MUMPLAY t1 n ,1 T Li Pm. 3 ltfi uutol. licAbi144 6. I Ittio.014.14cowl T 41 MAIL% C AT 4 1.14Cd 1;1 'QUO VV, . --,.. g ..4 I....LT A 1.111 so4 .3/104 H I I i .:;:att'ft " '' to 11. i. ; - axIT 1-1 I I C vio0.16 Roomt.4 94 on. 4. 11.14PAIW. MainOgden floor Public Library *OM .14 John L. Piers, Architect 148 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

JOHN L. PIERS The outside appearance of the building is rather The site of the library is on an existing civic bulky, but we have a massing problem with the build- center site. One block north of this site is the heart ing next door. We do not want tremendously large of the business district. Washington Boulevard is glass areas since we feel this is quite a mistake, the main street in town, and the side street, 26th even with low-transmission glass. We have intro- Street, is also a busy thoroughfare. The site has a duced a break panel between the glass areas that re- strong relationship with the downtown area, it is lates in color back to the building and the cast con- very closely identified with the old building, and the crete panel above. library owns the site. The small size, however, dictated a multistory HOYT R. GALVIN building. A one-story plan would extend over the The statement that this is a small site is merely walks. Also, the present parking is very poor be- a point of view. There are from 33,000 square feet cause it is in the back of the building. One of our to 34,000 square feet on this site. I could argue that basic criteria was to get a building that would be this is a big site. The building, roughly, is 44,000 very flexible from an interior arrangement point square feet. With three levels, you might call it a of view. We developed square modules of 22 feet 6 total of 44,000 square feet on a site of 33,000 square inches. The columns are 22 feet 6 inches, but we feet. have opened up the middle bay 45 feet. If you apply that to today's population, that is The board wanted strong control in this building; about .4 square feet per capita. Then, if you project it desired both a physical control for checking the it to the population of 200,000 that is expected in books and out and a visual control from the infor- twenty years, it drops down to .22 square feet per mation area in the center of the building. That was capita. So we cannot debate the size of the building one of the reasons we left the columns outof the except to say that maybe it is small, and that the middle. planners should think seriously about how they are The other criterion was that the library should going to expand it. be about 95 percent open stacks in the reading area. Mr. Marchant referred to economy of operation, With our budget, this necessitated 7-foot stacks yet the building may be even more expensive to op- around the periphery of the building with all the erate than necessary on this 33,000-square-foot site people in the center. The building is set back 40 feet from a 20-foot side- On the main floor we have the entrance area and walk. If you used all of the site, whic!-Tsuppose the information and reference center. The adult col- would be running a good thing in the ground, you lection is primarily on the main floor, but does not would get a 66,000-square-foot building on ground include the 700 and 800 series and the popular read- level and one level above. ing areaa duplicate volume az ea. The reading One thing I learned was that excavating in this court, next to the popular reading area, is closed area is not too satisfactory. The builders expect off but not covered. On the other end is a Western the water table to be rather high, and frankly admit History area that encloses the local history collec- that this lower level may create a good many prob- tion and rare books. lems. It is suspected that the square footage on On the upper floor is the children's area. One the lower level might be even more expensive than of the criteria was to close this children's area off the square footage on the ground level or the upper at certain times, primarily at night, while other level. parts of the library :vere still open. Also, music, Mr. Marchant, being approximately thirty miles literature, art, and fiction are on this floor as well north on a freeway from some 1,200,000 books in as utility aLeas: toilets, mechanical room,elevators, Salt Lake City libraries, is justified in considering and stairs. a smaller book collection than some of uswould need in communities of similar size. Not enough Lower level serious work has been done on furniture, equipment, and layout. For example, should the periodical ma- On the lower level are the periodicals and news- terials in the basement be separated from other ref- papers. The stacks at the left arefor the bookmo- erence materials? I recognize the problemof this bile. While the bookmobile is not stored at the li- large city-county building next door, yet you must brary, we are still going to have to charge if from first create a functioning library, and then do the the central library. best you can with beauty. The offices are downstairs since we wanted to provide as much adult service on the main floor as Possibility of rear entrance we could. There are a numberof enclosed areas in the basement which may later be opened up.The With the 144-car parking lot in the back, I visual- stairway and the elevator walls, of course, are con - ized myself parking my car there and getting out to stant. go into the library. I immediatelybegan to get angry C A TA Lo4 two Io.....mor t o o sc 12.0..os. I a. 1 ILIA.VtIll1ikmly.1. Ix SI AgAti. la CSI1 II AI C. "SIV.V01411. MAG411.114 thrmsr teCtleilCiac COMT1101. a a t.n et WOIO11111SNAPP LowerOgden floorPublic Library 1;11;112:10 as.I-CD 359 Problems in Planning Library Facilities because I could not get in the back door. So I com- furniture arrangement, does not store many books mend very earnestly the possibility of two entrances. or seat many children. A serious Furniture- layout They would make the control more difficult, but it is problem is present there. very important in this building, with 144-car parking I wish there were a way to develop a story hour in :")! rear, that patrons be able to enter at the back area without complete identification of that space. of tt t building as well as in the front. I had the delightful privilege, some three years ago, There are two charging desks. The desk on the of being with a team of fifteen American librarians rigil Is the check-in desk, and the one on the left is who visited Swedish librarians cur ten days. We saw the eck- out desk. I am concerned about the dupli- some unique arrangements with story hour rooms. cat.,.A clerks on those desks in the slow hours. Sometimes the library would simply have a drapery Mr. ,Varchant has the idea to have a sign at times from the ceiling that could be pulled in a kidney on o:te of them, "Closed for now," but it would be shape, and there would be a story hour room. The better to put both operations on one desk. drapery was an imaginative touch, and the room Ts.:ere is a problem with the Subject arrangement. could still be used for other purposes during the day. First, this is not a large enough community, in my The projecting cantilevered sections of the sec- philorlphy of library administration, to have a ond floor create both problems and opportunities. subje:t-departmentalized library. Secondly, in this The plans show bookshelving. There could be some part: ..ular plan, Mr. Dewey's classification scheme individual study tables in here, if there were reason- gets a little confused in the collection. The average ably good control and no need to worry too much per t-on who comes to the library is somewhat hesi- about the distance. Shelves in these sections will be tar . and does not like to ask for help. He likes to a constant problem, for they will become shelves of show how good he is at finding books. He looks at lost books. the card catalog and finds .016, but I think he will On the lower floor, the office area seems to be have trouble locating the number the way the book satisfactory. If an assistant librarian is hired some collection is arranged. day, space could be provided for an additional office Also, I am concerned about the reference work without losing flexibility. The glass wall should be area. Maybe Mr. Marchant has some reference li- removed, as a double-space bookshelf will serve the brarians that are not disorderly. If they are really same purpose; the wall makes the building more going to get work done, they will probably have to expensive. have a place where they can be disorderly. You The service elevator is a long way from the stor- should have a room for pamphlets, and that is not age room, and conceivably many things in storage clear to me as the building now stands. There is a will be hauled down in this elevator. The cataloging little bookmobile office, but there is no place to room seems quite small. put books except way off down in the lower level. The microfilm presently is limited to newspa- The popular reading room is another place where pers. In time the library may have other types of the layout needs serious study, because this is a microfilm, and the small microfilm area may then large room and yet it does not seat enough people. become a conference room. The microfilm readers Some of the information stations could be combined. would then be scattered around the building. The hall is a delightful architectural feature The assembly hall, Mr. Marchant says, seats 50 which brings the pierced brick wall in through the people. According to my calculations, it would seat building, but it leads to lost footage. For example, 75. The ledge here is rAce since it permits exhibits one does not need to go to the mechanical room and displays as an educational adjunct to a meeting through the hallway since there is another entrance. taking place. The staff robm seems quite satisfac- Public itnkers could be put in this hallway. Also tory. Only one area is indicated for lockers, which the entrance area, where people come in the door seems quite small. There might be a smaller locker and decide where they want to go, does take some area in the work spaces adjacent to the librarians. space, but this might be too much space. Mr. Marchant has visionsand I emphasize visionsof getting groups of children who come in DISCUSSION to the library to march dutifully down the hall and up the stairway next to the exit. I think the other Question: Is there a library consultant engaged for stairs, next to the elevator, and the elevator itself the interior layout? are going to be an attraction to them. MR. MARCHANT: No, and we do not feel that our interior layout is anywhere near completed. Story hour room Comment: With this furniture layout, the "love nests" are too many. When you have an area The story hour room, about 4,000 square feet, with information centers, you should be able to seems extremely large. Yet the rest of the chil- see the stacks. dren's department, with the present shelving and Question: I would like to question Mr. Piers about 11 1611.101811111114 k tr-----rt RI 1 rt. "trimi"..."1 011. AM. LL1 r. [II 0 0 ti f LI At rCr'ri..711: KV' XVI -] - - IMMO ijiill ..... hbut...t 1 _ vo uuc, .... VOW .7\A; :1, r.,I 1 111, it. I. ,... A 7, A 01. 's u s I he .,.. c).,(2. 1. = n 1 . 7 J I 1 V0 ...... UpperOgden floorPublic Library 1"3/16JACM"..1.MMUJVISgraimmmijian"t1 P41:1111Q1 i t Iii IvA, ;awl 0 T 152 Problems in Planning Library Facilities the concrete panels. Isn't there some material on the main floor can see the entireseating area that is as cheap yet wouldn't Jock ugly and mot- in both directions. tled and worn so fast? Comment: I subscribe to your havirg most of your MR. PIERS: This is a precast concrete panel that important public functions on the main floor. I would probably be a marble aggregate. We have note that you have a Western History room here. found this one of the most successful building Would it not be better to move this local history materials in the intermountain country for dura- section upstairs? A higher priority might be bility, permanence, and effectiveness. It has put on that closed space than using it for a local been used quite extensively. The big problem history collection. v.-ith any concrete is to get it properly dripped Comment: People do not seem to read outside. If it so that water will not drop down on theface of it. is warm, they go inside an air-conditionedbuild- Question: If you eventually take over the control of ing. If it is cold, they go in where it is heated. the" bookmobiles, are you looking to the future in I think the reading court is a nice architectural having these stacks so far away from your only gimmick, but I recommend you use your money service entrance? The space you are using for otherwise. Also, I am concerned about the two the cataloging and the microfilm reading room elevators, wondering whether one, combining is approximately the same as the space you are service and passenger elevator, would be better. using for your stack area of bookmobile. Then the other one could be used to take books MR. MARCHANT: We had thought, at one time, of floor by floor and could be located over by your putting the storage area on the main floor. We service entrance desk. would like to have everything on the main floor, but there is not room. We thought we could put the storage down, and run a book truck up once a day when putting materials on thebookmobile. Comment: First of all, I would take issue with your total square footage on this site. It is 30,000, not 34,000, according to my mathematics. I envy this library having available 30,000 square feet for this building, but the builders are going to utilize only 18,000 square feet. It would be very wise to eliminate your 40- foot setback and bring your building to the sidewalk. You have the possibility then of using display windows in between the windows that provide your lights. If your building is located in the downtown area, you should have display windows and the exterior should be very attractive. The typing room could have typewriters, coin- operated or rented. Question: My question is in relation to flow of materials, primarily in terms of the book return area. There is only a public service elevator, and the regular service elevator in the back. With a potential of 750,000 circulation, how are you going to get materials up and down easily? MR. MARCHANT: It is a way around to the service area. The materials will go either there or upto the public area. We will probably resolve the problem by using the public elevator in the morning before we open up to the public. Question: When the building is open, you are going to be in a situation for some time where you will not be able to service all of these desks. What arrangements are you making to handle problems that you obviously anticipate in designing the building, but that you will not be able to cope with at the beginning? MR. MARCHANT: There are a number of reasons for the way the building is oriented. One person School Libraries

THE SCHOOL LIBRARY fhe architect should know how the library is em- AND THE ARCHITECT ployed by individual pupils for research assignments and recreational reading. He should know space needs for teachers and any planned community use. For example, many of our junior colleges serve an The Architect area that sometimes includes students from surrounding counties who commute each day. A school CHARLES J. BENDA, JR. library, open for use by the junior college student Consultant, Architectural Planning near his home, would, if suitably planned, be of im- State Department of Education measurable value to the student and community. Tallahassee, Florida The librarians' use of this facility I will bypass it is known better to you. To acquaint the architect with your needs invite him to observe a working library facility of your choosing. He might, by obser- Education is a lifelong process. One objective vation of patterns and movement of all occupants in of the school program is to teach the student the this special space, provide suggestions and flow pat- skills for self-education after he leaves school. The terns to improve the circulation. school library, or instructional materials center, represents perhaps the most important singlearea Specific requirements of the school program in teaching the process of self- education. Specific requirements that an architect should The objectives of this library space, as an archi- be furnished may be listed as follows: tect should know, are to:(1) support the instruc- 1. Stacks to provide for a specified number of vol- tional program; (2) provide materials for personal umes. Shelves adjustable to accommodate over- needs; (3) provide for reference service and re- size books. Stack heights up to 6 feet high along search; (4) serve the entire school; (5) provide walls and 4 feet high when used as space dividers. needed services to implement the educational pro- 2. Rack space for magazines (slanted-type shelving) gram; (6) serve the teachers as needs demand in for the number of issues currently received, and preparation of subject matter and student motivation; planned to include some growth in subscription. (7) provide adequate materials, facilities, andser- Rack space for newspapers designed for economi- vices to meet the needs; (8) provide an atmosphere cal storage. to encourage pupil participation and search for infor- 3. Storage for present recordings and a reasonable mation and knowledge on their initiative; and (9) pro- amount of growth, tape recordings in a cabinet, duce an atmosphere conducive to recreational and filmstrips in a cabinet provided with drawer reading. storageto be added to as the collection grows. The architect should be aware of the program 4. Tables and chairs for the required percentage and activities if he is to produce a dynamic plan. of users in the reading area, with not over 6 This knowledge should include, and be based on, the pupils per table. Table height to fit the user. librarian's philosophy of prelibrary use, the elemen- (You may wish to recommend that one third of tary program, and the secondary program. the tables be round or other than rectangular.) 153 154 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

5. Study carrels (based on the number required by ers. With this information he can best use his your program). The carrels to be individual or talents properly to store materials and provide in multiples, with partitions for privacy and a ease of access. shelf for materials. Proper lighting and an elec- The conference space should be large enough to tric outlet to be provided each carrel. have a table and chairs for the number of occupants 6. Informal seating in the browsing area to be home- you desire. The room should have some shelving like and invite participation and use. space. 7. Circulation desk to be placed at a focal point for good supervision. The design could be counter Oilier space needs height, movable or sectional, perhaps of a circu- Space may be needed for film preview with a per- lar shape, with a book return drop slot, built -in manent small screen.r This space could be provided charging facilities with card files for books in in the audio-visual storage room. Several viewers circulation, and lockable money drawer. Storage could serve adequately for preyiewing. Listening shelves and drawers as needed. stations for tapes and recordings, if desired, should 8. Card catalog in five-drawer units. These units be planned for. may be stacked as recommended; or set side If the library is to be separate from the school by side with a countertop over them to serve for building, rest room facilities for library staff are a a ready reference work surface. vital consideration. A custodial storage area should 9. Four-drawer vertical files to be placed where be an important part of the planning. Only through best to provide the function they will serve. continuous maintenance can your library be main- 10. A dictionary stand and an atlas stand located for tained in its new condition. The only other item best use. would be wardrobe space for your convenience and Workroom staff use. The environment of the library facility encom- In the workroom careful planning is most im- passes all factors that lend themselves to your com- portant. Sequence and flow patterns should be fully fort and pleasure. The environment is controlled by understood by the architect. You could compare the air conditioning and heating. acoustics become an efficiency of this room with the efficiency that you important consideration for sound abatement or ab- elTect of your kitchen. I mean by that the ease of sorption. Carpeting or floor treatments are neces- sequence of receiving and storage, to preparation, sary for absorbing and relieving the normal noise of to serving, and back to storage. This is a simple moving chairs and scuffling feet. Consideration flow pattern. should also include walls and ceilings. The colors, The equipment will include a work counter. The another phase of environment, should be attractive work counter should be 3 feet high and 30 inches and restful. Lighting is a factor that has been rea- deep; the length may vary due to the design of the sonably understood, and for this architects refer to workroom. It should be provided with a sink and the Illuminating Engineering Society Standards and running water. The physical design of the counter good practice principles. should include a kneehole space beneath the middle Well-planned utilities are always a prerequisite one third of the counter wide enough for two people to an adequate facility. A display use of a chalk- to sit aad work comfortably. There should be open board in the area of the circulation desk and a bulle- shelves above, drawers for supplies at one end, and tin board in the entrance area would complete a a closed cabinet under the sink. The countertop and library. splash should be finished with a surface that is easily All this information can be furnished the archi- cleaned and water resistant. A space should be protect by including it in a well-prepared document of vided for lacquer spraying andas an added luxury educational specifications which tells him in alan- an exhaust fan over the area to remove the fumes. guage he understands your desires and needs. Good The equipment should be positioned in the workroom design and the pleasure gained in the use of a well- to permit ready supervision from the reading area. executed building can only happen when the entire There should be provision for shelving of current process is a cooperative effort. magazines and newspapers, and shelving for at least two years of back issues of periodicals. Storage facilities for audio-visual equipment should take into consideration the size of the equipment and the frequency of use. The architect needs information on motion-picture projectors, filmstrip projectors, tape recorders, record players, opaque projectors, overhead projectors, screens with projection stands, globes, roller-type maps, and post- School Libraries 155

The School Library Program: parks departments, urban renewal authorities, and What the Architect Needs To Know private builders of residential properties. After a long-range plan has been adopted, it is important JOHN L. CAMERON that it be reviewed periodically, and modifications Chief, School Housing Section made to take into account changes in conditions U.S. Office of Education' which were not foreseen in the original planning. Gerald Horton Bath has said: 'History is like a surveyor's transit. Unless we use it frequently to look back and get our bearing, it will not be of much In order to have a more complete understanding help to us in running a straight line ahead? of the librarian's role in the planning of new or re- My tr-..tatment of the over-all educational planning modeled school facilities, I believe it will be well to has been very superficial; however, we must move outline briefly the most important steps leading up alt ng and will assume, therefore, at this point that to the actual planning of a library in a particular the over-all planning has been completed and a long- school building. range plan adopted by the board of education. We Every building project, whether it is to be a new will concern ourselves now with one new school facility or a renovation, should be part of a long- which the long-range plan reveals will soon be range program adopted by the board of education. needed. We shall assume that the site has been pur- Long-range programs should evolve from school chased, funds made available, and an architect surveys. W. L. Lathan, a former associate of mine selected. in North Carolina, once said, "I have become convinced that the time to have a survey is when you Quality of education think you don't need one? His statement illustrates the importance of having a definite plan prepared All of us are familiar with the expression, "A before you are confronted with the necessity of house does not make a home." It is equally true that, taking action. "A schoolhouse does not make a school." The prin- Surveys will include status and predicted trend cipal function of a school plant is not only to accom- studies of (1) the economic and sociological struc- modate the school program, but also to facilitate the tures of the community, (2) the population, including teaching-learning processes. If it fails in this func- age groupings and migration, (3) transportation, tion, the quality of education may be seriously im- (4) zoning, (5) geographical characteristics, (6) the paired and the cost of instruction increased. curriculum, (7) personnel, and (8) finance. Out of John Lyon Reid, noted San Francisco architect, the surveys will come recommendations on such has very aptly stated, "Education is fluid; as such it factors as organization of the schools, including tends to take the shape of its container." Many of schools that should be eliminated and new ones that you undoubtedly are familiar with examples in which should be constructed; at least general areas in school buildings have, to a large extent, dictated which school sites should be purchased; the facili- school programs. A striking example is found in ties that should be included in each school; a plan the development during the early part of this century for financing the building programs; and a plan for of the junior high school. The most impelling force phasing out the program in terms of the resources in the establishment of junior high schools in this of the community and in accord with the needs as country grew out of a building problem --the neces- they will occur. In rinny cases the resources of a sity of relieving overcrowded schools, particularly community do not permit the realization of all facili- secondary schools. ties when they are needed. Therefore, the recom- The need for a new school building should be mendations may include a suggested order of priority based upon the purposes which the school is to serve; of projects. from purposes the school program evolves. The ed- In developing the long-range plan it is important ucational specifications are developed to interpret that consultations be held with many nonschool the requirements of the school program to the archi- agencies, associations, firms, and individuals. I tect in such a way that the completed facility will shall mention only a few: city or county planners, serve its function. highway and street departments, recreation and The determination of the need for an educational facility is based upon the many purposes which the school is to serve. If this were not true, we could not Justify the annual expenditure on public elemen- 1. In his prefatory remarks Mr. Cameron observed that: aA tary and secondary schools of more than $19 billion, member of my staff, J. L. Taylor, is presently developing a of which approximately 25 percent is for capital publication on Libra)), Facilities for Elementary and Secon- dary Schools. Mary Helen Mahar and Richard Darling, from outlay. the Library Services Branch in the Office of Education, are The purposes of a school should be based upon serving as consultants." what the community should do, and is willing and 156 Problems in Planning Library Facilities able to du, in the way of educating its people. Please convey, as clearly as words can convey, the pro- notice I did nut say that the purposes should be based gram both indoors and outdoors, during school upon community needs. The day is past when we can hours and nonschool hours that the completed plan to educate our youth with the expectation that facility As to accommodate; yes, and facilitate. they will remain in the community. The average It is in the development and interpretation of the American family now moves once every five years. educational specifications that library supervisors Younger families move on an avt-rage of every two- and librarians can contribute most in the development and-one-half years. Included in our purposes of plans for a new school building. You must remem- should be that of preparing each student to his full- ber, however, that there are many other persons who est potential of being a useful and gainful citizen, are also conct... aed, and that the school superinten- zegardless of where he may live. dent, or his assistant in charge of school planning, Some of the purposes which a school may have has the responsibility of developing the educational will be common to all other schools. Others will be specifications. the same as for many other schools. There may be I firmly believe that a particular school facility one or more purposes which only the single school should not be designed according to the specifications serves. of any one persc n. This holds true for librarians as well as for teachers and others. There is no way of School program knowing how long an individual teacher or librarian will serve in the school after it is completed, or if From the purposes which a school is to serve, his particular ideas and tastes will be suitable to the school program is developed. The answering of his successor. I am not saying that many of the questions such as the following is basic in the devel- ideas of an individual cannot be incorporated into opment of the school program: the new facility; this can readily be done if we incor- 1. What educational levels (age or grade) are to be porate a reasonable amount of flexibility in our plans. served? It is my belief that the educational specifications 2. How many pupils is the plant to accommodate? for a biology laboratory should be developed by a Now? Future? committee of the most capable biology teachers and 3. What staff will be available? supervisors in the school system. The development 4. What courses will be. offered? of educational specifications for a library should, in 5. How many pupils might reasonably be expected Eke manner, be done by a committee of the most cap- to take each course? able librarians in the school system. 6. How will the school be organized to carry on the The type of information on the library which will course offerings? need to be included in the educational specifications 7. What will be the "extra" or cocurricular activi- can be summarized by the following question: What ties in the school? will be done in what way by how many persons from 8. How will the school be organized to carry on the where and of what size and in what capacities at any cocurricular activities? given time, using what type and quantity of supplies, 9. What nonstudent activities will be available at equipment, and materials? This means that the ar- the school to people in the community? chitect in planning a new library will need to know 10. Will they be available during school hours or the answers to such basic questions as: only during nonschool hours? 1. How many items of printed materials of different types will need to be in the library? Educational specifications 2. How many and what types of audio-visual aids When the program of the school has been deter- will need to be included in the planning? mined, it is then the educators' job to interpret the 3. What are the most efficient ways for the materi- program to the architect. This interpretation takes als and audio-visual aids to be utilized? the form of educational specifications. 4. How much and what type of preparation of mate- Most of us are familiar with the specifications rials is contemplated? which, along with the plans, constitute instructions 5. Should the plans incorporate facilities for the and interpretations from the architect to the builder maintenance and repair of books, films, and the as to how the building shall be constructed. The like? specifications thus become a vital part. of the con- 6. What controls governing the operation of the li- tract for construction. Educational specifications brary are contemplated? are the instructions and interpretations from the 7. Will a professional library for teachers and other duly authorized school officials to the architect as staff members be a part of the school library? to the educational program the building is to accom- 8. Will there be departmental libraries in addition modate. These educational specifications should be- to the main library? come a vital part of the contract between the owner 9. Will books, films, projectors, and so on be regu- and the architect. The educational specifications larly disbursed from the library to the class- furnished by the educator to the architect should rooms? School Libraries 157

10. Will conferences with individualsor groups be it apparently stands for "Amateur Instruction held in connection with the library program? Administrators." A limited amount of thisinter- 11. Is it contemplated that audio-visual aids will be play, however, is desirable. utilized in the library? If so, by individuals? 3. Do not confuse educational specificationswith groups? what size groups? building spscifications. Do not tell the architect 12. What is the maximum number of books thatmight that you .leed 2 storage cabinets 2 feet 3-3/4 be expected to be checked out in one day?re- inches wide x I foot 10-7/8 inches deepx 5 feet turned in one day? 4 inches high. Tell him what and howmuch is to 13. What activities in connection with the library be stored, who is to use it, and how frequently. program will require special acoustical treat- Utilize his training and experience by lettinghim ment? special lighting treatment? figure out how provisions can best be made.Ar- 14. How many and what type of materials will be chitects are human, however, and the educator displayed? should check to be sure that thenecessary provi- 15. How many full- and part-time librarians will be sions are made in the plans and specifications. available? 16. How many student assistants will be available, Just as the compass has many points, the in- and what type of work will they perform? volved process of school planning hasmany facets. 17. What should be the capacity of thespace devoted There will be many times when we will have diffi- to each activity of the library at a given time? culty in finding the answer to the principal problem with which we are concerned. However, by intelli- The above questions are by no means all- gently seeking and finding theanswers to the many inclusive. They do illustrate the types of informa- other problems involved in theprocess, we will tion that should be conveyed to the architect through invariably be able to find a just and equitable solu- the school staff member in charge of the educational tion to the major problemproviding theopportunity planning of the entire school. for every child to "burgeon out that which is within If you are fortunate enough to be contemplating him." a new library in the next three or four years, begin now a study of your functions and needs. It will be time and money well spent to find out where there are libraries which are reputed to be serving their functions well and go visit them. Do not just look at the facilities, but study how well the libraryaccom- modates the activities of the differentprograms included. It has been said that a good architect commissioned to design a home will often literally live with the family for several days before beginning his design, in order to learn firsthand the activities of the members of the family. He can use this know3edge only as a point of beginning, however, since there- strictions of the present residence may unduly influence the activities of the family. Many architects, before starting plans for a new school building, will spend a considerable amount of time in different parts of several schools in order that theymay better understand the various activities. In summary, I would like to repeat the following points: 1. The absence of adequate educational specifications could well mean that the completed library will dictate what the library program will be. 2. Educators should not attempt to be architects. Bill Caudill, Dean of the School of Architecture at Rice Institute and a noted school architect, once said to the American Association of School Administrators that AASA stands for 'Associa- tion of Amateur School Architects." Likewise, architects should not attempt to be educators. AIA is the acronym for the American Institute of Architects. At times one could wellsay that 158 Problems in Planning Libra,y Facilities

A New School Library writers for student use; 10 individual study carrels; Planned for a Program 2 microfilm readers; 4 earphone record players; and a compact staff workroom and stacksarea. BLANCHE JANECEK The number of students the librarian assists is Librarian, High School, Laooratory School somewhat similar to the number for whichany University of Chicago teacher assumes responsibility. For 750 students Chicago, Illinois in the school there are 6 full-time professional librarians, 1 skilled typist, 6 paid and 12 volunteer student assistants. The physical facilities, materials, and staff make it possible to plan the most im- In 1912, Dr. Charles Judd, Dean of the School of portant part of the library programlibrary instruc- Education at the University of Chicago, first pro- tion. There are three approaches in thisprogram: posed to the American Library Association thata (1) Each librarian assumes the responsibility for school library be established as a study center of a making the maximum use of every moment with each school. He defined this as an area filled with mate- student. The librarians know most of the students rials which young people could use in their studying. over a five-year period. (2) An integrated library Despite a lukewarm reception, the University instructional program is offered through the social High School Library was organized in 1913 as the studies, English, and science classes at all levels. first study center type of library in the country. (3) A formal elective course in libraryresearch The original purpose for the library has been re- skills is given at a sophisticated level for seniors. tained and extended. It is now identified as one of In 1955, preliminary plans were projected fora the centers for learning at the University. It is a new high school building. The head librarian was functional school library which effectively provides fortunate to have been included in all of the library a program for teaching and learning. Provision is planning with the administrators, architects, and made for each student in the school' to have library library equipment consultant. A number of individ- periods daily. These may be either formally sched- uals, including the librarian, were asked to state uled or unscheduled. the philosophy underlying their particular curi'lcular Many types of quality materials are provided. areas. This two-year process involved much discus- The materials currently include: approximately sion and terminated with space areas allocated to 17,000 hardback books; 6,000 paperbacks; 2,500 the classrooms, science laboratories, library, foreign-language books in French and German (and cafeteria, and teacher offices. the library is beginning its collection of books in Latin and Russian); 550 recordings; 53 file drawers Space needs of pamphlets; a sizable collection of college catalogs During the next two years, 1957-59, the librarian and yearbooks; current subscriptions to 125 periodi- had the opportunity of working with the architects to cals, and back issues from 1949 to the current date translate the philosophy into functional working for about 85 titles; the New York Times from 1910 spaces. The space was finalized at 152 feet x 64 to the present date on microfilm; an extensive refer- feet at its longest and widest points, comprisinga ence collection; and (next year) professional, flat- total of approximately 7,400 square feet, including map, and art prints collections. Materials are or- the reading room, 4 conference rooms, 2 stack ganized to facilitate independent use by students. areas, an office, and workroom. There were many The high school library experience is an important characteristics of the school which the librarian had preparation for future use of college and university to emphasize continually. Opportunities for students libraries. Approximately 99 percent of the students to work in the midst of many, to work together in will enter college. It is also an important contribu- small groups, and to isolate themselves for complete tion to the development of a library habit hopefully concentration were to be provided. carried on into adult life. The greatest concern arose over the librarian's ideas pertaining to the conference rooms. Eachwas Seating capacity to be as soundproof as possible and with no glass The library seats 152 students in the main read- wall for supervision. The librarian conceded to a ing room. There are 4 conference rooms, 3 being small glass pane in the conference room door. The used for group work and 1 equipped with three type- use of a room such as this should ensure a degree of privacy to the users. Another characteristic of the school had to be taken into consideration. Since this gifted school 1. The Laboratory School includes a combination of seventh population had become accustomed to easy accessi- and eighth graders (prefreshmen) through seniors. In age, bility and availability of many kinds of materials, students range from twelve to eighteen years old. one large room was preferable. Because of the size School Libraries 159

A Conference ROOM Conference Room 900-929 &grapy 700 6 00

930

Subject Catalc

970 thoeoinephs 950

MicroFilm 900 reader- $70-990

Reference

Reference College Infor://etion Micro-film File reader 111111 Globe as?homographs 800 800

Fore's', Ruthor-7itle language catalog Books

800

E Short Stones Fiction S

YI Conferencg Room Conference Room

High School Library, Laboratory School University of Chicago Floor plan 160 Problems in Planning Library Facilities of the room, two entrance-exitswere necessary. This caused no concern so far as circulation ofma- terials control was concerned, since the students had always checked out theirown materials, and the charging desk could be in the center of the library.

Equipment The librarian had also contacted a library equipment firm with whom she wanted to work. From 1958 to 1960 it was the librarian's good fortune to have had the services of a consultant whowas a trained librarian. Mr. Robert Broadus,now teaching in the Library School at Northern Illinois University, gave invaluable help in planning the layout, furniture, and equipment. Mr. Broadus visited the old library quarters, observed the activities of the students, and discussed with the librarian all facets of the school, curriculum, and student use of the library. After two months of this activity practical planswere started. All standard equipment was used with slight modifications to meet the needs of this particular library. Because of the volume of materials with which the students worked, it was imperative tore- quest a table for only 4 studentsnot standard in 1959, but currently standard (66 inches x 42 inches). Five years were spent planning the library in the new high school building at the Laboratory School, University of Chicago. It is hoped that the best of the traditions of libraries were retained, and that flexibility was provided for theaccommo- dation of new ideas. School Libraries 161

Remodeling To Fit a Program The Foundation asked that another school be included, and we selected our smallest school, Ludlow. MILDRED L. KROHN Coordinator of Libraries Lomond School Shaker Heights City School District To carry out our plans, it was necessary to en- Shaker Heights, Ohio large both libraries. The project director, and principal of Lomond, said he wanted the room to be entirely unlike the former library in appearance and arrangement because he hoped for new accomplish- Two elementary schools in the Shaker Heights ments. The emphasis was to be different. The City School District, Lomond and Ludlow, are a traditional emphasis on the teaching process was to three-year experiment to determine how well inter- shift to the learning process as the more important mediate grade children can acquire work-study skills concept. Individual ability to obtain information on and proceed independently to satisfy their educational a topic or problem independently, under the general needs. Lomond has an enrollment of 625 and a book direction of the teacher, was now most important. collection of 12,000 volumes, Ludlow an enrollment Also, results in the communication of ideas between of 300 and a collection of 6,800 volumes. The staff pupils and teachers as they shared the use and pres- for these two schools includes three librarians, entation of appropriate materials were emphasized. one clerk in each school, one audio-visual clerk, During the summer of 1962, alterations were and a half -time technician in the larger school. made at Lomond. Originally the plans were to put a How did this experiment start? At Lomond, the door in the north wall to the adjoining classroom, or larger school, regular library scheduling left no perhaps a partial glass partition, and to keep that free time for individual library use. To make avail- room as the large group instruction classroom. able free blocks of time, large group instruction was However, the addition of audio-visual materials to tried by having all the fourth-grade classes in- the existing library resulted in the entire north wall structed at one time, the fifth-grade at another, and being taken out. The additional space was added to so on. This saved repetition of lessons and gave op- the library, and the large group instruction went portunities for the practice of skills taught and for back to the auditorium. individual research. Perimeter shelving was not sufficient to take Lomond began with large group instruction care of the 12,000 volumes, so freestanding double- classes in the auditorium, using the overhead pro- faced stacks were ordered to be placed down the jector and participation sheets as teaching aids. middle of the long room. Since we planned to have After some experimentation, this instruction was unscheduled classes in the fourth, fifth, and sixth moved to a large classroom next to the library. grades, the best arrangement seemed to be to place Arms were installed on the chairs used so that chil- the eight stacks in U-shaped areas. dren could write during the lessons. Contrary to my better judgmentin fact, in spite After a year's experimentation the idea seemed of my vigorous proteststhis was effected. I have to merit further study. Application to the Ford Foundation resulted in a matching grant of $45,000 from its Fund for the Advancement of Education. Lomond Learning Center, Shaker HeightE Floor plan CLASS & STUDY AREA REFERENCE AREA

,A 111111t_ i71

11.

LISTENING& VIEWING AREAS 01cvI-A STO 2Y A2EA 11.1 .1711.14k I LI ST F-INI I 14 AEA WOI2i200M 1.,111II I Cs K. 2 cv- o' so" CLCAN.UP ri NICS

CATA 4. NI 1110111111 ST012 STUDY CAI212 ELS OeMIIIINIIIONI. FloorLudlow plan Learning Center, Shaker Heights VIEWING Al2EA 12EFE2ENCE Al2 EA School Libraries 163 since thought what a conservnive I was. How else is progress made except by doing things contrary to the existing order! This arrangement proved to be very practical, for activity can go on in three or four areas without disturbing any of them. Sound is absorbed because of this arrangement, and there has been no tag played around the stacks. I do not guarantee this at the secondary level, however. Shelves were built along one wall in two alcoves for viewing and listening, and on the north wall five carrels with corkboard walls were built. The former workroom became the audio-visual technician's workshop. We are clamoring for drapes and carpeting to improve the room's appearance and hope to get them in the next year's budget.

Ludlow School At Ludlow, the library was housed in a classroom- size room. Instead of knocking out a wall, the library moved to the kindergarten roomthe largest room and a most attractive one. Its adaptability was amaz- ing. The cloakroom became the workroom and storage area. A former cupboard became aviewing area with the building of shelves on three sides and the placing of stools there. Six commercially built study carrels became the center of the reference area, and a windowed alcove became a most attractivestory area. The total project has influenced the thinking of librarians and principals in the other schools of our system. In the elementary area, one school moved its library into the auditorium, another into the kindergarten room, and two more libraries will move into the auditorium in the fall term, leaving only three that require major building alterations to be on a par with the other libraries.One of our two junior highs is being enlarged this summer. The high school was doubled in size a year ago and enjoyed conference rooms, audio-visual materials, and individual study carrels for the first time this past school year. Because of the numerous visitors, Ford has given us an additional grant to have a full-time public relations coordinator who will, during the next school year, take care of visitors and answer cor- respondence and outside requests for material on the two project schools. Our visitors have been universally enthusiastic about this program, and almost no one has been unhappy about the physical arrangement. How adaptable it is to other libraries would, in my opinion, depend on the staff available. 164 Problems in Planning Library Facilities THE DEPARTMENTALIZED It is impossible to discuss here the implications SCHOOL LIBRARY for school libraries of all four proposals. It must suffice to discuss only one. The Trump Plan is the z.bvious choice, for it, of all the proposals, has been most widespread in its influence. Departmentalizing the School Library The Trump Plan MRS. GEORGIA RANKEN COLE The term "Trump Plan" refers to the findings Assistant Professor, School of Library Science and recommendations of the Commission on the Ex- University of Kentucky perimental Study of the Utilization of the Staff in the Lexington, Kentucky Secondary School,of the National Association of Sec- ondary School Principals. The NASSP, recognizing that the nationwide shortage of teachers was likely to continue for many years, appointed the Commis- It has been said that "Vanity ruins more women sion to recommend a plan which would make it pos- than love." This is true, for think of all of us who, sible to maintain the same, or better, quality of inin our vanity, believe we can discuss the departmen- struction by more efficient use of teacher time. The talization of school libraries or s: me other aspect plan was called the Trump Plan after the Director of the program! Nor is this "ruinous vanity" limited of the Commission, Dr. J. Lloyd Trump. The Plan to women; men are quite as disastrously afflicted by recommends the organization of the secondary it. The only difference is that they are not likely to schools around three kinds of activities: large be ruined by love. group instruction, individual study, and small Had vanity not stood in the way, I certainly group instruction. The key to the Trump Plan is should have seen the monstrous problems awaiting recognition of individual differences in teachers as any person who attempts to discuss trends in school well as in pupils. The Plan provides for better utili- library quarters. However, certain proposals do as- zation of teacher time by organizing teachers into sert themselves. Four are common to the many teams. Each teacher does the kind of work for methods and procedures proposed for improving which his talents and training best suit him. Clerks our schools and school libraries: and other helpers assume nonprofessional duties. 1. Every pupil should be given an opportunity to de- The resulting staff organization is a hierarchy rang- velop to his fullest potential. (Does this have a ing from teacher specialists to general aides: familiar ring?) Teacher specialists are career teachers who 2. The body of knowledge is too extensive for the teach subject matter for which they are particularly school to cover, and is growing at such a rapid well qualified, usually to large groups. They have rate that every person must continue to study general charge of evaluating students. and learn throughout life. Therefore, the empha- General teachers are qualified, certificated per- sis in the schools must be to develop in the pupil sonnel with less experience than teacher specialists. the desire and capacity to assume more and more They participate primarily as observers and consul- responsibility for his own education. tants in discussion groups. The salary of general 3. There is increasing recognition that opportunity teachers, as proposed by the authors of the Plan, is for learning can best be provided when teachers markedly lower than that of teacher specialists. and other members of the staff work together, Instruction assistants are persons with special each making that contribution for which he has training and experience for certain aspects of in- special talent or training. struction. They do much of the evaluation of student 4. Instructional materials of all kinds are being used work: papers of all kinds, art projects, and the like. in teaching and in studying to a far greater extent Clerks are available about ten hours per week than in the past. per professional teacher. General aides are adults with at least high Those who reject proposals are likely to say, school education. They supervise cafeteria, play- "Why, that's what we've believed all the time; that's ground, hallways, and so on. what we've been doing all these years." The enthu- Co»z»zzazity consultants are members of the com- siastic supporters, on the other hand, may say, "This munity who are utilized for specific assignments is completely different; there never has b.:::en anywhere they are better qualified than any available thing like it before." Both are right. If we look at teacher. Their contributions can be taped or filmed the four beliefs expounded by edmators since the for future use. The practice of using the talents of time of John Dewey, the philosophy has not changed, people in the community is not new with the Trump but the school programs which grew out of this phi- Plan. Some strategically located schools have car- losophy have changed. ried this practice to its ultimate, with very outstand- Schuul Libraries165 ing people in various areas teachingsingle classes instruction. Then they meet for another 20 percent which may be offered early in the morning or late of the week for small group discussions. The size in the afternoon. of these groups may vary from 10 to 20. The remain- Staff continues to include specialists such as ing 40 percent of the student's time is spent in indi- nurses and psychologists. vidual study: in the laboratory, in the library, or The Trump Plan provides for much more, of perhaps in some place outside the school. course, than reorganization of staff timeand pupil In translating the Trump Plan into brick and con- time. It calls for new approaches to learning. Per- crete blocks, there seem to be three significant haps the most important emphasis is on preparing changes: (1) interior walls have become flexible the student for lifetime learning. It is the unique and in some cases disappeared altogether; (2) room scheduling of teachers and students, however, which sizes, instead of being standard, vary from very has brought about such a widespread change in small to very large; and (3) each department has school design. been planned as a self-sufficient unit. Thus, English, science, social studies, and other departments each Adapting libraries have their own areas. Each area has its own rooms for large group instruction. In most cases curtains, We have described the school's program. Now accordion doors, and the like are used to create we must plan the library quarters for a school oper- space for small group discussion from the large ating under the Trump Plan. But library facilities group areas. cannot be planned in a vacuum. They must be de- Each department or cluster, as this area is fre- signed in relation to the rest of the school plant. quently called, usually has its own teacher-work or Let us look now at schools in which the Trump Plan resource area. These areas vary from a kindof is in operation. Here it must be emphasized that Joint office to what amounts to a departmental library not a great many schools have adopted the Plan in housing instructional materials of all kinds, equip- lobo, although a considerable number seem to be ment, supplies for preparing instructional materials, using elements of it. In most cases where the and even carrels or cubicles for int. Idual study. In Trump Plan is in full operation, the schools have some schools these areas are designated asdepart- constructed buildings which were planned with the mentalized libraries; more often, they are not. program in mind. The authors of the Trump Plan emphasize the Central libraries fact that the program for each school will be different. They carefully refrain from planning sample And what of central libraries in these schools? school facilities, or anything of the sort, which Short of visiting a great many of the schools, it is might become a rubber stamp for schools all over difficult to find out. The libraries seem to be largely the country to copy. They do guide architects in traditional, except that they are furnished with some their planning to this extent. study carrels. They are not the old two-classroom- "Because class groups will vary in size, the size libraries which were standard for so long, but school plant of the future must provide rooms for they seem to be little different from libraries being groups of 10, 20, 50, 100, or possibly more students. built in schools all over the country regardless of A variety of instructional and resource areas will the program. There are exceptions to this, of course. replace the present series of standard, stacked Mention should be made here of the schools which classroom cubicles, each designed to contain 30 have been constructed recently in which the central students and one teacher. Study halls as they are library suite has departmentalized reading rooms. now known will not exist. Instead there willbe Undoubtedly, the best-known example of this is the study-resource rooms where students may read, West Leyden fan-shaped Instructional Materials listen to and view tapes, observe films and slides, Center, at Northlake, Illinois. I know also of the work on self-teaching and self - appraisal machines, North Central and the Lawrence Central high schools use science and other equipment, think, write,and in Indianapolis. This trend seems to indicate that in participate in other more or less individual study these schools emphasis is being placed on preparing activities."' students for lifetime learning. Obviously, the greatest change in school buildings In general, it seems that library quarters have must be in size of classrooms. Instruction maybe not changed greatly under the Trump Plan, even given to groups of 50, 80, or 100, and students spend when the rest of the school building has changed about 40 percent of their time in such large group radically. Undoubtedly, many libraries in Trump Plan schools are giving very adequate service. There may be a great difference in program in 1. J. Lloyd Trump, Images of The Future: A New Approach to these schools, but the staff has found that it can the Secondary School (Washington, D.C.: National Education carry on the library program in traditional quarters. Assn., 1959), p.28. Probably some of us are not sorry to see the school 166 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

library retain its traditional face. We liked the li- Library chawes brary as it was in the past, and we cto not wish to see it changed. If the library is to continue to be effective,these Almost any of us will disapprove, I think, of what resource areas must become libraries. I think they seems to be change for the sake of change. The li- will become departmental librariesor branches of brary with shelving around its walls and tablesin the central library, staffed by professionalperson- the center is considered outdated by some educators. nel. The school library then willgrow more like These same people insist on lining the walls with the college library. This is in keeping with the study cubicles and shelving the books on 7-foot school program which is growingeven more similar stacks in the middle of the floor. This latter ar- to higher education: in subject matter, in scheduling, rangement could become as well established as the and in use of staff time. If this developmentseems former once was. Just why it is superior to the ambitious, consider that if schoolswere meeting the former has yet to be explained to my satisfaction. American Association of School Librarians standards Actually the changes in school buildings are not regarding personnel there would be littleproblem in so radical as they may seem. There are still roofs staffing departmental libraries. overhead and walls to keep out rain, wind, andsnow. In the small school, there probably will continue The library, too, will continue to be recognizable to be a single, central library in the school. Butit as a library. Through years of experience we have will change somewhat, as will the central library arrived at various standards for quality and useful- and the departmental libraries in the large school. ness in library quarters, furniture, and equipment. The most obvious change will be in total size.The There is no reason for these standards to be put school library will become larger. Presentspace aside until they can be proved to be obsolete. requirements are based on the assumption that the Whether we are reluctant clingers to the past or student will spend approximatelyone sixth of his eager reachers for the new, we must remember at time in the library. In Trump Plan schools he spends this point one of the first maxims we learned in li- 40 percent of his time in individual study.At least brary school. School library quarters are planned halfprobably moreof this time is spent in the li- for the school's library program. That program, in brary. Also, the authors of the Trump Plan specify turn, grows out of the program of the school. Then, that students will work at carrelsor cubicles. Con- of course, library quarters for Trump Plan schools siderably more space is required to seat students will change some, just as the rest cf the building has in carrels than is necessary to seatan equal number changed, and libra-ians must accept these changes at tables. and welcome them because they can mean improved The second major change will be in themanner library service. in which students are seated in the library. Carrels We would have been less than human, however, or cubicles will make up a major part of the seating. if we had not been frightened by some directions Dr. Trump has said that the school will needonE, which the Trump Plan has seemed to take. In the for each three students enrolled.3 These cubicles film, And No Bells Ring, which depicts a school cf will be somewhat different from those usedin the the future, the library quarters have been taken library in the past. They will be taller and willpro- over for large group instruction, and no mention is vide greater privacy; they will be equipped with made of where the library is now located.2 In fact, drawers so that students may keeppaper, pencil, it woull seem that its resources have been distrib- and other supplies there; and they will be equipped uted to form small personal libraries for students for listening and viewing. This does notmean that in each of the cubicles around which the action of there will be no tables in the library. Undoubtedly the film centers. Dr. Trump himself has put our there will be some tables. minds at ease regarding this matter. He has said Also, I am sure we shall continue to haveeasy that the student keeps numerous resources in his chairs here and there throughout the library. After cubicles but that he has checked these materials days of reading about the Trump Plan,one can almost outfrom the library, we presume. The other ques- believe that young people of today have time for noth- tion which disturbs us regards the resource areas ing but scholarly pursuits. Young peopleare still which appear in each of the departments of the human and will continue to read for pleasure, andwe school. Will these become collections of materials shall continue to provide spots where theycan relax purchased without plan and with no ties with the with good books to read strictly for fun. school library? This question has not been an- The emphasis in the Trump Plan on theuse of swered to our satisfaction. many instructional materials by both teachers and students may mean a happy change in theuse of materials which require projectionor audio equipment.

2. National Association of Secondary School Principals,And No Bells Ring; 2 films, each 281 minutes, sound, blackand 3. J. Lloyd Trump, 'Images of the Future for School Librar- white (Washington, D.C.: The Association, 1960). ies," ALA Bulletin, 55:129-31 (Feb. 1961). School Libraries167

In time, large group and small group instruction 1.With departmentalization it will be logical for li- areas will be equipped with television receivers and brarians to be specialists in various areas. No speakers. Cubicles, too, may have small receivers longer will administrators seek a librarian for and speakers. Films, filmstrips, slides, magazines the school. They will look for science librarians, and newspapers on microfilm, and whatever other so vial studies librarians, and so on, as the need visual materials may develop in the future will be exists. These librarians will be particularly well projected from a single central source. At this I113 qualified to serve on the departmental teams of ment the expense of such an arrangement seems pro- which they are a part. hibitive, but with an enlarged market the cost woul i 2. Libraries will give more direct serviceto teacn- drop steeply. ers than they have in the past. The teacher spe- The Trump Plan library needs considerable cialist described in the Trump Plan needs a space fcr teacher use. In each library there will librarian working side by side with him, spending need to be a place or places for teaching teams to almost as many hours as he spends in preparing plan together so that the various resources they a lecture. need will be near at hand. Teachers need places 3. There will be less distinction between librarians where they can study. Some new schools have in- and teachers than there has been in the past. Li- cluded an office for each teacher, but this is not brarians will do more teaching than beforenot common in Trump Plan schools. The Trump Plan only will they teach students to use the library, recognizes that teachers must c,,ntinue to study and but they will take their places as members of the learn. The library must provide space and re- teaching team and may teach anything for which sources for their study. they are particularly well qualified. The fact The library will be open at hours and on days that schools are teaching students to take respon- when school is not actually in session. While this sibility for their own education means that the idea is not new with the Trump Plan, it should be talents of the librarian will be in greater demand. mentioned here with the reminder that libraries 4. The library collection will give attention to the will be located near exits and will have provisions need of teachers for continuing study in their sub- for independent control of heating and cooling ject areas. Not only will the library purchase systems. professional materials for teachers; it will also purchase the newest materials in their subject A few people have thought that the flexible wall, areas. There will be considerably more duplica- or a lack of walls, which characterizes Trump Plan tion of materials than in the past. buildings is necessary for a satisfactory Trump 5. While recognizing that the library serves students Plan library. Thus, at least one library has been best by working through teachers, librarians un- planned without walls. Perhaps I shall be branded derstand also their part in helping the student to as a traditionalist, but I do not believe this will be take responsibility for his self-education. They the pattern in school libraries. Flexible walls will will work with him in his inuependent study. be used in library areas as they are already being Each student will use many materials, many of used, so that conference rooms can be made larger which will be very technical materials. or smaller, the end of a workroom become a preview room, and so on. Perhaps we have too long Is this program really likely to happen or is it laughed at the librarian who is a "keeper of books." only a dream? If school libraries never were quite I think the time is fast approaching when the value able to achieve their full potential before, is there of a fine library in the school will be widely recog- any reason to believe that they can do so in the nized. The library's public will realize that many future? Will administrators employ enough librar- of these materials will be used only rarely but that ians to man departmental libraries? Or will there they are needed. They will want walls around simply be decentralization of libraries with resulting their libraries. chaos? None of us can answer these questions at this moment, of course. There are reasons for optimism, however. New programs The more effective the school library, the more likely it is to have the staff, budget, and space neces- At this time it seems that the library hasa sary for its operation. Under the Trump Plan there chance to realize its full potential under the Trump is the opportunity for the library to be more effective and other plans. Certainly all those who are influ- than ever in the past. Surely any teacher who uses ential in undertaking a new program of instruction the library as implied in the Plan will recognize the believe that the Trump Plan and other proposals pro- benefits to his students and to himself! An apprecia- vide a great opportunity for learning. These pro- tive, yet demanding faculty is the best support which grams provide a more important place for the library a library can have in seeking additional staff. in learning than before. The library program will be The growing similarities between schools and a challenging one for many reasons. colleges have been recognized. Let us hope that 168 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

public schoolteachers willgrow more similar to college faculties in their attitudestoward libraries and librarians. It is reasonableto assume that as the demands made on secondaryschool libraries become more similar to those madeon college libraries, school library standards will needto be raised until they are similar to standardsfor college libraries. One of the rewards of beingon a university faculty is that university teachersrealize that the library services they desire willnot be available unless the library is adequatelyhoused, adequately supported, and adequately staffed. The progress which schoollibraries have made in the three years since the publicationof Standards for School Library Programs isevidence that higher goals for school librariescan be reached.4 More important, the national climate is rightfor them. Never before have reading and librariesbeen held in such high esteem in this country,nor has as much attention been focusedon them. These factors combine into a formula whichseems to assure success for school libraries in achieving their fullpo- tential under the new educationalprograms.

4. American Association of School Librarians,Standards for School Library Programs (Chicago:American Library As- sociation, 1960). School Libraries 169

A Departmentalized School Library: phasis on separate departmentalized readingrooms, Two-Floor Plan is a grave responsibility. We would not have had the fortitude to proceed without the enthusiastic MYRTLE ELLIS support and encouragement of leaders in the school Head Librarian library field, such as Dr. Frances Henne. A rough York Community High School sketch of our plans was presented to the faculty and Elmhurst, Illinois received their approval and support beforewe started working with the architects. The architects also accepted the challenge and gaveus wonderful cooperation. School librarians are being challenged asnever We now have in our district two libraries:York before to help create adequate school library quar- and Willowbrook. Each library,a two-floor plan, ters. This involves active participation in school has four reading rooms, three ofwhich are parti- planning working with architects, superintendents, tioned from the adjoining lobby by glass.Both li- and school boards. The teen-age explosion in our braries have a seating capacity formore than 200 public libraries gives us additional reasons to per- students, shelving for about 20,000volumes, and a suade the public to provide adequate school library total area of about 9,400 square feet.Downstairs, quarters for our students. The librarian who has off the lobby, is a union catalog witha complete the opportunity to help build new school library record of the library book collection.Each reading quarters will find it both exciting and exhausting. room upstairs has a duplicate catalog for thatpar- It requires hours of research, visitation, and much ticular collection. private meditation. The best of library schools The libraries are designedon a subject divi- cannot prepare one for the minute planning involved. sional plan. The four readingrooms are language It has been said that the only thing that is per- arts, social studies, science and thearts, and fic- mactent is change. To keep abreast of constant tion. The material in eachroom has been chosen to chalige, our school library liierature is indeed help- fit curriculum needs in each of thesesubject fields, ful. The publication of the new Standards for School including pamphlet files and specialreference tools. Library Programs in 1960,1 and the Illinois Curric- "Why two levels?" you may ask. Experience ulum Program booklet Instructional Materials,2 teaches us the first task of every librarian is to de- gives every librarian much to contemplate. termine the total number of square feet required When planning new library quarters the librar- for the library program desired. The second task ian must be aware of new educational trends,see as is to insist that the location is advantageous and many library programs as possible, exchange ideas adjacent to the academic classrooms. Sincewe constantly with other librarians, and make a scrap- were assigned a long, narrow wing for our new li- book of ideas for future reference. The perfect brary, we had to choose between quarterson both school library has never been built. Moreover, sides of a hall, or quarters on two levels. We chose changes in the philosophy of school library service the two-floor library, making us very accessible to make it impossible. Each school library has to find the social studies classes on the second floor plus its own distinctive character, plan, and function de- being adjacent to some English classeson both pending on the community, the faculty, the curricu- floors. The two-floor library called the students' lum, and the student body which it serves. Every attention not once but twice to the libraryprogram, school librarian can dream of an ivory tower, but giving us twice the publicity. It also reinforced the excellent salesmanship, backed by sound reasoning, program by creating two traffic centers rather than is essential if an adequate, all-embracing library one. An automatic lift between the two levels makes program is to be achieved. the collection somewhat flexible. Library planning Why multiple rooms or departmentalized libraries? Possibly many schools, likeours, are Our present quarters at York are six years old. finding that taking additional subjects and partici- The superintendent is a man of vision. To dosome- pating in extracurricular activities leave students thing unconventional, to experiment, to build a li- little time to use the library during the day. Inour brary on a completely different pattern with theem- district, school-bus transportation precludesany concentrated preparation of library assignments before or after school. Faculty members seldom have time for a leisurely hour to become acouainted with new library materials. These 1. American Association of School Librarians, Standardsfor were significant School Library Programs (Chicago: AmericanLibrary As- factors in planning new quarters forour district. sociation, 1960). Our answer was a laboratory classroom libraryto 2. Illinois Curriculum Program, limb-notionalMater:ells which each teacher could bring classes forseveral (Springfield: Office of the Supt. of PublicInstruction, 1961). periods or for several days at a time. Theteacher, 4 5 I'n3CVI1:1" OM C771 L 1'1 1 C. 11-ncE.a. rt Of 04.141 "ii. 1.11 I E:=1 471.: DOUG -n 4 vorArioN$ - SCIENCE n (s< - Mii I- .1 YiiaG FiErmaroauc44.4.' COI T BROWSING ROOM LOAN LISIS OF THE ARTS CI A:.$1 b 4 105 5 3 1 CARD CATALOG AITTGRDANCZ DZSIC 67 0 R LOBBY 11° 1T1 D R YorkFirst Community floor High School Library 0 0 I 0 1 1 3t1P111:AINTAld ?TAT 6 OPPIC ISRIODICAL LANGUAGE ARTS INT li ATLAS SOCIAL STUDIES 6 DYS TI CAR) riffsMr. C *de I ..1.11011=1 I 205 5 ---1---40AN CATALOG 205 N O 5 CATALO CARD ATTIll DA`.:C 5 4 3 2 LOBBY REAMS, 5 4 SW* 3 C 0 l R I I) 0 SecondYork Community floor High School Library School Libraries 171

100NLanguage Arts 100S Fiction Conference

Office Current Magazines Pam. File Stahl 1=M

1:3 Newspapers 31 L 019 First Floor Record Coll. I

Willowbrook High School Library First floor

200N Social Studies 200S-Science and Arts

Willowbrook High School Library Second floor ing on current magazines, can and sometimes do go on during just one class period. the librarian, and the students could then function as Staff reaction a unit in working with library materials. What is the reaction of our own library staff to Many activities can be carried on without too our two-level, four reading rooms program now that much conflict. For example, we can schedule we have occupied our quarters over a period of twenty-eight classes a day, though we do not en- years? Did the district reproduce a second library courage being programmed that heavily. Work on in the image of the original because the library pro- term papers for English, a class in vocations, book gram was so successful? These are questions talks in the fiction room, plus a speech class workwhich we have been asked many times. 172 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

Unfortunately the librarians, the faculty, and the life much simpler. Nevertheless, in the over-all student body ha..e not been polled in regard to the view, as we move from room to room and floor to specific strengths and weaknesses of our particular floor taking a long look at the activities throughout physical setup. This should have been done before the four reading rooms, we wonder what it would be meeting with the architects to plan a second library. like to have all this traffic on one floor. Would we Although this action was recommended, the commu- be able to survive? nity asked that the second school be equal in all What kind of physical facilities would I recom- physical facilities. Under these circumstances, the mend for a third library in ray district? I would responsibility for expression concerning the advan- hope we could have the freedom, money, and time tages and disadvantages of our program is mine. that went into the original planning of York. I would At the inception we hoped to create material hope for many visitations and consultations with centers that would allow for the maximum amount other librarians outside of our district, plus con- of class scheduling, so that the majority of students stant meetings with our own professional district could have time and opportunity to use the library. staff for wham I have the greatest respect. When Our physical quarters have successfully met these the staff reached an agreement as to the right pro- demands. We wished to avoid the large one-area gram for the new school, I would look ahead to the reading room, seating over 200 students, that called day when we would be asked to justify our plans to for extensive supervision on the part of the librar- the administration, school board, and architects. ian. In our present quarters no librarian supervises Considering the fine esprit de corps that has existed more than 60 students. As our professional staff among our library department, the administration, increased, each librarian was a specialist in her and the board, we would be confident of a sympa- particular subject field. For example, we now have thetic audience. a trained librarian with a social studies major who orders and catalogs the materials for the social studies reading room, in addition to working with the faculty and students in her particular subject area. Professional. staff responsibility is clearly defined. Each librarian contributes an equal and definite share in the total library program. Two floor library needs I feel sure our librarians in the district would agree that in a two-floor library: 1. More trained staff is required to operate, maintain, and present materials. 2. Duplicate cataloging for the second-floor reading room is time-consuming for the librarians and for the ordering and processing department. 3. Library orientation for freshmen is a must, and the training program has to be more extensive. 4. Upperclassmen, in order to master library techniques, should be reoriented to the various reading rooms in the light of their new subjects. 5. Though the flexibility of the collection through the use of the booklift makes transportation of books rather simple, it does involve careful planning on the part of the teacher and the librarian. 6.. Librarians must communicate with one another constantly in regard to programming, policies, and ordering. 7. The two-floor plan is somewhat more expensive from the standpoint of duplication of some encyclopedias and reference tools. There are times, after a weary day, when all of us feel that a one-floor library with all patrons, librarians, and secretaries on one floor would make School Libraries 173

A Departmentalized School Library: a bank of 18-inch windows near the 12-foot ceiling One-Floor Plan on the south wall of the main reading room, and also through the large windows on the south wall in H. F. ALWIN the four rooms adjoining the main room. In each of Librarian the windows in the four bays, which come to a point Homewood-Flossmoor High School in a saw-tooth fashion, there is a small panel which Flossmoor, Illinois can be opened for ventilation if necessary. In the 30-inch space below the windows, there are two shelves, the lower one slanting. There is also a door in one of the rooms which will eventually lead Planning a school library, or remodeling exist- onto a terrace. ing quarters, begins with a study of that school's Along the north corridor wall, above the 6-foot philosophy, objectives, and curriculum and what shelving, windows make possible an inviting view part the library is to play in the total educational down into the library for those passing by in the program. Homewood-Flossmoor High School corridor. On the east wall, in front of the two con- serves two suburbs of the same name located about ference rooms, there is 7-foot shelving. The twenty-five miles south of Chicago. The area has a shelving is all in 3-foot sections, 8 inches deep. population of some 20,000, mostly in the middle The bottom shelf is slanted for ease in reading socioeconomic level. titles and numbers. Planning the Homewood-Flossmoor High School By a rectangular arrangement of low bookcases, started, as it should, several years before the picture and map file, atlas cases, newspaper racks, school opened in September, 1959, with the educa- and card catalog, a reference area is created in the tional program. A committee of citizens, as well center of the library. (This is the way the main li- as the board of education and administration, con- brary room was built in 1959.) tributed to the plans. A survey of the two commu- On either end of this main room, on the regular nities revealed that 75 percent of the students upon floor level, are two other departments under the li- graduating from high school attended college. It brary's administration. At Homewood-Flossmoor was upon these facts that a curriculum and, of the library is responsible for the distribution, col- course, the library were planned. lection, storage, and care of the rental textbook and This school is built on the one-floor plan. The supplementary book collection. On the west end, library is located in the central core of the build- beside the good-sized workroom (15 feet x 18 feet) ings, which includes the administration and business which ib on the same level as the library, is the offices and the science, mathematics, business edu- textbook room. This room (16 feet x 16 feet), which cation, and fine and practical arts classrooms. is entered through the workroom and from the hall- This building is air-conditioned for summer school way, houses the school's collection of textbooks usage. The other four buildings are set away from some 9,000, when they are all turned in in June. the central building some 100 feet and are reached Except for the distribution in the fall and the collec- through enclosed passageways. tion in the spring, the work here is carried on by the clerical assistants. Beyond the ramp, at the Planning details east end of the library on the main building floor The library is a large room on the south side of level, is the audio-visual department. The audio- the central building. The main reading room is 106 visual area (16 feet x 40 feet) has an office, a work- feet long and 40 feet wide. The floor level of the li- room, and two preview rooms and is also under the brary is 2-1/2 feet lower than the rest of the build- supervision of the library. ing. The main entrance is on the west end, down By 1961, the school's enrollment had grown to five broad steps past a beautiful planter and the cir- more than 1,200 students, and several additions culation desk. A ramp on the east end of the library were planned. The library was one of the areas to permits students in wheel chairs to enter the li- be enlarged to make room for more books and more brary, and also serves as a way to push out trucks students to use library facilities. of books for classroom use. The floor covering is asphalt tile in shades of Remodeling features brown. All heating and cooling units are located in Although the architects, Perkins and Will, had the ceiling, covered by perforated metal paneling. envisioned more library space, they had planned for The temperature of the library is kept comfortable it in one of the classroom wings to be built later. at all seasons of the year. Fluorescent lighting with The administration and the librarian decided that in tubes hidden by translucent fixtures provides ade- order to have all educational materials centrally lo- quate artificial lighting for all reading areas. Nat- cated and administered, it would be better to enlarge ural lighting enters the main reading room through the existing area of the library by moving out the 174 Problems in Planning Libra)), Facilities outside south wall. Our decision to divide space other may become a fine arts reading room, or it and the book collection by subject materials was may be thk . the social sciences will spill overinto based on the standards, which recommend that, for a second room. Another possibilityis that we may supervision and good service, not more than 100 move fiction into one of these rooms andmake it a students and preferably not more than 80 be seated browsing center. in one reading room. Since we werebuilding for an These rooms presently seat 34 students. Most anticipated school enrollment of 2,500 students, it of our classes have about 25 students; therefore, was imperative that, in order to seat10 percent of other students who come to the library in small the students as recommended by the standards, we groups can avail themselves of thematerials in build multiple reading rooms. these rooms. Teachers tell us that they like to One of the impressive features of the original bring their classes to the subject area rooms for li- library was the south wall of five saw-tooth bays, brary research work. separated by Lannon stone piers. These piers were Throughout the library we used rectangular ta- 9 feet high and 18 inches thick. They protruded four bles, round tables, individual study tables, and car- feet into the room and extended 10 feet beyond the rels. With the present space and furnishings we can wall on the outside. Since we had decided to depart- seat 185 students. The enrollment will be 1,750 mentalize the library, these piers made natural next year. Eventually, when we add the two rooms room dividers for five rooms.An addition was now being used for other purposes,there will be built, 120 feet long and 30 feet wide, divided into room to seat slightly more than 250. AsI have said, five rooms each 24 feet x 30 feet. The ceiling in the new standards recommend that the library be the new rooms is 8 feet high. able to seat 10 percent of the student body, and the The rooms are divided from the main reading maximum anticipated enrollment of Homewood- room by walls which have5-foot shelving, with a- Flossmoor is 2,500. foot windows above the shelving. There are doors connecting the main reading room with the subject Time schedules area rooms, as well as doors openingbetween the rooms. Homewood-Flossmoor High School has hour One of the rooms became the periodicals room classes and no study halls. Students may come to to house the increasing collection of magazines, op- the library at 8:00 in the morning and stay until 5:00 erating on a plan to keep magazines for five years. in the evening. During the regular daily class We had outgrown the small magazine room located schedule, students come to the library by classes, behind the charge-out desk. This room became the accompanied by the teacher, or in small groups on library office. The microfilm readers are in the passes. Usually arrangements are made a week or periodicals room. We have also put the vertical more ahead of time. A system of house telephones files in the periodicals room. There is a counter in permits late arrangements for small groups if nec- front of this room which serves as a room divider, essary. The library is also open two evenings a and the students do not enter the periodicals room week, from 7:30 to 9:30. except for those using the microfilm readers. Stu- We have had five different classes, or approxi- dents present their requests for materials at the mately 155 people, in the library at one time so far. counter. They have to get the information fortheir It becomes quite a busy place. Students are free to magazine requests from the Readers'Guide, and move about from room to room tc gathermaterials, that for their pamphlet subject requests from the but teachers are generally encouraged to keep their card catalog. The space which was the libraryof- classes together in one area. On an average, 500 fice in front of the periodicals room has becomethe students come to the library in a day. listening area. At first, it was anticipated that it might be One of the new rooms we built became the social somewhat difficult to supervise these rooms, espe- science library; in this area are the 300's and the cially before and after school when there were no 900's except for biography. The magazines which teachers present and only one librarian was on duty. relate to this subject area are also kept here. M- This was not a big problem the first year. The other room became the English and language room, rooms are often used by the more seriousstudents, housing the 400's and 800's as well as the related who want to get away from the freer movement magazines. Of the two rooms remaining, one will which goes on in the main reading room. Groups be used as a faculty study and professionallibrary who need to converse extensively are encouraged to until the faculty study and lounge are built inabout use the conference rooms. One of the previously three years; and the other is presently occupiedby mentioned conference rooms is called the college individuals doing typing for the faculty. As our en- room, and all literature pertaining to going to col- rollment increases and the book collection grows, lege and college catalogs are kept there. This room one of these rooms will become ascience and apis extensively used by college counselors and stu- plied science (500's-600's) reading room. The dents after school. School Libraries 173

A Departmentalized School Library: a bank of 18-inch windows near the12-foot ceiling on the south wall of the mainreading room, and One-Floor Plan also through the large windows on the south wall in H. F. ALWIN the four rooms adjoining the main room, In each of Librarian the windows in the four bays, which come to a point Homewood-Flossmoor High School in a saw-tooth fashion, there is a small panel which Flossmoor, Illinois can be opened for ventilation if necessary.In the 30-inch space below the windows, there are two shelves, the lower one slanting. There is also a door in one of the rooms which will eventually lead Planning a school library, or remodeling exist- onto a terrace. ing quarters, begins with a study ofthat school's Along the north corridor wall, above the 6-foot philos'phy, objectives, and curriculum and what shelving, windows make possible an inviting view part the library is to play in the totaleducational down into the library for those passing by in the program. Homewood-FlossmoorHigh School corridor. On the east wail, in front of the two con- serves two suburbs of the same namelocated about ference rooms, there is 7-foot shelving. The twenty-five miles south of Chicago. The area has a shelving is all in 3-foot sections, 8 inches deep. population of some 20,000, mostly in the middle The bottom shelf is slanted for ease in reading socioeconomic level. titles and numbers. Planning the Homewood-Flossmoor High School By a rectangular arrangement of low bookcases, started, as it should, several years before the picture and map file, atlas cases, newspaper racks, school opened in September, 1959, with the educa- and card catalog, a reference area is created in the tional program. A committee of citizens, as well center of the library. (This is the way the main E- as the board of education andadministration, con- brary room was built in 1959.) tributed to the plans. A survey of the two commu- On either end of this main room, on the regular nities revealed that 75 percent of the students upon floor level, are two other departments under the li- graduating from high school attended college. It brary's administration. At Homewood-Flossmoor was upon these facts that a curriculumand, of the library is responsible for the distribution, col- course, the library were planned. lection, storage, and care of the rental textbook and This school is built on the one-floor plan. The supplementary book collection. On the west end, library is located in the central core of the build- beside the good-sized workroom (15 feet x 18 feet) ings, which includes the administration and business which is on the same level as the library, is the offices and the science, mathematics, business edu- textbook room. This room (16 feet x 16 feet), which cation, and fine and practical arts classrooms. is entered through the workroom and from the hall- This building is air-conditioned for summer school way, houses the school's collection of textbooks usage. The other four buildings are set away from some 9,000, when they are all turned in in June. the central building some 100 feet and are reached Except for the distribution in the fall and the collec- through enclosed passageways. tion in the spring, the work here is carried on by the clerical assistants. Beyond the ramp, at the Planning details east end of the library on the main building floor level, is the audio-visual department. The audio- The library is a large room on the south side of visual area (16 feet x 40 feet) has an office, a work- the central building. The main reading room is 106 room, and two preview rooms and is also under the feet long and 40 feet wide. The floor level of the li- supervision of the library. brary is 2-1/2 feet lower than the rest of the build- By 1961, the school ; enrollment had grown to ing. The main entrance is on the west end, down more than 1,200 students, and several additions five broad steps past a beautiful planter and the cir- were planned. The library was one of the areas to culation desk. A ramp on the east end of the library permits students in wheel chairs to enter the li- be enlarged to make room for more books and more brary, and also serves as a way to push out trucks students to use library facilities. of books for classroom use. Remodeling features The floor covering is asphalt tile in shades of brown. AU heating and cooling units are located in Although the architects, Perkins and Will, had the ceiling, covered by perforated metal paneling. envisioned more library space, they had planned for The temperature of the library is kept comfortable it in one of the classroom wings to be built later. at all seasons of the year. Fluorescent lighting with The administration and the librarian decided that in tubes hidden by translucent fixtures provides ade- order to have all educational materials centrally lo- quate artificial lighting for all reading areas. Nat- cated and administered, it would be better to enlarge ural lighting enters the main reading room through the existing area of the library by moving out the 174 Problems in Planning Library Facilities outside south wall. Our decisiola to divide snace other may become a fine arts reading room, or it and the book collection by subject materials was may be that the social sciences sillspill over into based on the standards, which recommend that, for a second room. Another possibilityis that we may supervision and good service, not more than 100 move fiction into one of these rooms and makeit a students and preferably not more than 80 be seated browsing center. in one reading room. Since we werebuilding for an These rooms presently seat 34 students. Most anticipated school enrollment of 2,500 students, it of our classes have about 25 students; therefore, was imperative that, in order to seat10 percent of other students who come to the library in small the students as recommended by the standards, we groups can avail themselves of the materials in build multiple reading rooms. these rooms. Teachers tell us that they like to One of the impressive features of the original bring their classes to the subject area rooms for li- library was the south wall of five saw-tooth bays, brary research work. separated by Lannon st'. ie piers. These piers were Throughout the library we used rectangular ta- 9 feet high and 18 inches thick. They protruded four bles, round tables, individual study tables, and car- feet into the room and extended 10 feet beyond the rels. With the present space and furnishings we can wall on the outside. Since we had decided to depart- seat 185 students. The enrollment will be 1,750 mentalize the library, these piers made natural next year. Eventually, when we add the two rooms room dividers for five rooms.An addition was now being used for other purposes, there willbe built, 120 feet long and 30 feet wide, divided into room to seat slightly more than 250. AsI have said, five rooms each 24 feet x 30 feet. The ceilingin the new standards recommend that the library be the new rooms is 8 feet high. able to seat 10 percent of the student body, and the The rooms are divided from the main reading maximum anticipated enrollment of Homewood- room by walls which have5-foot shelving, with a- Flossmoor is 2,500. foot windows above the shelving. There are doors connecting the main reading room with the subject Time schedules area rooms, as well as doorsopening between the MOMS. Homewood-Flossmoor High School has hour One of the rooms became the periodicals room classes and no study halls. Students may come to to house the increasing collection of magazines, op- the library at 8:00 in the morning and stay until 5:00 erating on a plan to keep magazines for five years. in the evening. During the regular daily class We had outgrown the small magazine room located schedule, students come to the library by classes, behind the charge-out desk. This room became the accompanied by the teacher, or in small groups on library office. The microfilm readers are in the passes. Usually arrangements are made a week or periodicals room. We have also put the vertical more ahead of time. A system of house telephones files in the periodicals room. There is a counter in permits late arrangements for small groups if nec- front of this room which serves as a room divider, essary. The library is also open two evenings a and the students do not tinter the periodicals room week, from 7:30 to 9:30. except for those using the microfilmreaders. Stu- We have hal five different classes, or approxi- dents present their requests for materials at the mately 155 people, in the library at one time so far. counter. They have to get the information for their It becomes quite a busy place. Students are free to magazine requests from the Readers' Guide, and move about from room to room to gathermaterials, that for their pamphlet subject requests fromthe but teachers are generally encouraged to keep their card catalog. space which was the library of- classes together in one area. On an average, 500 fice in front of the periodicals room has becomethe students come tk., the library in a day. listening area. At first, it was anticipated that it might be One of the new rooms we built became the social somewhat difficult to supervise these rooms, espe- science library; 4.n this area are the 300's andthe cially before and after school when there were no 900's except for biography. The magazines which teachers present and only one librarian was on duty. relate to this subject area are also kept here. An- This was not a big problem the first year. The other room became the English and language room, rooms are often used by the more seriousstudents, housing the 400's and 800's as well as the related who want to get away from the freer movement magazines. Of the two rooms remaining, onewill which goes on in the main reading room. Groups be used as a faculty study and professionallibrary who need to converse extensively are encouraged to until the faculty study and lounge are built inabout use the conference rooms. One of the previously three years; and the other is presently occupiedby mentioned conference rooms is called the college individuals doing typing for the faculty. As our en- room, and all literature pertaining to going to col- rollment increases and the book collection grows, lege and college catalogs are kept there. This room one of these rooms will become ascience and apis extensively used by college counselors and stu- plied science (500's- 600's) reading room. The dents after school. FloorHomewood-Flossmoor plan High School Library i 176 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

It must be -3mitted, however, that all these departments ar.ti a large reading area are quitea sizable job for two and one half librarians tosuper- vise. Because the charge-out desk is atone end of the main reading room, it requires much walking back and forth across the long readingroom. When planning a departmentalized library, it might be better to have the main reading room square rather than a long narrow room, and have the department rooms on each side of the main reading room. The main entrance and charging desk, too, could then be more centrally located. One school successfully used a triangular design and placed four reading rooms adjacent to the central browsing and general reference area. A natural entry was created at the tip of the triangle. Two other schools have the departmentalized libraries and conferencerooms along two sides of the main readingroom. It would likewise appear to make the work easier if all departments under the administration of the library would be on the same floor level,unless there are definitely two-story levels in the library plan. Finally, it would seem that if the textbooks and audio-visual were part of the library, these two should be located next to each otherand on the same floor level to avoid climbing either ramp or steps. School Libraries 1T7

THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL LIBRARY plant to provide, the most flexible and expansible arrangement of space areas, and the need for furniture and equipment that is well designed for functional use. The Elementary School Library Planned as an instructional Concept changes Materials Center A significant observation that should be made at this point is the inclusion in recent books on ele- ALICE LOHRER mentary school planning of a section relating to Associate Professor, well-designed areas for the school library and in- Graduate School of Library Science structional resources of the school. Books written University of Illinois prior to 1956 either ignored the possibility of need Urbana, Illinois for a school library at the elementary level, or made passing reference to a small area of classroom size planned for such purpose. Books written since 1956 take for granted that there must be an A general and observable characteristic of elementary school library designed as a laboratory American education, which differs somewhat from for purposeful learning activities. Recommenda- education in other parts of the world, is its changing tions for schools with enrollments from 300 or more nature. Most changes have come from forces within pupils include areas that contain: (1) a minimum, our society rather than through efforts of the t.luca- essential space for reading, viewing, and listening tional system. It also has been evident that the rate activities by individuals or groups; (2) space for of change at the elementary level has not always exhibits; (3) space for office, work, and conference been so rapid as at the secondary level. This is no needs; (4) space fcr the production of materials; longer true. Tremendous changes are taking place (5) storage and stack space for school-owned printed in elementary schools throughout our country. Most and nonprinted learning resources and for equip- easily seen are the changes in the architecture of ment that is rented or borrowed; and (6) space for the school buildings. . professional resources and work needs of teachers. The number of new buildings is the direct result School building planners are aware of the newer of great population increases in recent years. The methods of teaching and newer media of instruction structural changes, however, reflect: (1) changes which require more space for child learning activi- in the attitude of our society toward elementary ed- ties of an individual or group nature. They take into ucation; (2) newer techniques and experiments in account the needed change in arrangement of teacher teaching methods which require more space and to learner.' They also give recognition to commu- more flexible areas; (3) learning activities being nity need and use of school facilities. They urge provided for our children; (4) the provision of many flexibility and expansibility in planning to take care types and kinds of instructional materials; and (5) of future as well as of present needs.2 concern for the individual child and his learning and creative needs. Instructional materials center The professional literature is replete with books A question that might well be raised at this point and articles that highlight research findings in edu- is whether new school buildings, designed and built cation which evaluate these concepts and provide for kindergarten through the sixth grade, do provide excellent guidelines for planning and constructing for a school library planned as an instructional ma- better schoolhouses to meet these changes. Some terials center. Are there such schools and, if so, are listed in the footnotes and Bibliography of this where are they? Are there many or are there only paper. The books and articles emphasize the need a few? Complete answers to these questions can- for group planning on the part of school board mem- not be given, for changes are taking place every day, bers, school administrators, teachers, librarians as but the recent study conducted under the auspices of materials specialists, parents, citizens, and school the U.S. Office of Education, Educational Media architects. They recommend a community survey to provide facts relating to population trends, school building obsolescence, site possibilities, and economic costs. They suggest a study be made of educational trends and patterns of teaching as well as 1. Educational Facilities Laboratories, Inc., Here They an analysis of classroom and specialized educational Learn; first annual report (New York: The Laboratories, space needs. Specific details and helpful sugges- 1959). 32p. 2. D. B. Harmon and Associates, Flexibility in the Co-ordi- tions are given in many of these guides to assist in nal:d Classroom (Cleveland, Ohio: E. F. Hauserman, 1956). making wise decisions as to the best type of school 37p. 178 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

Branch, with a grant from Title VIA ofthe National Modern trends Defense Education Act has factualdata to give par- What are some of the characteristics today of tial answers. the elementary school and the resulting library pro- The study is in its final stage, and the reportis grams that need to be taken into accountwhen plan- now being written by theauthor of this paper. Some ning quarters, facilities, and resources to accom- of the data available indicates that schoollibraries modate them? functioning as instructional materials centers are Learning activities at the elementary level are to be found at each level of theeducational system. planned so as to promote large and small groups Elementary school libraries werevisited in twenty working together3 and to provide for abilitygrouping states, and Florida, Kentucky, NorthCarolina, and of children for study and work projects. Theactivi- Virginia were found to have examples of well- ties include use by children and teachers of many planned facilities and programs at theelementary instructional and learning resources, such as tele- level. Seven states have examples of schoollibrar- vision, electronic learning devices, laboratories, ies that have inadequate quarters buthave fine pro- and programmed materials. There is stimulation grams of service and resources,and do function as to use a wide variety of reference materials,in- instructional materials centers. These include cluding audio and visual resources for problem Florida, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana,Maryland, solving, and to make possible experience opportu- Pennsylvania, and Wisconsin. Other examples,in nities that are meaningful to the child. Activities states visited, include elementary schoollibrary involve group construction, display of individualand programs that either haveinadequate quarters or group work, the development ofcultural skills, the are in beginning stagesof development but do have exploring and investigating of areas of special in- programs that function asinstructional materials terest to a childto mention only a few. centers. These states include California,Florida, Teaching methods are much more liberal and Georgia, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana, experimental and allow less memorizing, more dis- Maryland, Michigan, Minnesota, New York,North cussion, more laboratory-type work, more small Carolina, Oregon, Pennsylvania, SouthCarolina, study groups, and more individualized learning sit- Tennessee, Texas, Virginia, Washington,and Wis- uations. Curricula may be more rigid, but not consin. teaching methods.4 Lack of time or lack of schools preventedthe Classroom and special service areas are being survey of elementaryschool libraries in other designed and equipped to provide conditions under states. Many of the elementary librariesvisited which children learn best. Rooms are being de- were located in schoolsbuilt long before plans in- signed for purposeful group Planning and activities, cluded a school library as an essential areaof the for individual study and research, and for class elementary school plant, or before a library was discussions and evaluations. These activities reconsidered as a materials center. As theteaching quire larger floor areas than did learning programs methods in these schools changed and educational of the past. programs expanded to meetmodern needs, a school There also needs to be more room for expan- library was considered essential. Space waslo- sion for tomorrow as well as for today. School cated, resources and equipment wereprovided, and buildings are said to have a functional life span of staff was hired to develop the library program.In- about fifty years. They need to be flexible in ar- creasing enrollments and need for classroom space chitectural design and construction to allow for the have jeopardized some of these initial programs. continuing change in the educational programs. But each month and each year the number ofsuch school libraries increases and will continueto increase, inadequate though thetotal number seems The new look to be when national statistics arequoted. What is the new look in building design for ele- In light of the present-day need for more ade- mentary schools? There are many. Buildings are quate space and well-designed areas andfacilities much more functional in design. They tend to be for an elementary school library, it may befortu- one-story structures located on spaciousgrounds.s nate that only one third of the elementaryschools in They have open or enclosed corridors andwalkways our country have schoollibraries. School systems and communities that are now making plansfor an elementary library program can takeadvantage of new trends and ideas,and can design and provide 3. National Council on School House Construction, Guide for for the expanding resources and services now rec- Planning School Plants (1958 ed.; Nashville, Tenn., 1958), p.40. ognized as essential in our elementary schools.It 4. Walter McQuade, ed., Schoolhouse (New York: Simon 8: is also easier to plan for new schools thanit is to Schuster, 1958), p.16. plan for remodeling old quarters when spaceis in- 5. National Council on School House Construction, op. cit., adequate or building structure is inflexible. p.43. School Libraries 1'79

depending on the climatic conditions of the area.° They include: (1) scope of library service; (2) in- Some schools are built on the campus plan, with tegration with community life; (3) supplementary li- clustering buildings housing small class units and a brary facilities, (4) varied school use of the library; total school enrollment of no more than 400-500 (5) general reading room; (6) library classrooms; pupils and preferably less. (7) service for teachers; (8) supplementary rooms; Primary grades are housed in areas separate (9) essential equipment; (10) details of equipment; from the intermediate classes and have their own (11) volumes to be housed; (12) librarian's office play areas but share expensive facilities, such as and workroom; (13) conference rooms or alcoves; cafeterias, auditoriums, gymnasiums, and libraries. and (14) natural and artificial lighting. This may mean a separate library building or a li- Analyzing the first of these elements in more brary wing as a part of the administrative unit of detail, one needs to know what is the scope of ele- the school. The arrangement of the library area mentary library service and what activities are provides for the needs of the two age groupings. carried on in the library areas by children, by There is, also, the school-within-the-school teachers, and by the library staff. The U.S. Office plan of the campus-type arrangement. In this pat- of Education study previously mentioned revealed tern each unit is self-contained with its own admin- that children use the library for individual study, istrative and teaching staff, but again shares facili- reference use of materials, checking out of books, ties. The size of each unit will determinewhether browsing and recreational reading, reference to the library facilities are shared or separate. Some card catalog, viewing filmstrips or looking at pic- communities have small neighborhood units of tures, listening to recordings, listening to a story cottage-type buildings with two, three, or four hour program or viewing television programs, plan- rooms for the younger children. These buildings ning exhibits, and lessons on the use of library re- are planned to be used for residences when school sources. needs change. Teachers use the library in planning units of in- School construction usually provides nonload- struction, and seek assistance from the school li- bearing partitions? free of conduits, pipes, and brarian in finding resource materials. They use ducts to facilitate rearrangement of room space professional materials, course outlines, and peri- when and if needed. Heating and ventilating sys- odicals to keep up to date with teaching methods. tems are zoned to serve separate areas. Conven- They use typewriters and duplicators in preparing ient storage areas for the entire school are plan- class materials. Also, they evaluate and utilize ned with movable and stackable furniture, and supplementary textbooks for special units, read for equipment and facilities are designed for multiple pleasure, work together on planning units of work, use in the classroom or library. Portable stages and search for illustrative teaching materials. and science laboratories, freestanding cabinets as The library staffprofessional, clerical, stu- temporary subdivisions, and facilities for commu- dent assistants, and P.T.A. helpersare responsi- nity groups are part of the planning. Acoustical ble for the ordering and processing of all materials controls8 take into account that noise is a barrier used in the library program, including books, pam- to hearing and concentration and, therefore, to phlets, periodicals, and all types of audio and visual learning. Schools are being built with radio and materials and realia. The professional staff work television antennae wired to each classroom, with children and teachers in selecting, locating, and study, and service area, and with conduits to antic- using library resources. The staff are responsible ipate future needs as well as to provide for school- for audio-visual materials and equipment, and pro- wide use of newer media of instruction available vide for the scheduling, storage, distribution, and today. inspection of them. These are but some of the activities carried on in the dynamic elementary school The library program library programs of today. How do these elements affect the library program and its spatial requirements? Engelhardt Theory in practice has listed a number of items to keep in mind in Keeping in mind the previously mentioned ac- preliminary planning for functional library quarters."' tivities and resources used in the library or in the classroom, we need to look for unique features essential in planning for functional space and facilities. 6. Ibid., p.44. Picture books, periodicals, and disc recordings each 7. Ibid. require a special type of shelving. Oversize, ad- 8. Walter McQuade, ed., op. cit., p.134. justable shelves for reference books and magazine 9. Benjamin Handler, Economic Planning for Better Schools (Ann Arbor: Univ. of Michigan, 1960), p.61. storage are usually standard equipment. 10. N. L. Engelhardt and others, School Planning and Build- In some elementary school libraries recordings ing Handbook (New York: F. W. Dodge, 1956), p.76. are housed in an audio-visual storage room or lab- 180 Problems in Planning Library Facilities oratory. In other schools they arein the library elementary school library program than are confer- reading room, so as to be easilyaccessible to chil- ence rooms, and space for these activitiesis needed. dren and teachers. The same is trueof filmstrips. Booths, carrels, or small rooms equipped for indi- In some school libraries they arein specially de- vidual viewing or listening need to be provided for signed cupboards or on shelves whichpull out for the child who wants to reinforce what he has heard ease in locating items needed.In other school li- or seen by listening orlooking again. Children who braries the filmstrips are housed inthe workroom have been absent or who need to review should have or audio-visual storage room. available to them tapes, kinescopes, or disc record- Children and teachers use the card catalog for ings when they return to school. Teaching machines finding available resources, and then locatethe and pr&grammed instructional materials for indi- filmstrip, book, pamphlet, recording, ormicros^.ope vidualized learning of skills need to be accessible desired. More and more libraries are usingthe when needed, whether in class or in the libr: dictionary card catalog with varied coloredcards All of these teaching devices and resources are for the listing of all instructional materialslocated available in some schools, and more will be avail- in the library or in theschool. Community resource able as funds from federal and state agencies are files also are kept in the library.. If there isclose provided and utilized. Today's child is not handi- cooperation with museums, zoos, and publicli- capped as often as the adult is by resistance to use braries, their special lists and guides are made of the newer media for learning. Research aswell available. as observable evidenceindicate the effective use Since elementary school children find no more that can and is being made of television as ateach- difficulty in locating and using nonbook materials ing and enrichment mediumonly one of many than in locating printed materials, careful consid- teaching tools or devices now being used inschools. eration needs to be given to the housing of manyof Several excellent books and pamphlets are available these resources in the library reading and study giving detailed information regarding these de- areas. Housing instructional materialsin offices, vices." storerooms, or workrooms puts a barrier between them and the user. Expensive, little-used, and bulky Working space objects needing special housing are usually cared To provide for large or small groups, and for for in the audio-visual storage area. individual use of the library resources, it is neces- Space needs depend on the size of the collection, sary to have tables and chairs that canbe arranged the type of materials available, where they can be to suit different needs. Flexible table arrangements used most efficiently and effectively, and whether make possible group discussions and group projects; they are for teacher and class use, for child and in- stackable tables to clear space make possible group dividual use, or for both. Room for expansion, listening for such activities as story hour programs. flexible shelving, movable cabinets, cupboards, Accordion walls as room dividers provide for ex- equipment, and stackable furniture need to be pro- pansion of areas. Such walls are not very satisfac- vided if special library resources and programs are tory as sound barriers, and use of them should be to be available wherever and whenever needed. planned accordingly. All instructional materials and equipment should A library classroom makes it possible to give be planned for class use as well as for use in the li- formal instruction when needed. Also, it frees the brary areas. Book trucks with rubber wheels, and main study area for continued use by groups or in- portable audio-visual equipment carts and projection tables, should be provided in sufficient quantity to dividuals coming from classes for reading, reference purposes, viewing, or listeningactivities. The make class use easy and efficient. Where the school generally recommended reading space for 10 per- library is in a different building from the class- cent of the school enrollment is apt to prove inade- rooms, or on another floor, plans should include quate for the expanding program of the library as a storage facilities on each floor or in each building materials center and learning laboratory. Probably for audio-visual equipment. total space, including all areas of the instructional Scheduling is usually handled through the library, as are all library facilities. Flexible schedulingof classes or groups in the library requires more space, but provides for meaningful use of library 11. Florida, State Dept. of Education, The Materials Center resources and services. It also takes into account (Bulletin No. 22C; Tallahassee, 1954). 136p. Planning Materials Centers (Bulletin No. 22E; Talla- the needs of small children and their listening and hassee, 1958). 49p. creative activities in addition to those of the upper Pennsylvania, Dept. of Public Instruction, Curriculum Devel- grades. opment Program, The School Instructional MaterialsCenter Small areas anCt carrels planned for reference and the Curriculum: The Library AudioVisual Center (Har- work or group projects are more meaningful in the risburg: Dept. of Public Instruction, 1962). 37p. School Libraries 181

materials center, should be planned for 40 to 50 originating at studios far removed from the school percent of the enrollment.12 system. Provisions for the electronic devices are The work-storage area of the library can be being made available in many of the schools, and more effectively used if planned in connection with other systems are studying the needs and problems the art workroom, the teachers' workroom, and the involved. Equipment and facilities needed for these duplicating areas of the school office. Facilities planned areas are provided in several publications." and equipment that can be used interchangeably by It is suggested that many functions and facilities can faculty and staff reduce costs and result in more be performed in one room with planned areas for efficient equipment utilization. Duplication ma- each facility rather than in separate rooms for each. chines needed by office and teaching staff can also Space areas rather than rooms need to be kept in be used for making some transparencies needed in mind when looking to future building needs. Expan- the classroom. Darkroom facilities and a produc- sibility and flexibility are key words. tion area for teacher-made materials may be pro- If the space can be equipped for previewing and vided in the school, or be located at a system, listening, it will make it more convenient for teach- county, or district materials center. If it is in the ers in selecting resources for purchase, loan, or school building, it needs to be planned as part of the renal for class use. Additional resources are usu- resources center with appropriate equipment, out- ally available for teachers at the administrative lets, counter, and tools needed. center of the school system, but they do not preclude If central processing of all printed and audio- the need for some of the materials housed in the li- visual materials is provided for the school from a brary. central office, less work space may be needed for Location of the library unit or units should be the library. Work space, however, for preparing considered, first, in relation to the total physical exhibits, mending, clipping, or mounting pictures plant of the school one floor, one building, or sev- and for pupil-initiated display or illustrative proj- eral buildings; second, in relation to pupil and ects will be needed regardless of central process- teacher use during school hours. Many elementary ing. Work space or laboratory area is also needed schools provide for library services during summer for the production, handling, and inspecting of audio- terms as well as during regular school periods. visual materials and equipment. Provision for re- Outside entrances and location near to truck-loading pair of equipment is usually contracted for from a areas make for convenience in use for delivery commercial agent or from the district center. If purposes and for after-school use of the library repairs are to be made at the school, space pro- facilities. vision for such service is needed. Suggestive floor plans are available for ideas in Since teachers and pupils both need work space planning the wise use of space needs and space for library-initiated projects, their requirements availability. Each area designed for a school needs need to be recognized in the planning of work space. to be created to fit the individual and particular pro- The librarian's office, adjacent to the work areas, gram of that school and should not conform to any needs to be situated so as to give a clear view of rigid pattern. Reading the literature, visiting the main study and reading area for easy supervi- schools that have made progress in developing pro- sion. grams to fit modern educational needs of pupils and teachers, and Consulting with library supervisors, Audio-visual needs architects, electronic engineers, and specialists in Studios for closed-circuit television, audio- the communication media, as well as having discus- learning laboratories, listening stations, learning sions on the local level by local school personnel, instrumentation rooms, film preview room, and will provide a climate of thinking and planning that planetarium and observatory areas, as described in will produce plans for functional and flexible space the publications put out by the Pennsylvania Depart- to meet local needs. The elementary school library ment of Public Instruction in 1962, indicate the trend of the future that is planned as an instructional main planning space for a school library as an instruc- terials center will play a vital role in providing for tional materials center.13 Most of the elementary schools visited in the twenty states indicated that television instruction planned by local teachers for 14. Arno DeBernardis, Planning Schools for New Media local needs proved more satisfactory than programs (Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, 1961). 72p. Helen Hefferman and Charles Bursch, Curriculum and the Elementary School Plant (Washington, D.C.: Association for 12. Pennsylvania, Dept. of Public Instruction, Curriculum Supervision and Curriculum Development, 1958). 71p. Development Program, op. cit., p.15. John Henry Herrick, From School Program to School Plant 13. Ibid., p.23. (New York: Holt, 1956). 482p. 182 Problems in Planning LibraryFacilities quality education for American children oftoday and tomorrow.

BIBLIOGRAPHY Educational Facilities Laboratories, Inc. New Schools for New Education;a report from Ann Arbor. New York: The Laboratories, 1959. 53p. The Things of Education. New York: The Laboratories, 1961. 46p. Engelhardt, N. L., and others. PlanningElementary School Buildings. New York:F. W. Dodge, 1953. 268p. Florida. State Dept. of Education. Handbookfor Florida Supervisors of InstructionalMaterials. (Bulletin No. 22H.) Tallahassee, 1961. Illinois. Dept. of Public Instruction.Illinois Cur- riculum Program. Instructional Materials. Springfield, 1961. 146p. Lowrie, Jean Elizabeth. Elementary SchoolLibrar- ies. New York: Scarecrow,1961. 235p. New Jersey. State Board of Education.Schoolhouse Planning and Construction: AGuide. Trenton, 1961. 95p. New York. State Education Dept. PlanningSchools for Use of Audio-Visual InstructionalMaterials. Albany, 1959. 28p. South Carolina. State Dept. of Education.Standards for Accredited Elementary Schoolsof South Car- olina. Columbia, 1962. 32p. School Libraries 183

An Elementary School Library: At the foundation of Florida's school library de- Lauderdale Manors School velopment program lies the ideal of making the widest possible range of instructional materials MRS. JO E. DEWAR available. to the highest number through centraliza- Librarian tion of all learning materials. A noble effort is Lauderdale Manors School being made to ensure that every elementary school Fort Lauderdale, Florida child will have good library services available. This ideal does not exist statewide, but more models are springing up. State standards, based on the Florida materials center plan, have reinforced the A library is a service, not a building.It can local efforts in many cases. exist in a truck, in a barn, in an old water tank, but a basic shelter of some kind is a prerequisite. We Model center realize that to get the full benefit of a library program, something more than basic shelter is re- The model elementary school materials center quired. If an efficient and smooth-running organi- contains books, magazines, newspapers, and infor- zation is to result, the shelter must be adapted mation and picture files, along with maps, globes, structurally to the activities that go on within it. realia and museum objects, filmstrips, tapes, re- As school libraries become increasingly compre- cordings, slides, transparencies, charts, and other hensive in scope, their physical facilities must be forms of communication. It houses and distributes adapted to meet their newer functions. the equipment necessary for the use of these ma- The perfect physical plant does not spring full- terials. Movie projectors, filmstrip projectors, blown, and despite our careful planning, we some- opaque and overhead projectors, record players, times doubt that the perfect physical plant even ex- tape recorders, and other audio-visual equipment ists. However, in Florida, we particularly are are provided and scheduled by the central center. proud of our progress in developing school library Not all Florida school libraries conform to this programs and facilities during the past ten years. model, but Lauderdale Manors does fit the descrip- We believe much of it is due to the now famous tion in every detail. Florida "materials center" concept and the cooperative planning it has engendered. Lauderdale Manors Elementary School Floor plan

SHELVES

I I

I I I I REFERENCE I I r-- I I

I I I I L_ WORK ROOM 10x18 CARD

I FIL E FILE L--

READING ROOM 34x29

I I

I I PRIMARY

I I CONFERENCE ROOM 14 x 9 I AUDIO VISUAL ENTRANCE SHEi YES I !DISPLAY(s. 141 Problems in Plamzing Library Facilities Lauderdale Manors is a large elementaryschool necessary, we have divided thereading room into in Fort Lauderdale.A total of 1,100 students and 40 areas for different activities.Reading and brows- faculty members is serviced frorr onecentral facil- ing, circulation, reference, storytelling,and teach- ity. Let us look first at thephysical plantit ing the use of the library to small groupsand indi- will give you some background for abrief look at viduals have all been provided for in this space.It its program which we col.'er its unique feature. is possible for several different activitiesto go on The floor plan for the riz.tc.:als centerat Lau- simultaneously in the library. One group maybe derdale Manors is th_ work of localschool archi- writing reports in the reference corner;others may tects employed by BrowardCounty. It is based on be browsing for recreationalreading, reading mag- space allocation andequipment specification stan- azines, or checking out audio-visualmaterials for dards oeveloped the state level. It follows the room use.; and astorytelling session may be going general patte'-ns outlined in PlanningMaterials Cen- oa in the primary cornerat the same time. The ters.' This bulletin defines the areas of activity circulation desk is near the entranceand provides and their space allotments. It also givessample the break between the eading roomand the confer- floor plans and detailed drawings for built-incabi- ence and work areas. nets and storage areas toaccommodate audio-visual The conference room has an areaof approxi- equipment, recordings, magazines, picturebooks, mately 175 square feet and a seatingcapacity of 8. and workroom and office supplie-.The Lauderdale It houses audio-visual equipmentand professional Manors layout is not an exact reproductionof any of shelves and serves a multitudeof purposes, as we the sample plans, but it incorporates mostof the have mentioned. It is partitionedfrom the main room recommended features. with clear glass jalousies sothat supervision can be It must be pointed out that the total spaceallot- exercised by the librarian whencurtains are opened. ment, which is less than 1,500 squarefeet, is based When curtains are drawn, itbecomes a private con- on the assumption that thedesirable enrollment for ference room or study room. an elementary school is not morethan 750 pupils. The workroom, with its floor spaceof only 168 Lauderdale Manors has maintained a consistent en- square feet, manages to serve asan office, receiv- rollment in the neighoorhood of 1,000during the ing room, magazine storage area,and book pro- past seven years, despite theefforts of the school cessing and mending center.The side adjacent to board to reduce its size by trimming itsboundary the main reading room also has aglass jalousie lines. We have found that a materials centerde- partition. The work counter, sink, andoverhead signed for 750 students, and servicing over1,000, cabinets take care o: processingand mending sup- encounters expansion problems veryearly. Up to plies, and the shelving around theoutside wall takes now, we have modified the floorplan by adding more care of magazine stacksand books being processed. facilities within the original walls. Everyfoot of Here, again, space is at a premiumespecially available space has been made as functional as pos- when you consider that it is the work areafor the sible, and in some cases multipurpose areashave librarian, a part-dine clerk, astaff of 12 volunteer been set up within the building. Theconference P.T.A. assistants, plus occasionalstudent helpers. room, for example, servesalso as an audio-visual The problem is alleviated simplyby the fact that previewing and storage room, through theaddition the schedules of the assistants arestaggered, and of cabinets and curtains for darkening.More re- the day-to-day activities of thelibrarian require a cently, the installation of some extrashelving for great amount of duty on the mainfloor. Seldom are professional books has given it the addedfunction more than two or three personsoccupied in this of a faculty reading and study room. space at one time,though it is never unoccupied. On the aesthetic side, ourphysical facilities are enhanced by a pleasant, invitingatmosphere. Dra- furniture have been Area allocations peries, potted plants, and lounge added. Most of all, a 30-foot muralalong one high The reading room area of1,140 square feet has wall above the bookcase is a centerof attraction for a seating capacity of52. It houses almost 7,000li- children and visitors alike. It mustbe noted here brary books, plus magazines, newspapers,reference that these extras in decor did not comefrom budg- collection, card catalog, a display case,and two eted school funds. They havebeen financed by the bulletin board areas, plus someaudio-visual ma- P.T.A. volunteer committee throughprofits from terials ..ach as recordings andfilmstrips. By add- the annual book fair which they sponsor. ing counter-height shelvingwhen expansion was All these physical facilities add upto something more than basic shelterand something less than the ideal. We do not have carpets and music,but we have a building that is reasonablyadapted to the to our school's philosophy 1. Florida, State Dept. of Education,Planning Materials Cen- scope of our program and ters (Bulletin No. 22E; Tallahassee,1958). 49p. of individual learning. School Libraries 185

Operating plan Lauderdale Manors School operates under a unique plan which is called the Continuous Progress Plan. It eliminates grade lines in the primary unit and stresses individual growth rather than group performance. A child advances at his own rate, and is e' posed to enrichment and more learning as fast as he is ready for it. Naturally, reading is at the core of this kind of program, and a materials center that is always accessible is essential. The library's open schedule plan of operation dovetails perfectly with this philosophy. No entire class is scheduled for regular library periods. The exceptions are a story hour for first- year students, and a library orientation program for all classes at the beginning of every year. Thereafter, the library is open and available throughout the entire day to every child. Students visit the library individually or in small groups to check out a book or to work on research projects. 1,Vhen they need help, the librarian is on hand to give on-the-spot assistance and instruction in library skills. These skills develop quickly when a child sees a need for knowing, and they are not likely to be forgotten when another occasion arises. Our children begin very early to develop these skills, because a library-conscious faculty sees to it that the children are aware of the library and creates many occasions for them to come. Reading for pleasure, for enrichment, and for information are all stressed in the classroom. Many teachers also keep a record of children's outside reading, and every teacher makes sure that all students get a chance to check out books at least once a week. Many do this far more often. Some of the faster- reading students visit us daily. There is no limit to the number of times they can come, so long as there is a reason for coming. This kind of promotion of the library is, of course, not limited to the teacher's efforts. The librarian sees that teachers are informed of new materials, makes frequent bulletin board displays that tie in with classroom activities, and sends materials of all kinds to the classroom for use with particular units of study. The more cur lines of communication are kept open, the more we all benefit from the use of what we have. Our circulation figures show that the library is being used extensively by faculty and students alike. Our average of approximately 1,200 books a week is more than one book per person for our population, and this does not take into account the many reference books and periodicals which are used daily in the building. Statistics, though, can often say one thing and mean another. The real satisfaction comes with watching the children grow more and more independent in their use of library skills anl with the certainty that the lil,rary is an integ;a1 prt of their learning experiences. 186 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

An Elementary School Library: low table for books, magazines, and plants comprise Chantilly School Library this popular grouping. Above the shelving are figures of Snow White and the Seven Dwarfs made by GLORIA BROWN the children. Librarian The circulation desk is near the east wall of the Chantilly Elementary School reading room within easy reach of entrances to the Charlotte, North Carolina conference-reference room, audio-visual-library workroom, aid reading room. Nearby is the card catalog. The L-shaped, counter-height circulation desk is composed of interchangeable units. On the The 1,984-square-foot library is the center of entrance side is a depressible book truck for books instructional activity in the Chantilly Elementary not returned that morning. (Classes scheduled that School. It is used by teachers and students for re- day return books in the morning so that booksmay search, curriculum enrichment, and recreational be slipped and shelved and ready for circulation.) reading. On the other side is an oversized book truck with a Filmstrips, slides, recordings, models, charts, standard-sized book truck nearby. Biographies and collections, pamphlets, maps, globes, science kits, fiction books are placed on une, and nonfiction and realia, magazines, and books are organized for use easy reading on the other, to facilitate shelving. by groups or individuals. Films from the audio- Counter-height stools are available for those who visual center are borrowed weekly and distributed prefer to sit at the circulation desk. Two sections throughout the library. Record players, projectors, of low shelves behind the desk are used for nonfic- screens, tape recorders, bioscope, microscope, tion books. magnifying glasses, and filmstrip viewers for indi- The easy book collection fills the north wall. vidual or small group use are provided to make use The books are in picture-book-sized bins in low of these materials. shelving. Windows with Venetian blinds and two Grades 1-6 come as a class with their teacher small bulletin boards are above the section. for scheduled library periods. Grades 3, 4, 5, and Nonfiction comprises five sections of standard- 6 come twice a week; Grades 1 and 2 once a week. height shelving on the east wall. A large framed These class periods are used for reading guidance, picture hangs above the shelves; small objectsare stories, book talks, dramatizations, lessons on the placed at intervals to further stimulate interest in library, study skills, reference, research work, and the books. Biographiesindividual and collective browsing. Individuals and small groups (teachers are kept in two sections on the south wall, near an and students) are free to come to the libraryas the entrance to the reading room. Fiction fills the need arises to use the facilities. eight sections on the west wall. Two large framed pictures are used to promote interest in the books.

Reading room 1,581square feet The reading and interest circle in frontof the Combination conference and reference room southwest wall has 37 chairs in deep shadesof red, 143 square feet yellow, and green, arranged in tworows, taller Nine sections of low shelving fill three sides of chairs in the back. The two browsingareas are the combination conference and reference room, separated by a medium-sized bulletinboard. Above which is separated from the audio-visual-library the display groups is a mural-type bulletinboard workroom and the reading room by glass partitions. featuring library-related artwork ofthe children. A huge bulletin board over the center section of (All artwork is clone by the children.)Storyhours, shelves is reserved for use in promoting reference. dramatizations, book discussions, andany instruc- Two walls of shelves are occupied by reference tion that does nct require theuse of tables take books and balk issues reference magazines. The place in this area. third group of shelves is used for the return of Eight apronless tables, 5 round and 3 rec- books by class groups. tangular, are placed conveniently in thereading Lie reference room contains nine sets of ency- room; chairs are taken from circlearea to supple- clopedias. Latest editions are reserved for use in ment 32 matching chairs when needed.Library in- the library. Others may be checked out by individ- struction involving writingor the use of tables takes uals or classes on a daily basissingle vciumes or place here. Browsers and researchers findthem sets. Mobile carts are available for transporting useful, also. sets. Magazines and other reference books are The inform:31 furniture is arranged inan L- circulated cm the same basis. A table in the center shape in the northwest corner. Threered-covered of this room comfortably seats 4; 6 may use the lounge chairs, a tall lamp for an end tzblo, anda room for a conference. 1140.* N10.0. LftWOI 1140.41 .11.1.1 ...I / . ...N. 4..4 ...... 52# .....4...... 600 3..0. 1 1 3 IAA NO . - et. A. Is, 4. II. .., " 4110. L / BOOK OS. SY INNStAZI-VVC um 41...... 114 1 (I) Ili) Swan. 11.. 51::$37";:': Low 0 OK SR 1.N/it III 1 loos CAti =0-ni ro MT-eV ROOM La. 0Ito vkit, et3 4, Dto. ay./ WeAk ttMci p wa 4_2.0 M kiNitift CS1611.11rY FloorChantilly plan EleAnentary School 0 M. R. ilfarsh, Architect & Engineer (0111:0161 188Problems in Planning Libra)) Facilities

Combination audio -tisual -workroom- with partitions tall enough to accommodate 12-inch 273 square feet discs. The shelf above this cabinet is for visual The combination audio-visual-workroom is material too large to be stored elsewhere. Cork is small and used by many individuals. Every space used on the top doors of the recording cabinet so is designated so that all facilities may be used as that they may be utilized as a bulletin hoard. The efficiently as possible. This room is thought of as audio-visual check-out sheet for scheduling ma- being divided approximately into two L's. The li- chines is kept here, and a list of the films and tran- brary workroom area occupies the east portion, scriptions received that week. Other audio-visual with the bottom part of the L facing the conference- information also is posted here. reference room, and the audio-visual portion en- The official library workroom area has countertop-height cupboards and various-sized drawers for compassing the west side. library supplies and visual instructional materials. No wall separates east from west, but a long, center counter helps to regulate the flow of traffic. Some of them are narrow for material that gets This counter has a laminated top and is primarily lost in a deep drawer. The laminated counter top for the use of the library assistants. Abort 6 inches contains a sink with hot and cold water. There are below the counter top is an open space extending the two electrical outlets above the countera conven- length of the counter. This space is used for flat ient place to use the electric stylus or to preview storage of library displays. On the east and west audio-visual material. Also above the counter are sides of the counter, extending almost its entire 6- a small bulletin board and three rows of adjustable foot length, are double-tilted recessed shelves, deep shelving for processing books. Directly behind this enough to hold a large science kit on the audio- counter is the center counter, described previously. visual side as well as other audio-visual materials. Two sections of 7-foot-high, adjustable shelving Carts or dollies holding a movie projector, almost fill the remainder of the east wall. The filmstrip machine, +ape recorder, and a record shelves are used for new books and professional li- player are stored against the wall in the audio- brary materials. The north wall of the library visual area near the door. Behind the door are the workroom area is made up of a counter-top desk projection screens. Duplicate audio-visual equip- with a dropped section for typing. The shelf list ment is kept in the primary wing, but its use is cabinet is conveniently adjacent with a large work regulated through the library. Above the audio- area on either side. Drawers are designed and visual equipment are cabinets containing back is- fashioned for specific library needs. sues of magazines for teacher reference. Along the same wall, and adjacent to the machines, are two steel filing cabinets for the pamphlet collection, audio-visual information, library information, library lessons, bulletin board materials, and the like. Next to the cabinets is an open storage area divided into narrow partitions for storing large stand- in charts, posters, and visual materials. Above the cabinets are shelves housing manuals of instruction for teachers. At this point a counter top is in- jected in a short L-shape. Below the counter top is an open space that permits the storage of the bioscope, mobile carts, extra filmstrip machine s, and so on. On the laminated counter top are filmstrip previewers for single viewing and for small group viewing. Six electrical outlets are available in the area for previewing films, filmstrips, slides, and recordirgs. The adjacent part of the L-shaped counter top contains the filmstrips and slide collection, housed in metal cabinets. File boxes are here for checking out all audio-visual materials. Above the counter are adjustable shelves containing professional books for teacher use; models of ear, eye, heart, and torsr; a telescope: and other science materials. Ont shelf is reserved fol films borrowed from the central audio-visual office. The recordirr;s cabinet, 6 feet hy 2 1/2 feet, cccupics the iemaindrr the audio-visual area, Hospital and InstitutionLibraries

Planning a Special Library and technical grade levels which usethe library services most consistently. However, anyfigures in a Federal Office Building on seating capacityneeded would have to be estimates, since the agency is separatedinto four MRS. ELAINE WOODRUFF buildings. Also, a great percentagemakes use of Librarian our services by phone.Approximately 50 percent U.S. Civil Service Commission of the library's users are fromoutside the Commis- Washington, D.C. sion. It is frequently necessaryto collect and hold large stacks of material for thesepeople, from which they may select and utilizeonly a few items. Every year a number of outsideresearchers Preliminary planning for the Civil Service Com- spend several weeks or evenmonths in the library mission Library began in 1956, at the time require- on personnel orcivil service research projects. ments for space, floor covering, and other special Study space away from the generalflow of traffic is features were submitted for the area of the building needed for them. An analysis of usepatterns indi- devoted t3 the library. By 1962, when construction cates that approximately 35 percentof the public began, a library consultant was called in to aid with are in the relativelyshort-term, "take-with" cate- a number of special problems. His assignment gory; 10 percent comein to browse; 53 percent called for a survey of space requirements; a com- stay one or more entire days; and5 percent stay as plete layout of the library including color coordina- long as a month to six months. tion, equipment, and stack specifications; design of special equipment needed; and recommendations as to source of purchase. The library's services In order to provide maximum information for the consultant, our previous outline of requirements While all of the library's services are not was reviewed, and we prepared a formal statement unique, certain elements of each function affect de- describing our activities, collections, and all other sign and space requirements. The way in which an factors which might influence the final design. We activity is performed, rather than the volume of identified four areas which would affect the design. work, changes the situation from library to library. The role of the Civil Service Commission as the For example, in our reference work, materials for central personnel agency of the government extends internal, regional, and interlibrary loans are se- the library's responsibility for service to other lected directly from the shelves and sent to the agencies and organizations as well as to our own. circulation desk for snipping out, never impinging The Commission is an older agency, established in on the reference area at all. 1883. It is forward - looking and yet preud of its The law and legislative reference section has background and traditions. Our first requirement traditionally had a separate entrance and its own was that the library represent the Commission, reference and circulation system. Since its in- both in its color scheme and general decor and, if quiries are quite distinct from general reference, possible, in a special motif. Also, it was required this seemed a desirable arrangement to continue. that it be a reflection of the Civil Service Commis- At the same time, a new arrangement was needed sion, not men-Ay another new or "modern" library. whereby telephones and desks in this area could Within the Washington office our public consists simultaneously be covered by other staff members of approximately 1,000 employees at the professional without special assignment. 189 190 Problems in Plamzing Library Facilities

While some circulation records are needed by nical processes area, with shelf space for sorting the reference librarians, the long-term, project, new acquisitions and with consideration for func- and interlibrary loan files are referred to less fre- tional relationships. quently. Eliminating these activities left only the `take-with" charging that needed to be performed The library plan there. The library is responsible for distribution of Early in the planning, the library had been al- Congressional bills, hearings, reports, and public located centrally located space on the fifth floor of lawsa space-consuming, large-scale shipping the Commission's building the floor which also operation. While this function is better out of the housed prime users, such as the executive, admin- public area, the same materials are requested fre- istrative, and legal offices. After two decades in a quently in person and must be readily accessible to first-floor location with its heavy volume of walk-in the law staff. traffic unrelated to the library's main function, top- A major activity of the staff is the preparation floor space seemed very desirable. The library of bibliographies and other research publications, faces north, with one windowed wall and more than on a daily, monthly, or annual basis. Special space adequate recessed lighting. Floor weight has been must be provided away from the public area for as- increased to 150 pounds per square foot in this and sembling and distributing these publications. in an adjacent area for further expansion. The general plan is in the shape of an L, with administrative The library's collections and technical functions in the shorter portion. The entire building is designed on 5-foot modules with The library has four separate beck and pamphlet lighting similarly arranged. The flooring, selected collections, in addition to the periodicals collection. for appearance and sound control, is cork tile. The Most important is the personnel management clear- law and general reference areas each have their own inghouse, a carefully selected and separately clas- entrance, and the general mail area, history- sified collection of 32,000 items. It needs to be conference room, and librarian's office open off maintained as a unit, yet adjacent to the general another corridor, the L-shape making this arrange- reference collections of 30,000 volumes. ment feasible. The law and legislative reference collection The space outlay is as follows: public area in- numbers approximately 18,000; it is considered a cluding stacks, reading areas, reference desks, separate entity although it may be used in general lobby, catalog, and so on, 8,000 square feet; tech- reference. A small but unique collection of mate- nical processes, mail, and so on, 1,400 square feet; rials on civil service history is also part of the li- offices, 400 square feet; history-conference room brary. Now housed in file cabinets, some other type (including space for stack expansion or exhibit of storage system was desirable. space), 700 square feet; a total of 10,500 square Other factors affecting stack space requirements feet. were the cataloging of all pamphlets instead of hous- The major color scheme is a modern vivid blue ing them in vertical files, thus invalidating the mea- and green in the rugs and reading chairs, but toned surements of volumes per linear feet; a completely down by the more traditional walnut in all other open stack policy eliminating the need for partitions equipment. Accent touches of black and white carry and closed areas; and a predetermined weeding out the modern effect. Stacks are unit-type metal policy which limited the size of the collection and in a bayberry shade. made usual estimates of growth rate meaningless. The motif and principal decorative scheme will However, since this policy could be subject to be carried out in a semitransparent screen ar- change, some expansion space needed to be pro- rangement separating the entrance area from the vided. reference area. The Commission's seal or other Private office space for the librarian and her significant detail will be incorporated into this ar- secretary was needed, con_ist3nt with the usual rangement with modern exhibit cases holding other government space policies in this respect. Since historical objects of interest. Glass doors and a the secretary is also responsible for supervision of partial glass wall make the lobby area open in ap- mail distribution, these offices were to be close to pearance. Tables are 42 inches by 60 inches, with the mail entrance without being in the main flow of 2 readers planned per table. Total seating space, traffic. Conference space for groups as large as 20 including 10 carrels in the stacks, is 35. Coat was planned sin._ foreign visitor groups, students, racks are built into the stacks for outside users. and various training groups meet in the library. A The circulation desk has been removed to the mail and distribution unit was required for handling mailshipping room, where most material comes a great variety of duties. While the unit was acces- in and goes out again. It is connected with the ref- sible to the reference staff, a separate entrance was erence section by an intercom. Books returned in desirable, close to the technical processes area. person will be received on a truck at the reference Adequate work space for 6 was needed in the tech- desks and moved back at intervals for discharging Hospital and Institution Libraries 191 and shelving. A small area enclosed by document- type stacks for bills and other documents opens off the law section for purposes of document distribution. It is equally accessible for immediate use when needed. The arrangement of stacks is such that the law and legislative reference area occupies the section of the library to one side of the lobby, the personnel management clearinghouse is situated in one quarter of the remaining area near the windows, and the general and periodicals collection adjoins it. A reading area runs through the center of the library adjacent to all stacks, while the main pattern of traffic is on the outskirts of the stacks. The combination history-conference-study room is off the separate corridor so that groups can be seated and conferences held here without disturbing readers in the library. It includes 7 closed stacks of document-type shelving and 12 open stacks for historical materials, controlled by the librarian's and secretary's offices. Plans call for eventual display of historical materials and exhibits in this room as well. The technical processes area adjoins the mailshipping area for convenience in receiving incoming materials and sending out completed items. A long counter-top file section at one end provides work space in addition to unit-type desks and shelf space beside each desk. In conclusion, the problems involved in planning a library in a government building are no different than those in any other office building. If the librarian is given an opportunity to express special needs early in the planning, if these needs are reasonably met, if provision is made for changes and modifications as conditions changethen the end result should meet the goals set. 192 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

The Pursuit of Flexibility the reluctant donor. The first program may well focus chiefly on the need, with emphasis on the hor- HELEN CRAWFORD rendous conditions under which one works. Attention Librarian should also be given to how much the service could University of Wisconsin Medical Library be improved with better accommodations. Madison, Wisconsin The second program is likely to be expanded to answer criticisms and misunderstanding of the first. The amount of detail on library organization, library activity, and library philosophy will depend on the When it comes to building planning, most of us sophistication of the library committee and the ar- are theoriststheorists of more or less sophistica- chitect. Space relationships are an important ele- tion, depending on the number of building institutes ment: entrances, elevators, traffic patterns, con- we have attended, the number of buildings we have tiguity of related functions. Growth statistics of inspected, and the amount of reading we have done book collections, clientele, and staff are essential. and not deserving the degree in practical planning One or more tables projecting growth of the collec- until our buildings have been erected and exposed to tions on the basis of rate of increase in the past are the criticism of our colleagues. Since our building instructive. If there is any question of discarding or is still in the planning state, I shall be concerned storing part of the collection pn the basis of age, it more with the initial stages of planning th.tn with de- is helpful to calculate what Percentage of the collec- tailed layouts and mechanical features. tion will be less than twenty-five or thirty years old To begin with, my advice is to measure every- at ten years from occupancy of the building. Such is thing measurable and count everything countable, as the exponential curve of publication in science that a preliminary to a program. The books and chairs 70 percent of a technical collection may fall within are easy to count; the space is not. The book collec- the thirty-year span. tion, seating, and work, service, and other space No one has developed a convincing formula for may be categorized quite broadly or broken down. the percentage of one's clientele for which seats In the special library, bound journals, atlases, and must be planned. For example, no library can really pamphlets or materials such as music or documents predict how a new, and probably air-conditioned, have different space requirements. The currency of building is going to affect its occupancy. The best the collection, policies of discarding and storage, that can be done is.,z) assemble from all the depart- and the function of the library as a resource collec- ments concerned their best estima.es of students tion or a current working tool must be established and staff to be accommodated, not and in the future. with consideration given to policy changes. In our case, the projected student body of the School The most difficult but the most important space of Nursing was raised nearly 70 percent in the two to measure, to project, and to equip is the work years between the original and the revised program. area. Books can be removed to storage in distant The usual formula for seating space is 25 square corners; readers can be dispersed throughout the feet per person in a reading room. Thirty feet is a library wherever the books are; but much of the use- good average to accommodate carrels, studies, and fulness of the staff is lost if it is too scattered for other individual reading spaces. The large study easy communication and supervisio:The initial table probably has little advantage over the smaller work space needs to be adequate for almost the life table when one applies a modification of Parkinson's of the building. law: "The reader and his books expand to occupy the space available." The program Some basic formulas have worked quite well for With all the talk about library programs, all the libraries all over the country. However, formulas building institutes, the visits to new libraries, and can strangle as well as support. Your best defense the gleeful appropriation of other people's best ideas, is your yardstick. If your measuring tells you that it is a source of continual amazement how many ad- your journal collection takes half again as much ditions and buildings are planned with little in the space as the accustomed formulas, do not be bela- way of a written program. The basic principle is: bored into setting your capacity at the lower figure. If you want a sink in your workroom, if you don't want traffic to trickle through your back door, if you Planning for flexibility are tired of a fragmented library and a scattered The flexibility of a library is determined by its work force, put it in writing. Oral directions can be most rigid components: entrance and exits, elevator forgotten or ignored. shaft, plumbing, and stair wells. There is also some- There is no one best program; programs are thing monolithic about a great collection of books, written to meet needs, to clarify the library staff's particularly when they averageas bound medical objectives, to inform the hesitant administration, to journals donearly four pounds per volume. Al- instruct the inexperienced committee, to persuade though some adjustment can be made in opening or Hospital and Institution Libraries 193

closing stack areas, only urgent necessity is likely meetings. The audio-visual room can have typing to dictate relocation of the basic book collection. cubicles as well as listening booths. Interspersing books and readers is of dubious The necessity for openness of mind has been value in a scientific collection withopen shelves. mentioned. However, there is a time for compro- Seating reasonably near a journal collection does, mise and a time for stubbornness when real issues however, serve a physiological functionthe volumes of efficiency and service are involved. The librar- are too heavy to carry far. There is very little ian should not be driven into the position of accept- browsing in a collection of bound journals. ing an inadequate building. It is easy, by the use of Flexibility is marked by openness, including a suitable formula, to make a 100,000-volume build- openness of mind. Ask of every function, "Does this ing hold 200,000, until one tries to get the 100,001st really require a separate room?" There is there- book on the shelf. verse considerationprivacy can promote efficiency. Flexibility is a concept possible only to a library The answer would seem to be generoususe of read- with excess space beyond its current needs. When a ily shifted work units, shelving, and movable parti- building is full, only the moving of everything closer tions. The movable partition has come a longway together will release the tension. Usually the func- in the past few years in sound control, attractiveness, tion with the greatest outward pressure to the square ar.d ease of manipulation. inch wins over the "soft" functions, and the book col- Privacy should also be provided at the circula- lection flows into any area not barricaded against it. tion and reference desks. The publicitywe some- Many times we accede too easily to the current fad times give to our patrons' private affairs is irritat- for the flexible library, discarding the compact and ing to other reade-0. An office where the circulation spacious multitier stack.It still remains an excel- librarian can telephone in quiet is essential; it might lent way to keep the most books closest to the reader. also include the cases for bocks that even a medical Quantitative flexibility implies as much room in library must lock up. the initial building for growth of all components of The initial administrative structure should be the program as the total usable space allows. This kept as simple as possible; growth in complexity should assure expansion space for future growth and with increase in size is a law of nature. Thesecre- make provision for some unassigned space. Quali- tary who cannot run the duplicator on another floor tative flexibility is concerned with changes which because she has to stay by the telephone, or the ac- are, basically, beyond the power of the librarian to quisitions librarian who has to go any great distance predict or control: changes in direction of the sub- to use either the Cumulative Book Indexor the card ject field, development of interdisciplinary areas, catalog, cannot make efficient use of time. If hori- depth of coverage, size and character of the clientele, zontal continuity is not possible because the site is expenditures for books and for staffin fact, most small, placement of stair wells and elevators sh. 'ild institutional decisions. speed vertical access. Also, an efficient communi- The librarian must also be prepared for some cations system can reduce traffic between depart- changes in function. If book losses are high, close ments. control of the exit by a turnstile may be necessary. If the new building attracts too many readers from Dividers other parts of the campus, monitoring may be neces- Built-in furniture may serve as a perpetual monu- sary. Tighter or easier rules on circulation can ment to one's errors in judgment. The card catalog change the load at the circulation desk. For these itself is a good divider, and a built-in catalog not reasons, the entrance area should not be tightly only constricts its growth but creates a permanent planned and the circulation desk, as suggested, be wall against change. The circulation desk, built in kept as adaptable as possible. at great cost, is often as elegantly contrived as a medieval tomb, and just about as flexible. Thesec- Technical changes tional desk is an improvement, but what abouta The librarian must keep in mind the certainty shell with a counter of varying widths, movable files, that changes in technology will affect the kind of li- shelving, desks, and truck space underneath? brary plant he should have in the next few decades. The memorial room, whether it be a browsing The development of the Medlars (Medical Literature area, a rare books room, or a board room, beauti- Analysis and Retrieval System) indexing project fully paneled and expensively furnished,can freeze alone assures that the major bibliographical efiort valuable space that may be used infrequently unless will be centralized, with some type of regional dis- it is assigned a double function. The cost of decor tribution of the computer tapes to reduce the pres- is often in inverse relationship to the amount ofuse sure on the National Library of Medicine for refer- an area receives, though the prestige value cannot ence service. Providing the book and journal be entirely ignored. Multipurposerooms can con- resources will be the responsibility of the local li- tribute to flexibility. The library classroomcan be brary, and the responsibility will increase with the used as a seminar for other classes and for staff expanded coverage of the index. But we clearly shall

I 194 Problems in Planning Library Facilities have to expect a rise in the growth curve of our collections. We can also be sure that the astronomical cost problem of retrospentive indexing will leave to us the responsibility for maintaining the collections of pre-Medlars materials. Photocopying reduces, but does not eliminate, the need for duplication to serve an ever increasing number of research workers. All this means that our estimates of space for books and journals are likely to be low; that our collections are likely to double in less than the twelve to fifteen years that our present curves predict. If one plans on storage of part of the collection, one must be sure that the storage space will be adequate, accessible, and efficient. If one hopes that machines will take over some of the processing, one must still allow space for the machines and required personnel and acquire the funds to support them. Every plan should allow some scope for experimentation. There is a surprising pressure to con- formity when the organizational structure does not follow the usual pattern. And this pressure is not confined to nonprofessionals; it is sometimes strong- est from librarians who apparently equate noncon- formity with inefficiency. Interdepartmental experimentation should be encouraged by not insulating departments from one another by too many permanent walls. In conclusion, I would like to make a few condensed observations on the basis of numerous visits to libraries, new and old: The planner's best friend is the yardstick. Libraries, in general, can be planned from formulas; a particular library must be custom- made. The low bookcase may be easy to see over, but it is hard to see into. Some chairs must be sat in to be believed. People, like books, come in different sizes. The weaknesses of the old library can be guessed from the care with which certain areas of the new are planned. Book and seating space are easy to justify; work space must be fought for. Privacy can be productive. Traffic aisles can be encroached on; corridors cannot. Corridors and closed doors repel. If you want a friendly library, keep it open. Will the reathr know he is entering a library the minute he enters the door? Build in furniture and you build in obsolescence. Concede unimportant points graciously in order to be firm when it matters. It helps to have the authorities on your side, but they do not know your library. Hospital and Institution Libraries 195 Mobilizing for a Reasonable Future Some Random Thoughts While Thinking about Library Planning

EDNA VOIGT ALDERSON FRY Remington Rand Library Bureau Librarian, Medical Center Library New York City, New York West Virginia University Morgantown, West Virginia

Preliminary planning for a library to be located If this were a book and the timewere the seven- in a building for primarily other uses presents a teenth century, the title page might read: "Random somewhat unique problem. Unlike public and uni- thoughts while thinking about planninga library, or versity libraries which plan new buqdings for about discourses on such diverse mattersas how to re- twenty years, many special libraries have no con- model a library in an existing building devotedpri- sistent rate of growth. Some special libraries have marily to other uses, and the problems appertaining been known to outgrow new quarters within three thereunto, with many suund and serious suggestions years. Unlike public and university libraries, many for the organization of human knowledge and thecon- occupy extremely high rental space. Preparing for sequent betterment of society at large, with further the future has an extralarge dollar sign hanging over disquisitions on librarians' follies, fanciful and it. This combination of difficulties, inestimable otherwise, and further illustrating how not to impede growth plus the high value of floor space, often leads a presentation with pedestrian and pedagogical pon- to future uneconomical solutions. tifications of precursive scriveners, the wholededi- Suddenly the library may reap a harvest of books cated ad quem et a quo, to the high and mightyschol- that overflows your accommodations and you need ars and the low and neglected undergrad, Esq." more space. Often another department nearby is Many of you are members of the Association of moved to another location to provide this room, but Hospital and Institution Libraries,so first I shall this additional space was more than likely designed think about adapting other space to libraryuse. I for other uses. assume you have done some reading before you start For library stackrooms, the New York City code to remodel. Recommended are Ralph Ellsworth's insists upon floors designed for a load of 120 poands Planning the College and University LibraryBuild- per square foot. By comparison, floors used for of- ings and Keith Dom's Guidelines for LibraryPlan- fice purposes may be designed for 50 pounds per ners,2 among others. The best articlein this par- square foot, and private and ward rooms in hospitals ticular field is by Catherine Kennedy, "Mayo Clinic for only 40 pounds per square foot. Library: An Experience in Remodeling and Expan- Suppose there are five 9-foot ranges of double- sion," in the Bulletin of the Medical Library Asso- faced stack in your original library, and thatan ciation.3 equal amount needs to be added in the extra space. The present stacks may possibly be spaced 41 feet Early steps apart on centers. But to avoid exceeding the floor load of 50 pounds per square foot in the new quar- The beginning steps when you are faced with this ters, the stacks will now have to be spaced much problem are fairly orderly. First, resign. You wider apart-10.8 feet on centers. The old stack oc- should have been given a new library. If the resig- cupies a space 9 feet x 221 feet or 2022 square feet, nation is not accepted, the second step is to investi- while the new stack will occupy a space 9 feet x 54 gate the floor load capacity. Although Ellsworth feet or 486 square feet. gives the live-bearing load of floors ina modular Thus, 2832 more square feet of floor space would building as 150 pounds, noting that it will be suffi- be used for the same book capacity. Translating that cient for compact storage, it wouldseem that about into dollars may mean that the organization is losing 100 pounds to the square foot would be adequate. $1,559.25 per year, which represents the rental for equivalent office space. Multiply that by the number of y,ars the space is used, and there is an impressive sum. 1. Ralph Ellsworth, Planning the College and UniversityLi- Is there a solution? There is the possibility of brary Building (Boulder, Colo.: Pruett Pr., 1960). designing some adjacent floor areas for heavier 2. Keith Doms and Howard Rovelstad, eds., Guideline-5for Library Planners (Chicago: American Library Association, loads, but this will depend upon the type of construc- 1960). tion used in the building and the sizes of the space 3. Catherine Kennedy and T. Keys, "Mayo Clinic Library: in question. Also, this would have to be weighed An Experience in Remodeling and Expansion," Bulletinof the against the risk A future expansion. Medical Library Association, 46:249-69 (Apr. 1958). 196 Problems in Panning Library Facilities

If the floor test is passed, the next step is to in- yard Medical Library. Or, discard most books when vestigate if the walls are bearing walls or if they are they reach a certain age. movable. U they can be torn down, they might sim- A beautiful example of this curve is givenin the plify the problem; if not, they might complicate it. Survey of Ili Interlibrary Loan Operation of the Ra- The last chance to avoid the job is presented by the tional Library of Medicaze, by William Kurth.4 Itis fire laws and building codes of your community. important to note that this curve comes from the They are usually complex, and an expert should find most demanded 250 serial titles. With the baseyear the answers. He will have to answer such questions of 1959 and an index of 100, by 1900orsixty years as how many peoplz may occupy the room or rooms, backthe index had declined to 1.78 percent. Ob- can a fire exit be provided, will the doors open out- viously there is a decay rate for books, andmost of ward, are any zoning laws relevant, or will internal them are completely inert, or inactive, in avery stairs support an added load. If you have come this short time. far, there is nothing to do but go to work. It isas- Let us get back to planning again. Maybewe sumed that the problem of a new libraryvs obi should rewrite the dictum; "Form follows functinn." space has been answered, and the problems of satis- The least formidable part of library planningis factory location have been settled. taking care of the known factors, the experienced The planning program should now be written, functions of the library, such as itsspace require- just as for a new library, but it need be nothingso ments, its flow patterns, its present interactions. elaborate. Assuming that the library to occupy the The difficult part is planning for the unknown, the space you are planning for it is already in existence unapprehended, the future, even the immediate future. and functioning, you should be able to have fairly It is difficult to find a new plan with prophecy and exact figures for your functions. Of course,every- purpose. Perhaps we should substitute for "Form thing will be bigger than it was, but there will bea follows function,' "Form follows imagination." And, base for your calculations for the various areas de- rather paradoxically, let it be said, 'Form follows sired. the future." Since it is almost impossible to put an elevator The statement does have meaning. Any art (cap- in an old building where there is none, youmay have italized or not) is usually considered bad if itre- to compromise with a booklift. Do not forgetcon- peats the past. Great art is the creation ofsome- duits for phones or special communication. When thing new, bringing into existeace something that, the stacks are located, be careful how the alphabet before the act, did not exist. It is giving formto runs. that which was formless. It is creation, andwe hope Plan for as many electrical outlets as possible, to be creative with our new libraries. Weare, but be careful where the light switches are relocated. whether creating art or not, trying to make "form Try to place two or three automatic switches at the follow the future." entrance which will turn off all electricity except the The working together of the librarian, thecon- clocks, the exit lights, and the staff refrigerator. sultant, and the architect is for thepurpose of creat- Also, investigate the janitor's power needs and those ing a new library. Possibly the librarian knows best for your microfilmingor other equipment. the present; the consultant, the possible future built on that present; the architect must give this fact aild Mathematical curves dream a creative form. Dear to the hearts of librarians, planners, and architects are mathematical curves. Many times The consultant the librarian will claim to have extrapolated from When advice is given to hire a consultant, he is current demands to future needs when what he has usually mentioned in the singular, as "one' consul- done is to take someone else's figures, from prob- tant. What is wrong with two or three? Ellsworth ably quite diffe:ent circumstances, and makea mentions this fact in his book, Flaming the College 'guesstimate." and University Library Building It is difficult to The ogival curve is similar to the population imagine two or three consultants on a million-dollar- curve. In biology, any population grows until itruns plus building not earning their cost, and thereis a out of space or food. Application:a library grows high percentage chance that they will do a great deal until it runs out of space or money. more. The asymptotic curve, if plotted on a time and But it is difficult to agree with Ellsworth'ssug- use graph, approaches the base line, or use line, but gestion, "Under no circumstances shouldone choose does not touch it at infinity. Our volumes decrease in use as time passes, until they are near that base line, at which time they should be discarded. This can be done in two ways. In library planning place 4. William Kurth, Survey of the InterlibraryLoan Operation of the National Library of Medicine (Washington,D.C.: Pub- the older books farther and farther from the useful lic Health Service, 1962). part of the library, as has been done at thenew liar- 5. Ralph Ellsworth, op. p.24 Hospital and Institution Libraries 197 a consultant who has done fewer than three success- We are aware enough thal storage is one of the ful buildings, eithe' alone or as part of a team." A library planner's bi6gosi problems. We spea. k of librarian entrusted with a new building, and being the need for flexibility, wild we seek to avoid the successful with L., will probably already have fifteeu central "ore stack, or a le_rt,.. Ass of years in the library field, and it would take at least stacks. But we have missed the point. It is not the seven years for each of the three By then stack.: that are indigestible, but the book; that go on he is at. old man. Maybe the reason so many librar- them. In other words, there is nothing 1..1-ong with ies have failed to last into even theery pear fu.ure our stacks except the way we treat them. is because they have been planned by the more ,:on- It seems that all plans presented, year after servative, elder men. year, call for bigger stack areas. Such plans are The same holds true for the architect. By the invariably accompanied by the self-contradictory H- very fact of costing more than a million dollars, a im:Lon that while the libraries get bigger and bigger, large library falls into the hands of an older, es- the book and the reader are getting closer and closer tablished, more reliable firm, and, again on a per- together. When you blow up a balloon, you arcat centage basis, you get a conservative architect. As the uninflated startin contact with a relatively to specific planning, there is an unfortunate tendency large Dart of its surface. But as the balloon gets to neglect the work that has been done in our field, bigger and bigger, you are less and less in contact. that of the health sciences or medical center library. Now one answer to successful planning would be Within the last ten years there have Leen several to have all the money you could possibly use. This pertinent articles in the Bulletin of the Medical Li- won't bring the reader and the useful book together brary Association.' when the needed book is one among hundreds of The rest of this talk is devoted to an attack on thousands of relatively worthless, if not completely the idea that we must keep building bigger and big- worthless, books. Space might seem to be the an- ger libraries or, at least, keep putting more and swer, but in this context space is a function of more books in them. money, so space just defers the problem. This writer once wrote that 90 percent of the Knapp study problems of successful library planning clan be sum- med up in one word: "Space." Well, 90 percent of Aren't we, as librarians, mummified in a printed these problems may be solved by the application of desert of paper trash in which only a few oases break one word: "Discard!" Of course, all this has been the useless landscape? Listen to this: Patricia said before. The introduction to a medical book in Knapp's monograph, College Teaching and the Col- my library starts off: 'There is nothing in this book lege Library,8 is the latest study of the use of li- that has not been said at least 500 times beforetut brary books. She studied Knox College. The library nobody seems to listen." held 79,144 volumes and was a good library. More The architect cannot solve the problem. It is not than 90 percent of the loans were for course pur- his business. The college president cannot solve it, poses. Two thirds of the loans were from the re- because he is caught in a competitive situation and a serve collection. Andmost importanteverything need for grants. The students cannot solve itthey was taken care of by 5,000 titles. Only about one are in the position of "vexation without representa- sixteenth of the collection was oasis. Of the rest, tion." In short, though the librarian may be caught "boundless and bare / The lone and level sands in a status-symbol bind and a Parkinsonian web, he stretch far away." is the only man who can solve the problen-i. Perhaps the answer lies in the already existing regional library plan. Perhaps it lies in greater use of microfilmsomething quite feasible since the 6. Ibid. introduction of the reader-printer. Perhaps the an- 7. Alfred Brandon, "Space Managementand Layout," BMLA, 49:523-30 (Oct. 1961). swer is to be found in such libraries as the Lamont Carl W. Condit, "The Building Arts in the Service ofthe Library at Harvard. Certainly the Princeton plan, Librarianship,' BMLA, 50:167-76 (Apr. 1962). with a central library and about. a dozen libraries at Lora F. Davis, "Instructions fora Medicz.l School Library other places, has a great deal to be said for it. Planning Survey," BMLA, 41:273-76 (Silly 1953). Maybe the teaching machines will help. Program- Alderson Fry, "Medical Library Architecture inthe Past Fifty Years," BMLA, 45:471-79 (Oct. 1957). ming them calls for a very careful assessment of "Plan and Equipment of the Health Sciences Library, useful knowledge, and minds trained on that ttind of University of Washington," 32111A, 49:21-31 (Jan. 1953). diet could very well learn to reject the trash. *Planning the Medium-Size Library for the Computer," BMLA, 51:211-13 (Apr. 1963). Discard program and others, 'Planning a Better Medical School Li- brary: A Panel Discussion," BMLA, 49:187-206 (Apr. 19C1). But the one answer we have available right now, 8. Patricia B. Knapp, Collcgc Tcachuzg and IhG Collcsc Li- at no added expense to speak of, is a workable and brary (Chicago: American Library Association, 1959). working discard program. Let us try to devise some 198 Problems in Planning Library Facilities working rules. One would be that the circulation, exclusive of reserve, must at least equal the holdings, or vice versa. Set up a traveling fund, out of the money saved by discarding, by not buildingnew libraries, and by not buying in the first place, to be used to send the sometime scholar toa large storage library to continue his work. Since the retiring librarian is a knowledgeable person, hire him to do your discarding. Select three or four thousand books in a given subject field for possible discard. Invite the faculty and graduate students in that field to come help themselves.Then, as they leave the library, take the books they have selected away from them. Nowyou have the books judged best by competent persons. Retzrn theseto the shelves for keeping andremove those that were left behind, that no one wanted. The administration could make the librarypay $5 back into the general fund forevery book more than fifty years old that it keeps. Discards made before a book was twenty-fiveyears old would be good for a $5 credit. Or (and this isn'ta bad idea at all) if the main library operates with department funds, after a book is, say, twenty-fiveyears old, give those in charge of the departmental fund the prit:ilege of either discarding the bookor paying the main library out of departmental funds $5 forevery book kept beyond that period. That will forcea judgment on lots of worthless books. If the librarian will only get concerned enoughor worried enough, he might get mad enough 'to blow his stack.' Hospital and Institution Libraries 199 A Pharmaceutical Library sional staff of P.e researcn library was transferred to this new location. However, in both cases all ac- The Planning Stages quisitions and technical processing were, and still and Six Years of Use are, handled by the personnel in the researchlibrary. After World War II, the company, having out- ALBERTA W. BROWN grown its original quarters, decided to move its pro- Former Libiarian duction operations to new and expanded facilities, Upjohn Company and to this end a series of new buildings were con- Kalamazoo, Michigan structed about five miles from the former location. The Research Division then expanded into the building which had formerly housed the entire company. By 1950, when plans were underway for the new pro- The problems of planning a new industrial library duction plant, this library had been outgrown. The are not unique; rather, they have many points of sim- collection had grown from 6,000 to 25,')00 and the ilarity with plans for a public, college, or unNrsity staff from 1 to 13. library. Details may differ, particularly in matters relating to size and to the facilities needed for specialized services, but there remain fundamental Location and space principles to be followed in any case. Basically any new library should meet tile follow- Thus, our first problem was location. In 1936, ing specifications:(1) there must be adequate room when the building was erected, all of the research to house the collection and to allow for growth; (2) divisions were located in what was known as the Re- suitable areas for readers need to be provided; and search TowerFloors 7-13 of the building. The li- (3) adequate space for the staff to work needs to be brary was housed on the seventh floor, or the first supplied. floor of ti 3 tower, where the floor space was con- Though the basic requirements apply to all li- siderably less than it was on Floors 1-6. The Re- braries, the industrial library may have to cope with search Divisions or Scientific Administration as it some special problems. Generally speaking, such is now called, would expand into all thirteen floors, libraries are not housed in separate library build- and the problem was whether to move the library to ings, so that the problems of both adequate and suit- another floor where more space was available, or to able space may assume serious proportions. And in lit it remain on the seventh floor which would locate the average special library there are apt to be spe- it in the center of all research activity. Research cialized services, such as patent abstracting or personnel were polled, and after considerable dis- medical indexing, in addition to the usual routine li- cussion it was decided to leave the library in its brary procedures which make the problem of staff former location. Being assigned to the seventh floor work space more difficult. did not solve the library's space problems since Serving a specialized clientele can easily create there was very little room for expansion on this planning pzoblems because of the variety of ideas as first floor of the tower. to the best methods to pursue, but the juxtaposition After consultation with the company engineers of opposing ideas, if honestly met, offers a good we found that it would be possible to build up twoad- basis for creative effort. With this background ditional floors above the sixth floor. This would re- statement, what were the problems of the Upjohn duce the tower to five floors but would increase the Company Library, how did we meet them in planning size of the seventh and eighth floors considerably, the new library, and how well has our planning met giving the library a stack room of 40 feet x 68 feet the test of use during the past six years? and a search or study area of 24 feet x 48 feet. The industrial librarian is usually not concerned with a new building, but is involved in utilizing the History space assigned to him in an older structure. Blank floor plans we:7e supplied to us, and we began to lay The Upjohn Company Library had beenformally out a library to scale. We gave the following areas in existence under the direction of a professionalli- priority consideration: brarian since 1941. It was first organized as a service to research personnel, butrapidly developed 1. Sufficient and convenient space to serve our cli- into a company-wide library. During these years entele and for the researcher to work there was one exception to this general statement; 2. Adequate working space for the staff; we felt this that is, there was a separate law library inthe Legal should include private offices for each profes- Division. Also, in 1961, a new administrationbuild- sional member of the staff with an arrangement ing was erected. At that time a separatebusiness which would facilitate efficiency in work flow library was organized, and a member of theprofes- among staff members 200 Problems in Planning Library Facilities 3. Space, in addition to the card catalog to house The study tables and carrels are all built to a the Medical Literature Index, the Patent Index, special size-4 feet x 3 feet. They are large enough the Internal Research Reports Index, and other to allot a reader to spread out his work conveniently, indexes prepared by our staff but not large enough to be used by more than one 4. Convenient and adequate housing for the collec- person. For ease in use, the tables are without tion with room for at least ten years" growth aprons and the chairs without arms. The standing- height charging desk has some special features. At this point management appointed a library For example, its telephone is recessed but stands committee made up of a representative of each ma- on a sliding shelf for easy use- jor department to work with us in making plans. Furnishing the search room depended upon a This committee met weekly and was invaluable in number of factors. It was necessary to decide which helping us see the point of view of the user. indexing tools were to be housed there and which The reading room, which includes all reference were to be left in the reading room. Since literature and circulation services plus the offices, is located searches were predominantly chemical in nature, en the site of the old libraryan area of approxi- the search room was planned for just chemical in- mately 6,000 square feet. The stackroom adjacent dexes. For Chemical Abstracts we purchased what to the reading room and the search room comprises has since become known as a Chemical Abstracts the new sections built on the roof of the sixth floor bar, and for the remainder, standing-height, double- of the building, adding approximately 4,000 square faced shelving witii sloping tops. Eight large carrels feet. In the older area, one side was blocked off into for study complete the furnishings for the search offices for the library staff by the use of Hauserman room. partitions. Librarians need suitable working quar- All of the furniture for the library is birch. The ters in order to accomplish the professional work floor is covered in a terra-cotta rubber tile, and the required of them. Small but adequate offices for chairs are upholstered in green, red, and biue each member of the professi alai staff and a conven- leather. The woodwork was refinished to match the ient workroom for the cleritre staff were planned. birch furniture, and the walls of the Hauserman par- Several of these offices opened directly into the titions were completed in a contrasting green. reading room to ensure quick a.--tessibility to reference tools and patrons. Moving Then began the layout of the library proper. Our space allotment included a stacn area,search or The desire to give continuous service while study room, and reading room. The reading room transferring the collection from one location to an- was planned to facilitate study: with easy accessto other created a series of problems all its own. Our the bookstacks, the circulation desk, and the refer- situation was complicated by the fact that more than ence collection. At one side of the reading room half of the space allotted to the new library was al- three small rooms, created by Hauserman parti- ready in use as the old library. tions, housed a duplicating machine for the use of During this period the entire book and periodi- research personnel, a conference room with tele- cals collection was measured. On the basis of the phone, and microfilm and microfilm readers. past ten years the amount of space needed for the The need to locate the current and bound jour- next ten years was estimated. This information was nals in the proximity of their indexing tools was entered on cards, arranged in shelf list order, and given serious attention. The current and unbound later put in list form. When M-day came, we were journals are shelved in the reading room near study able to move the collection to its present location tables, while all bound journals are shelved in the with very little interruption in service. stackroom just adjacent to the reading room. During the period when the old library was being remodeled, six members of the staff who could carry on their work outside the library were moved Equipment and Arnishings elsewhere. The reference desk was installed in one corner of the stackroom, and the remainder of the Shelving for the stack area was the largest single stnff worked in what is now the search room. When item purchased. For quick reference each range was the remodeling was finished, we moved back into the equipped with a standing-height sliding shelf, and reading room without any interruption in service. drop shelves with chairs were placed at the ends of several of the ranges. Carrels were installed at Recapitulation each end of the stackroom for more extensive study. The periodicals shelving displays the current issue How well has the Upjohn Company Library been on a sloping movable shelf that allows for storage able to function in the library as planned and occu- behind; it is expensive and a space consumer, but it pied since late 1957? The first item to consider is is extremely useful. the matter of space. We allowed for a normal ten- Hospital and Institution Libraries 201

1 reading room 7 current periodical shelves Upjohn Company 2 miscellaneous indexing tools; 8 library offices Pharmaceutical Library trade catalogsi-:nd drug information 9 patent files and index Reading area 3 reference alcove 10 research report files and index 4 Medical Abstract index 11 conference room 5 card index 12 dark room for reading machines 6 reference and circulation desk 13 Cormac room year growth, which is about average for an indus- mately 29,000 volumes in the library. Luring this trial library. In moving the collection we left two period the periodic 11s collection had been systemat- shelves in each section vacant to allow for new ad- ically built up so that the library had complete runs ditions. of important journals. In planning for growth we took into consideration Since January, 1958, approximately 15,000 vol- that the period of the library's greatest expansion umes have been added to the library. However, at was already in the pastat the time the new library least one third of these items are housed either in was being planned. In 1941, when the professional the business or law libraries or in departmental organization began, there were about 6,000 volumes collections in the production area. On the basis of in the collection. In late 1957 there were approxi- these figures it is apparent that the space require- 202 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

1 book stacks G shelving for: Upjohn Company 2 reprint and information files Chemische Zentralblatt Pharmaceutical Library 3 study carrel Bei ',stein Stack area 4 search room Friedlander 5 Chemical Abstracts bar

ments as originally planned for the collection have space. The microfilm and readers were relocated been adequate. in the stackroom in order to get this additional In 1957, the speciCzed indexing project, includ- space. Some indexes have been moved from the ing the Medical Literature Index and the Patent Ab- search room to the reading room for added con- stract Index, required 540 catalog drawers. Sixty- venience. drawer sections have been added to the 540 drawers There generally comes a time in the special li- of 1957, making a total of 980 as of today. An ad- brary when the service seems to reach a plateau. ditional 60 drawers will probably be needed for The general routines common to all libraries are Patent Abstract Index and Research Reports Index set up and put in running order; the special services during the next five years, or a total of 120 drawers. geared to the industry are developed, and growth The present facilities will adequately take care of may be spectacular for a number of years; then this these needed catalogs, but some type of documenta- growth levels of: until new developments in research tion system may be necessary in the future. make new services necessary. Space requirements Some minor changes have been made in the ar- had been met not only adequately but generously in rangement of the library. The three smaA rooms planning the Upjohn Company Library for a ten-year have been made into two larger rooms. This was period. The arrival at such a plateau period would due to the fact that the small duplicating machine seem to indicate that the facilities will be able to had been replaced by a Xerox 914, requiring more function for a longer growth period. Hospital and Institution Libraries 203

Space Planning Criteria ing_hould not be realized until all major functional for Hospital Libraries arekv have been analyzed and the space allocated on the basis of actual work loads. CLAYTON S. CHILDS The departments and agencies which operate fed- Head, Hospital Division eral hospitals, in cooperation with staff of the Hospi- Bureau of the Budget tal Branch of the Bureau of the Bu,:get, are develop- Washington, D.C. ing space planning criteria for the major functional areas of hospitals. It is hoped that these criteria will assist in planning physical facilities that will best meet the needs of a particular hospital program For purposes of planning criteria, space is con- in an economical manner. They should also expedite sidered to be that net area required to accommodate program and budget reviews. people and/or equipment related to a specific function or activity. The defined limitations of the space, Basic elements both horizontal and vertical, are influenced by the How does all this apply to hospital libraries? nature of the activity for efficient performance. We are developing a criterion for the welfare and Planning criteria for space requirements is a recreational facilities of federal hospitals of which method or formula for translating work loads into the library is one element. Insofar as libraries are square-foot areas. Work loads are the demands for related to hospitals and to the extent required, the defined space occupancies in terms of the type of major basic elements are considered to be book- activity, peak occupancy requirements, utilization, shelving, seating facilities, librarian's office or ad- equipment, and personnel capabilities. These work ministrative area, workroom, and storage for both loads have to be determined with full knowledge of patients and medical library accommodations. the hospital program, mission, or objectives. What are the work-load data required for hospi- Since hospital objectives and missions do vary, tal libraries? How are they obtained and whose re- we must not apply stifling stereotypes and standards sponsibility are they? to the programming and design of hospitals. We need planning criteria which are flexible and serve 1. One must predict the ultimate number of volumes as a tool to translate specific functional work loads for the patients and the number of volumes and to constructed space. Maly hospitals have been bound journals for the staff. This should be the ouilt to accommodate requirements that were de- responsibility of the librarian. How is this determined by a shopping-list-reminder method with- termined? Is it done on the basis of patient out thorough reference to an analysis of the basic types, length of stay, degree of illness, or ex- program and related work loads in terms of utiliza- tent of other activities? This must be stipulated tion, peak occupancy demands, and the like. Of the either in terms of the total ultimate accumula- many fine hospitals which have been built, those tion or 'n terms of an initial collection with an which were planned most carefully had the benefit of added percentage accumulation to the accumu- a service that analyzed the program requirements lated ultimate. and related the anticipated and/or projected work 2. The number of readers, both patients and staff, loads to space requirements in a more exacting must be determined. Will this be done by ob- manner. serving the peak occupancy of a similar facility How have space requireme.ts for functional de- with comparable categories of readers? Will partments and services been determined? One cri- new methods or objectives, such as group-therapy terion has been to relate the number and extent of reading techniques, influence the number of read- various functional elements to the number of beds in ers requiring space at one time? Will the sched- the hospital. If the relationship of outpatient and in- uling of other activities affect the peak demand? patient activity were similar for all hospitals and if Will the location of the library, within the hospi- patient composition, by age and ailment, were simi- tal, influence its utilization? Whatever the in- lar and constant, a reference to the number of beds fluencing factors may be, the number of readers would be reasonable, but such is not the case in to be accommodated must be predicted as work- most instances. Another method has been the use of load data. standard plans or prototypes. This application of a 3. An inventory of library furnishings and equip- plan developed from one set of requirements to a ment must be determined. The charging desk, different program is wrought with false expediency card catalogs, dictionary stands, magazine or and will at best compromise the real needs. The newspaper racks, book carts, and so on may be perpetuation of any program for application to dis- determined on the basis of certain minimum re- similar space requirements and relationships is quirements with incremental increases according like a doctor resorting to a patient treatment with- to increases in circulation and reading room out thorough diagnostic procedures. It is important occupancy. that the construction concept and the finished build- 4. The workroom and storage area for servicing 204 Problems in Planning Library Facilities

both the patients and the meoical library must Second, the reading area, whether individual be determined. This space will be used for proc- chairs or tables and chairs, may be computed on the essing books, magazines, and journals; bindery basis of 25 square feet per reader or seat. preparation; and storage. It may require book Third, the space for equipment and furnishings, shelves, cabinets, work counters or tables, book including a common charging desk for both patients cart storage, and the like. and medical library, separate dictionary stands, Areas for group occupancy, whether as an alter- magazine or journal racks, separate card catalogs nate use of reading space or as a separate room, and book carts, plus a newspaper rack for patients, must be known. will generally be provided. The space allocation for 6. The number of full-time librarians, trainees, or these items may be as follows: others requiring office-type space for activities related to both patients and medical library must Charging desk 50 square feet be determined. Card catalog 2 @ 20 sq. ft. 40 square feet Book cart or truck 2 @ 6 sq. ft. 12 square feet Translating data Newspaper rack 25 square feet Magazine or journal rack After the above work-load data and other deter- 2 @ 20 sq. ft. 40 square feet minations have been made, the problem is to trans- Dictionary stand 2 @10 sq. ft. 20 square feet late the data into net square-foot areas by applying Display unit criteria or factors. The work by the Hospital Branch 25 square feet of the Bureau of the Budget is still in a preliminary Total 212 square feet stage. Before any official publication or use is made of the various criteria elements, more research and Fourth, the workroom and storage area may be testing will be undertaken, which may result in sig- provided on the basis of a minimum of 120 square nificant citcvges and refinements. In the work done feet, or at a rate of 1 square foot for each 35 vol- to date, the following factors and calculations are umes (medical and patient) up to a maximum of 400 under consideration as appropriate for determining square feet. library requirements: Fifth, if the reading space of either the patients' First, the criteria for shelving and access aisles, library or the medical library is to be used for sched- in their present stage of development, indicate that uled group occupancy for therapy or training in addi- the number of volumes per linear foot of shelf may tion to normal voluntary use, then the amount of be 7 for patients' books and 5 for medical or staff space may be dictated by the activity requiring the books. Therefore, the total number of patient vol- greatest number of occupants at one time. If, how- umes is divided by seven to determine the total lin- ever, a separation is desired for group reading ther- ear feet of shelving required. apy, the space requirements may be based on 15-20 Divide the total linear feet of shelving required square feet per occupant in lieu of the 25 square feet by the number of shelves in height to determine the listed under the reading area. total linear feet of shelving stack. Next, select the Sixth, the office or administrative spate may be aisle width and shelf depth factor (9-inch shelf depth provided on the basis of 120 square feet per person for patients' books and 10-inch shelf depth for pro- for those who perform office-type duties as opposed fessional books). Multiply the linear feet of shelv- to workroom-type activities. ing stack by the square foot of floor space factor, and the answer gives you the total space for patients' bookshelves and access aisles. For professional volumes, the total volumes should be divided by five instead of seven. Further calculations are made the same as for patient volumes.

Example: 3,250 volumes (planned patient capacity) 7 (volumes per linear foot of shelving) 464 linear feet of shelving 464 linear feet of shelving 6 (number of shelves in height) 77 linear feet of shelving stack 77 linear feet of shelving stack x 2.7 (square feet of floor space factor) = 208 net square feet for shelves and access aisles Hospital and Itzstitution Libra' es 205 Planning a Library In planning space and location of the library in a correctional institution, it is imperative that a qual- in a Correctional Institution ified architect and experienced librarian work co- CARL HERTENSTEINER operatively from the beginning with the institution Principal administrator, to achieve "the level of functional ef- State Training School ficiency and beauty found in the best s,hools and Red Wing, Minnesota homes." The total library program should be clearly stated, including objectives, activities, services, and known requirements. The relationship cf the library program to the total institution program should be Any boy committing a delinquent act in the state studied. Only after this thorough study has been of Minnesota and apprehended before his eighteenth made should the architect begin to draw plans to birthday may, through Suvenile Court, be committed meet the specifications. to the Youth Conservation Commission's Reception Center at the State Training School. All boys thus Space factors and standards committed are received at the Reception Center lo- Standards for number of books as set by the cated on the Training School campus. Committee on Institutional Libraries of the Ameri- The Reception Center supervisor compiles the can Correctional Association are not less than 6,000 information from the orientation personnel, academic volumes, with at least 10 books pel inmate. Institu- school and/or shop instructors, probation officer, tions which have large groups of long-term prison- cottage personnel, psychologist, and psychiatrist and ers should provide a minimum of 15-20 1,olum,-;s per presents this information, along with his recommen- inmate. The collection will normally be reduced by dation, to the Youth Conservation Commission Board, at least 10 percelit each year from obsolescence, or "Commission" as it is commonly called, for dis- wear, and loss. position. The Commission makes the final decision The Red Wing Training School has about 3,300 as to whether a boy should be placed on probation or fiction books and 1,700 nonfiction books currently on transferred to either of the two Forestry Camps, the its shelves and in circulation on the campus. At 10 Youth Conservation Commission, Vocational Institu- books per inmate we are well over the minimum re- tion, an institution for further diagnosis or treatment, quireinents, but do not reach the 6,000 as recom- or to the Training School proper. mended for any library. At the time a boy is transferred to the Training The standards set for book shelving are: width, School he is seen by a placement committee, placed 3 feet; depth, 8-10 inches and 12 inches; heights, in one of the six cottages, and assigned to an aca- wall type, 6 feet 10 inches (6 shelves) or 5 feet 6 demic school, shop, or ,:ombination academic school inches (4 shelves), aisle type (double-faced), 5 feet and shop program. The Training School offers a full 6 inches (4 shelves), 3 feet 6 inches (2 shelves). The accredited school from the fourth through the twelfth shelves should be adjustable, and the base shelf grades and includes some remedial work, industrial should be sloping for easier reading of titles. The arts, art, commercial subjects, and advanced math Training School library has a total of 110 feet of and science. The shop placements include the kitch- shelving, 6 feet 10 inches high, along the three walls en, bakeshop, paintshop, barbershop, printshop, shoe- not covered by windows. All the shelving is 8 inches shop, carpenter shop, metalshop, laundry, tailorshop, deep except for 8 feet, which is 12 inches deep and autoshop, farming, engine room, gardening, janitor, used for reference books. Along the 63-foot window truck squad, and errand boy for various offices. wall are cabinets 3 feet high that are used for magazines, filmstrip library, and the vocational pamphlet Background of the boys library. Two years ago we took a survey of 350 consecu- Information which should be stated for the archi- tive cases admitted to the Training School for I.Q. tect includes: type of institution, type of inmate, in- and school retardation. Of these 350 boys, 152 were stitution philosophy and program, type of school, enrolled in the academic school program: and the type of curriculum, relation of the library to the following is the over-all outcome of the survey. The total institution, number of institutional personnel, average I.Q. of this group of boys was 97.4, but the number of inmates, library staff, and number of average grade retardation was 2.8 years retarded in books and other library materials. school. Of the 152 boys, only 22 were working at or The location of the library within the institution above grade level, while the remaining 130 were 1- is very important. First, it should be adjacent to 6 years retarded in school. This finding has a bear- the school program to serve, as any good school li- ing on our entire Training School program, and all brary serves, the needs of the teaching staff and areas must be geared and set up with this in mind. students. It should not, however, be limited in its The average age is 15.7, and the average stay is usefulness and accessibility to those formally en- about 7i months. rolled in the education program, but should be con- 206 Problems in Planning Librau Facilities veniently located for use by all inmates and institu- ditions to the overcrowded unemployment groups. tion personnel. Every effort should bemade to The library is also used, at times, to display art- counteract the austere, cold atmosphere of the typi- work, handmade projects, and models raade by the cal correctional institution. boys in order to induce other boys into leisure-time The library in the Training School is located in activities and also to spend some time readingabout the academic school building with a floor space of these various objects on display. 1,450 square feet, being a room 63.5 feet x 22.5 feet. The librarian is an important part of the program Figures for reader space range from 35 to 70 square and can either increase or decrease the use of the feet per reader according to size of institution and library. The person should be an individual who is total population. It is also recommended that the li- educated in library work, has a thorough understand- brary should provide reading space for 5 percent of ing of youth and youth's problems, and must have a the institution's population. The library atthe Train- warm, pleasing personality. On theother hand he ing School can take care of 40 readers at agiven must be firm and able to set standards for the li- time. If the daily population remains at400 boys, it brary and use of books. The library staff should be is above the standards set forlibrary facilities in part of the education and treatment programs, re- correction institutions. sponsible to tile superintendent or associate warden Another part of the library that is important is a in charge of treatment. In institutions where such workroom, office, and staff library. The workroom titles do not exist, the library should be under the should be adjacent to the library control center and director or supervisor of education. In our program to the librarian's office, with a minimumof 100 the librarian is classified as a special teacher, square feet per worker. The office should be acces- serves under the principal of the academicschool, sible to the workroom, with provision for supervi- and is paid the same as any teacher in the school sion of both library and workroom but with regard system. for quietness, concentrated work, and privacy for All these facilities call for an expenditure of conferences with readers and stiff. A minimum of money. The minimum suggested to maintain a col 120 square feet for the office is desirable. lection is set at around $500 annually. A check of the three larger institutions in Minnesota shows that Staff library each has a budget of $600 for books. This does not include periodicals, magazines, and newspapers, as The staff library should be accessible to the li- these subscriptions come out of the general fund or brarian's office but also made ^_vailable to the rest some other expense. of the staff. Shelf space should be available for At the present time our cottages do not have an about 900 books and 6 readers, with extra space for adequate reading room nor do the inmates use the journals and storage. The Training School facilities library for reading during leisure hours. Each cot- fall a little short in these aspects, as our office, tage group comes to the library one hour per week workroom, and staff library are combined in one to check out books to be read in the cottage. In the room, 14 feet x 16 feet, or 224 squarefeet. Our new cottages we plan to have a smallcollection of stnti library is very small, as our Central Office books in each study or reading room. This will give does not want staff libraries in each institution but the boys more selection as well as the opportunity would rather have one central library that can hold of being able to read in a quiet reading room. more volumes without duplication. With the facilities we have and our objective to create an atmosphere of desire and interest in books and to support, brcaden, and strengthen the institution's total rehabilitation program by providing the appropriate library setting, we decided after several consultations with the state correctional librarian that we must do something to encourage a better interest and turnover in our library books. Of the 6,500 books, only about 100 were being checked out weekly; since the thorough weeding was finished, about 300 are always out. Because the boys are reluctant to take a book from the easy reading section in the library, the volumes from this section have been infiltrated into the regular library shelves. Another growing and popular section of the library is the file and section on vocations. We have strengthened this section of our library because records have shown us that many of our boys do not return to public school when they leave us but are ad- Hospital and Institution Libraries 207

Architectural Barriers and the ing into practice. The purpose of our Architectural Handicapped. the Infirm, the Elderly, Barriers Project is simply the correction and pre- vention of this problem. It is intended to give these and the Physically Limited people an opportunity to participate as full-fledged members of the community. DONALD E. FEARN Survey Director, Architectural Barriers Project Combating the problem National Society for Crippled Children and Adults How are we proceeding to combat this problem? First, a major step was taken in October of 1961, when the American Standards Association adopted Picture, if you will, an island which is extremely specifications for making buildings and facilities ac- small and which contains only one houseyours! cessible to and usable by the Physically handicapped. Let us now assume that for some reason you have This was an excellent example of interagency co- no access to the mainland, which can easily be seen operation, since over fifty groups and organizations across the water. The island itself constitutes your joined with the President's Committee on Employ- total life space or environment. Let us also assume ment of the Handicapped and the National Society for that you wish for a chance to go to the mainland. Crippled Children and Adults in the research and However, as it is, everything you do in terms of development of these standards. However, as pointed learning, working, socializing, and playing is con- out by President Kennedy in a letter of com- fined to this islandthis very limited life space. mendation to the Honorable Toseph Foss, then presi- Suppose some group on the mainland learns about dent of the National Society, this effort is valuable you and decides to build a footbridge over to your is- only if the specifications are transformed into the land. You now have the opportunity to expand your modification of present buildings and incorporated life space to include the mainland and all the cul- into new coLstruction. tural, social, vocational, educational, and recrea- Briefly, the recommended specifications include: tional opportunities that are available there but are 1.Site development. Grading of the ground for one or not present on your island. Whether you do or not more-ground-level entrances should he planned. is your choice. But now you have a choice! Walks should be at least 48 inches wide with a In effect, we have placed many of the handicapped grade no greater than 5 percent. and older persons in our communities on just such 2. Parking lots. Some parking spaces 12 feet wide an island. We do not see them on the mainlandor should be reserved and identified for use by the in the communitybecause we have unconsciously handicapped. Care should be exercised in plan- failed to provide them with an opportmKty, a foot- ning so that individuals are not compelled to bridge, to function as first-class citizens in the wheel or walk behind parked cars. community. The few that do venture out are often 3. Ramps. A ramp, interior or exterior, should not forced, not so much by their disability as by con- have a slope greater than 8.33 percent. Ramps crete, steel, and wood, to be dependent on others. should have nonslip surfaces, at least one hand- Seeing very few such persons among us, therefore, rail, a level space at the top, and at least 6 feet we falsely assume that this minority is so small of clearance at the bottts.m. that it really is no community-wide problem. 4. Entrances. One primary entrance should be usable by persons in wheel chairs, and, if there is To give some concept of how large this group is, an elevator, it should be accessible from this it has been estimated that there are over 250,000 entrance. persons confined to wheel chairs; 200,000 with heavy 5. Doors. A clear opening width of no less than 32 leg braces; 139,000 with artificial limbs, 5,000,000 inches for all interior and exterior doorways is with heart impairments; and 17,500,000 men and needed. All doors should be operable by a single women over sixty-five years of age who would bene- effort. Revolving doors cannot be used by those fit by e-sier access and function within buildings in wheel chairs or on crutches. Thresholds used by the public, not just public buildings. should be as nearly level with the floor as pos- Not too long ago the severely disabled and aged sible. were given very little assistance and were often rel- 6.Stairs. These are, of course, the number one egated to a rear room or an institution. Yet,in the enemy of the wheel-chair user, the crutch-walker, last few decades, America has come a longway in and the cardiac. Wnere they must be used, it is the care ,md treatment of disabilities througha va- recommended that the height of the riser be not riety of programs aimed at total rehabilitation. How- more than 7 inches and that the commonly used ever, professional people in the rehabilitation fields nosing be discarded for a type of riser and tread are becoming increasingly frustrated on finding that without any abrupt change of surface. At least rehabilitated clients are returning to community life one handrail should be extended 18 inches beyond only to find that they are blocked from putting train- both the top and the bottom steps. 208 Problems in Plannizu Libra 73) Facilities

1. Rest rooms. There should be adequatespace for individuals in wheel chairs to enter. At least one toilet stall, with the door opening out, should be wide and deep enough to accommodatea wheel chair. This stall should be equipped with hand- rails on each side. 8.Other features. Water fountains shouldhave spouts and controls usable bypersons handicapped or in wheel chairs. Thenew designs of wall-mounted drinking fountains, when placedat the proper height, meet the requirements foruse by the handicapped. A telephone equippedwith volume controls for the hard-of-hearing and within reach of those in wheel chairs should be available. In their entirety, the American Standards Asso- ciation specifications are muchmore inclusive and specific with respect to dimensions,use of materials, and methods of construction for the physically handicapped and the aged. Many of the newer libraries of all kinds have been designed and built with many of these features included. In some buildings, a few minor adaptations would make the difference between barringthe handicapped and the aged and welcoming them withopen doors. Other older buildingsmay require ramps or other changes to make them accessil-le. Theplan- ning or modification of any library to make itacces- sible and usable by the hawiirmr...peci and agedwill ac-. true benefits to all who visit and use it.